Greenstar

Discovering the Okavango Delta: Africa’s Last Great Wilderness

Thu, 19 Mar 2026 16:52:47 GMT

Tucked deep within the vast Kalahari Basin lies one of the world’s most extraordinary natural wonders: the Okavango Delta. This iconic wetland, shimmering like an oasis in a country that is nearly 80% arid, is the beating heart of Botswana’s wilderness. Fed by rains that fall over 1,000 km away in central Africa, the delta spills life into the desert, sustaining an astonishing diversity of wildlife and creating one of the most sought after safari destinations on Earth.

A Landscape Untouched by Time

The Okavango Delta is a place where nature still calls the shots. Its peaceful channels, papyrus-lined waterways, and remote islands feel almost untouched by human hands. This is wild Africa in its purest form - a sanctuary where ecosystems thrive as they have for millennia.

During the wet season, the surrounding plains burst into lush grazing, drawing large mammals away from the delta. As winter approaches and the grasses thin, the wildlife returns in dramatic numbers. This seasonal ebb and flow creates some of the most spectacular game viewing anywhere on the continent.

A Wildlife Haven Like No Other

From the deep marshes to the dry island outcrops, the Okavango offers an unmatched variety of species in a single journey:

• Hippos wallowing in quiet lagoons

• Water birds in dazzling abundance

• Rare water-adapted antelope like the sitatunga

• Elephants, giraffes, lions, and cheetahs roaming the islands

Botswana’s commitment to conservation has ensured that this biodiversity remains intact. With over 1,000 plant species, more than 400 bird species, and a thriving population of iconic mammals, the delta is a living testament to what protected wilderness can achieve.

One of the most inspiring conservation stories is the return of the White Rhino. Once wiped out from this region, they were reintroduced in 2001 - and today, they are breeding once again.

Botswana: A Country Devoted to Conservation

Botswana stands as one of Africa’s last true wilderness strongholds. An impressive 35% of the country is dedicated to conservation - one of the highest proportions in the world. This commitment has preserved vast landscapes like the Okavango Delta, Chobe National Park, and the Moremi Game Reserve.

Chobe alone is home to an estimated 70,000 elephants, the largest concentration on the continent. Watching these giants migrate across the plains—sometimes covering up to 200 km - is one of Africa’s great wildlife spectacles.

The Classic Botswana Safari: 7 Days of Pure Adventure

Destinations: Chobe National Park | Okavango Delta | Moremi Game Reserve Duration: 7 Days / 6 Nights Itinerary Highlights

• Glide silently through the Okavango’s channels on a traditional mokoro

• Witness enormous elephant herds in Chobe National Park

• Enjoy exclusive big game viewing in pristine wilderness

• Fly between remote lodges in true Out of Africa style

This itinerary can begin or end in Maun or Kasane, and it’s flexible - extend it, shorten it, or focus on just two regions if time is tight.

When to Go

April and May are fair, June and July are good. The late dry season (August - September) is particularly magical, with wildlife congregating around shrinking water sources and the delta at its most accessible.

For more information, get in touch .

Six spring sunshine escapes worth dreaming about

Wed, 18 Mar 2026 20:24:40 GMT

If you’re craving that first warm glow of the year, spring is the perfect moment to slip away for a few days of sunshine. From the subtropical landscapes of Tenerife to the serene shores of Menorca, we’ve handpicked six destinations, with the help of our friend at Kirker, that shine brightest at this time of year.

Whether you’re after culture, coastlines or complete tranquillity, we can help you find the perfect fit.

�� Son Vell ★★★★★ — Menorca

A beautifully restored 18th‑century sandstone manor, Son Vell feels like stepping into a peaceful Menorcan dream. Surrounded by landscaped gardens and olive groves, its 34 rooms and suites are dotted across historic estate buildings, decorated in soft tones and antique furnishings. With two excellent restaurants and Ciutadella just 20 minutes away, it’s a refined rural retreat.

Offer: 4 nights for the price of 3 (16 April – 10 June) From: £1,639 per person (saving £410)

San Roque ★★★★ Superior — Tenerife

Tucked away in the charming northern town of Garachico, San Roque is a world apart from Tenerife’s busier southern resorts. This 18th‑century former residence has been transformed into a stylish boutique hideaway with just 20 contemporary rooms, a heated outdoor pool, a rooftop terrace, and an excellent restaurant.

From: £998 per person for 3 nights

Domes Miramare ★★★★★ Deluxe — Corfu

This adults‑only, design‑forward resort sits among lush gardens and olive trees that lead down to a peaceful pebble beach. Just 20 minutes from Corfu Old Town, Domes Miramare offers 182 elegant rooms and suites—many with Ionian Sea views, and some with private pools or jacuzzis. Three restaurants serve Mediterranean, Greek, and Corfiot flavours.

From: £1,058 per person for 3 nights

Farol ★★★★ Deluxe — Cascais

Cascais, just 15 miles from Lisbon, blends coastal charm with a lively atmosphere. Farol Hotel captures that spirit perfectly: a strikingly modern property set within a 19th‑century mansion perched above the Atlantic. Its 33 monochrome‑styled rooms—many with ocean‑view balconies—pair beautifully with the hotel’s Mediterranean restaurant and sushi bar.

From: £828 per person for 3 nights

Hotel Casa Palacio Maria Luisa ★★★★★ — Jerez

In the heart of Jerez, this grand former residence has been lovingly restored into a 21‑room boutique hotel that radiates Andalusian elegance. It’s the ideal base for exploring the region’s pueblos blancos and world‑famous sherry bodegas. A rooftop pool and serene garden offer a peaceful escape from the city’s vibrant streets.

From: £998 per person for 3 nights

Parador de La Palma ★★★★ — La Palma

For those seeking a quieter Canary Island experience, La Palma is a gem. The Parador sits just 10 minutes from both the airport and Santa Cruz, offering traditional Canarian architecture—whitewashed walls, red‑tiled roofs, wooden balconies—and sweeping Atlantic views. All 70 rooms have private balconies overlooking the sea or gardens, and the pool is perfectly positioned for sunset watching.

From: £896 per person for 3 nights

Give us a ring or pop in and see us in Claygate to chat about your next holiday.

Where to go in June

Mon, 23 Feb 2026 11:03:31 GMT

If you are still contemplating where to go this summer, this might help.

With the help of our friends at Audley Travel, we have compiled an overview of where to travel in June.

Peru - June is Peru at its finest, so securing plans early is essential. With the rains fading in May, the country turns brilliantly green under warm, clear days, while high-altitude nights stay refreshingly cool. It’s an ideal moment for trekking the Inca Trail.

Throughout the month, you’ll find a series of festivals across the country, which builds up to Inti Raymi. Held just after the summer solstice, it’s a celebration dedicated to Inti, the benevolent Inca sun god.

Uganda - June is one of Uganda’s standout months. The second dry season is just beginning, so rain is rare, yet the landscape remains lush from the recent showers. Roads are at their best too, making the journey into Bwindi Impenetrable Forest far smoother.

Bwindi is one of very few places in the world you can track highly endangered mountain gorillas, and June provides some of the best conditions for hiking to see them. You can also head to Kibale Forest National Park to see habituated groups of chimpanzees.

Zanzibar - June is a superb moment to experience Zanzibar. The long rains have eased, leaving only the odd light shower that keeps crowds pleasantly sparse. You get wide, white beaches, warm breezes and mostly blue skies with space to enjoy them. It’s also an inviting time to wander Stone Town, visit spice farms, explore Jozani Forest in search of red colobus monkeys or head out on a dhow to spot dolphins.

You might combine a stay here with a safari on Tanzania’s mainland, where the parks and reserves are at their greenest, birdwatching is excellent and animals are in prime health.

Greece - Across Greece’s mainland and islands, June is an exceptional time to visit. Everything is fully open and the temperatures start to rise, but the real heat doesn’t set in for another month or so. You’ll be able to enjoy pleasantly warm temperatures without the summer throngs, either in the cities or on the beaches.

June is also when many festivals take place across the country. For example, the Athens and Epidaurus Festival showcases theatrical performances in both cities. It’s a chance to see ancient Greek plays performed in ancient venues, including the Theatre of Epidaurus.

Mauritius - June is especially appealing in Mauritius. The island’s subtropical warmth is gentler now, with fewer visitors and pleasantly less‑humid days - perfect for lingering on its white‑sand beaches. It’s also an inviting moment to explore offshore islets and snorkelling spots, particularly on a private boat tour.

The Chamarel Mountains, in the south, see the occasional burst of rain, which keeps them green. You can take a private tour through this verdant region to see the sugarcane fields, tea plantations, and national parks there.

Malaysia - June is an excellent moment to explore Malaysia’s east coast. Whilst the capital and west remain year‑round options, the islands here are in the heart of their dry season. Diving conditions off Tioman, Redang and the Perhentians are at their clearest, with hot, dry weather and superb visibility.

You might start off with a few days in Kuala Lumpur, where you can take a walking tour to sample the street food. Then you could visit the Sultan’s Palace in Kuala Terengganu, before ending with a few days on the beaches of Tioman.

Where will you choose?

If you are still looking for inspiration, pop in and see us in Claygate or get in touch .

Explore British Columbia, Canada

Wed, 18 Feb 2026 15:48:35 GMT

Welcome to a land where wonder leads and we follow

Canada is close to our hearts here at Greenstar Travel and a country which we know extremely well.

This time, we are focusing on British Columbia, a region of diverse abundance - a kaleidoscope of terrain, cultures and adventures coming together to create something truly super, natural. Giant mountain ranges, merging into lush rainforests, spilling onto endless coastlines, feeding life into bustling cities. This vast and ever-changing landscape is shaped by nature in every sense. Here, countless adventures emerge.

One day begins ascending a mountain peak, before dropping into a vibrant city full of culture then stopping to breathe on a sandy beach to take in the sunset. Another day may find you hiking a trail that has been followed for millennia, weaving through an old-growth forest and winding along a rocky coastline, where waves break and a storm rolls in over the horizon. For those curious at heart, who crave connection with nature, British Columbia is a world full of natural wonder.

Rainforest to Rockies

Rainforest to Rockies is the quintessential Canadian journey along ever-changing landscapes from Vancouver on the Pacific Coast to the Canadian Rockies. Experience rugged shorelines, lush rainforests, sophisticated cities, fertile valleys, arid desert, golden grasslands, and towering mountains as you make your way from sea to sky, by road, rail or trail. This trip is packed with adventure. It’s an invitation to find tucked-away places, see wildlife in its natural habitat, and meet welcoming locals and diverse cultures along the way.

The Great Wilderness

Journey into The Great Wilderness, the northernmost area of British Columbia where adventures await curious wanderers. Here, travellers will discover the extraordinary in glaciated valleys and lava beds, magnificent mountains and thundering waterways. It’s a place where history is sacred and legends linger, passed down through generations of Indigenous Peoples who have stewarded the land for millennia.

The Infinite Coast

The Infinite coast is the journey along the dramatic Pacific edge of Canada where ocean, land, and forest intertwine, shaping a landscape in constant motion. The Pacific’s tides carve deep into the shore, rainforests rise from the mist, and mountains stand tall against wind and waves. Here, nature’s power is felt in every moment—paddling waters where whales may surface, sailing past cliffs shaped by storms, or trekking through shadowy forests where the trees seem to breathe. Over 50 First Nations steward this coastline, preserving traditions woven into land and sea, while sharing their knowledge with visitors. To travel The Infinite Coast is to move with its energy, shaped by the Pacific’s relentless pull.

Nature’s Heartland

n Nature’s Heartland, the land doesn’t just hold stories—it tells them. The Fraser River weaves through canyons and plateaus, shaping both the terrain and the lives connected to it. As the river flows, so do the experiences—riding horseback along timeworn trails, rafting whitewater bends, moving through landscapes still shared with caribou, wild horses, and circling eagles. That deep connection runs through generations. Indigenous Peoples continue to care for this land, sharing knowledge passed down through stories, art, and tradition. Ranchers and artisans follow seasonal rhythms, shaped by the same forces. Here, history lives in the landscape, and nature continues to weave past and present into new stories.

Valleys and Vineyards

Valleys & Vineyards invites you to experience a land of lush valleys, cooling lakes, and quiet rejuvenation. Rooted in tradition and sustainability, this area is home to the Seven Generations Pledge—a commitment to preserve lands for future generations, inspired by Indigenous philosophy. Golden hills and life-giving waters meet vineyards, where award-winning wines and farm-to-table dining celebrate the land’s generosity. Here, adventure flows at your pace—paddle tranquil waters, cycle scenic trails, or wander along sunlit paths. Nature and culture intertwine, offering moments to reflect, connect, and savour. Gather with friends, share laughter, and celebrate being at one with the land. This is where souls are nourished.

Wildlife in British Columbia

Where to start? The province of British Columbia will enthral you with its diversity of wildlife viewing due to the variety of landscapes. Just to whet your appetite here are ideas:

Victoria: 3 resident pods of Orca inhabit the waters around Victoria and sometimes a pod of transient Orca can be seen. Humpback whales, dolphins, porpoises, seals, sea lions, sea otters and a myriad of sea birds can be seen including bald eagles.

Tofino : specific excursions can be taken to view whales (mainly Pacific Gray) and other marine wildlife while, at low tide, you can enjoy a black bear viewing tour. The bears come to the shoreline in search of their favourite food, rock crabs, but they’re also over-turning rocks looking for clams and other molluscs.

Telegraph Cove : the area of Johnstone Strait is recognised as one of the world’s best areas for Orca viewing but there’s also a good chance of seeing Humpback as well as other marine wildlife.

Campbell River : whale watching excursions operate from here to Johnstone Strait and full day excursions travel to Bute or Knight Inlet looking for grizzly bear during September & October.

Grizzly Bear Viewing Lodges : offering multi-day packages there are some amazing lodges in remote areas specifically aimed at Grizzly Bear viewing. For example, Knight Inlet Lodge (spring to late August mum & cub viewing while late August to mid-October it is viewing bears feasting on salmon), Farewell Harbour Lodge (bears and whales) and Great Bear Lodge. There’s also Spirit Bear Lodge looking, as the name suggests, for the elusive Spirit Bear (Kermode bear) which is a black bear with a double-recessive gene which gives the bear a creamy coloured fur.

On the mainland there are also bear viewing lodges such as Tweedsmuir and Wild Bear Lodge.

Whistler offers a great chance of seeing black bear as the area is home to around 80 bears, and they can often be seen on the ski slopes feeding on wildflowers, clover and grass.

As you can tell, British Columbia offers amazing viewing opportunities for bears, whales and other marine wildlife. For bear viewing there are day excursions or lodges for multi-day viewing. Whale watching can be by boat, zodiac or even kayak!

Rocky Mountaineer

Board the award-winning Rocky Mountaineer for ‘one of the most spectacular train trips in the world’ on their two and three-day all-daylight journeys. This is rail travel at its finest, offering stunning scenery of British Columbia and Alberta as you follow historic train routes constructed over 100 years ago. Sit back, relax, and enjoy breathtaking views of forests, deep canyons, winding rivers, majestic mountain ranges and glacier-fed lakes.

Butchart Gardens

Explore these wonderful themed gardens, a National Historic Site of Canada, at your own pace; visit the Japanese, Rose, Sunken and Italian Gardens to marvel at the various displays. Includes shuttle service from outside the Fairmont Empress Hotel.

Sea to Sky Whistler Village Tour

By coach, travel along the scenic Sea to Sky Highway to Whistler and, on arrival, you’ll have around 4 hours free time. Your excursion also

includes highlights such as Shannon Falls, the 3rd highest waterfall in British Columbia and the Sea to Sky Gondola which gives spectacular views of Howe Sound.

Black Bear Viewing in Whistler

Enjoy an off-road black bear viewing by Land Rover accompanied by a professional nature guide. Starting in late April, black bears emerge from hibernation and begin to feed on the new spring growth of grasses. Take in the majestic panoramic views of the Coastal Mountain Range while keeping a watch out for bears, deer and even coyotes that call this area home.

Discover British Columbia's incredible wildlife on an amazing 12 day adventure. Click here for more information or get in touch .

Stunning Slovenia

Wed, 28 Jan 2026 11:08:06 GMT

Slovenia may be a small country but it has an extraordinary amount to offer and a stunning sense of scale - a place where Alpine peaks, vineyard covered hills, shimmering lakes and a short stretch of Adriatic coastline all sit within easy reach of one another. Its compact size means you can wander through medieval streets in the morning, hike a mountain trail after lunch and sip wine in a sun drenched valley by evening, all without feeling rushed.

A landscape shaped by nature

The country’s natural beauty is its greatest calling card. The Julian Alps dominate the northwest, home to Triglav National Park and some of Europe’s most rewarding hiking routes. Lake Bled, with its fairytale island church and clifftop castle, is the iconic image of Slovenia, while nearby Lake Bohinj offers a quieter, more rugged alternative surrounded by forest and towering peaks. The Soča Valley, with its emerald green river, draws kayakers, rafters and photographers from around the world.

Culture, history and characterful towns

Slovenia’s towns and cities are rich in charm and history. Ljubljana, the capital, is a delight - leafy, walkable and full of elegant bridges, riverside cafés and colourful architecture shaped by the famous architect Jože Plečnik. Coastal Piran brings a touch of Venetian romance with its narrow lanes and terracotta rooftops, while Ptuj, the country’s oldest town, offers medieval streets, ancient wine cellars and a hilltop castle with sweeping views. Throughout the country, folk traditions, festivals and regional crafts remain an important part of daily life.

A rising star in European gastronomy

Slovenia’s food scene has blossomed in recent years, blending Alpine heartiness, Mediterranean freshness and Balkan spice. Expect seasonal, locally sourced dishes, from wild mushrooms and freshwater fish to artisanal cheeses and honey. The wine regions - particularly Goriška Brda, Vipava Valley and Podravje - produce excellent whites and increasingly notable reds, often enjoyed in family run wineries where hospitality feels genuinely personal.

Adventure, wellness and the great outdoors

For active travellers, Slovenia offers endless possibilities: hiking, cycling, canyoning, skiing in winter and exploring vast cave systems such as Postojna and the UNESCO listed Škocjan Caves. Those seeking relaxation will find natural thermal spas, peaceful lakeside retreats and quiet countryside hideaways perfect for switching off.

A destination that feels both undiscovered and effortless

What makes Slovenia especially appealing is how easy it is to explore. Distances are short, the atmosphere is calm and welcoming, and the country’s commitment to sustainability is evident everywhere - from pristine national parks to eco friendly hotels and farm stays. It’s a place that feels both refreshingly unspoilt and wonderfully accessible.

This piece was inspired by our colleagues at Just Slovenia .

Gran Canaria - a photographer's paradise

Tue, 25 Nov 2025 15:51:02 GMT

Few places celebrate natural diversity quite like Gran Canaria. On this extraordinary Canary Island, you can journey from rugged northern coastlines through lush laurel forests, across ancient volcanic craters, and up into the dramatic central mountains. Continue south and you’ll descend through fragrant pine woods and deep ravines until you finally reach golden dunes and desert-like landscapes.

To help you make the most of this visual treasure trove, here are the best locations for stunning photographs.

Las Palmas de Gran Canaria

Perched on the northeast coast, Las Palmas isn’t just the island’s capital - it’s also the largest city in the entire archipelago. Its famous beach, Las Canteras, stretches for kilometres and offers varied scenes: palm-lined sands and colourful fishing boats in the north and surfers carving through misty waves in the south.

Wander into the historic Vegueta district and you’ll find cobbled streets framed by elegant Gothic and Renaissance architecture. At its heart stands the Cathedral of Santa Ana, the oldest church in the Canaries, dating back to 1500. Nearby, the ornate Casa de Colón—where Christopher Columbus stopped in 1492—now hosts a museum dedicated to his voyages.

Tip: Don’t leave without trying the delicious tapas served throughout the old quarter.

Agaete Natural Pools

On the northwest coast, the tiny fishing village of Puerto de Las Nieves charms visitors with its blue-and-white Canarian houses and relaxed seafront promenade, the Paseo de los Poetas. Follow the walkway to reach Las Salinas, a series of natural lava-formed pools once used to harvest sea salt.

Today, the pools offer a unique and exhilarating place to swim. Rock barriers soften the force of the Atlantic waves, and volcanic tunnels connect the three pools. Flat sunbathing areas and the striking backdrop of pine-covered mountains make this a favourite spot for photographers.

Tip: Warm up after your dip with caldo de pescado, the local fish soup.

Mirador del Balcón

A scenic drive along the west coast’s GC-200 highway—passing the rainbow-coloured rocks of Los Azulejos—leads to the breathtaking Mirador del Balcón. This dramatic viewpoint juts out from 400-metre-high cliffs, giving you panoramic views over the Atlantic.

On clear days, you can see north toward Puerto de Las Nieves and south toward the serrated “Dragon’s Tail” cliffs. Inland lie the green valleys of La Arena and La Aldea de San Nicolás, while the distant silhouette of Mount Teide on Tenerife floats on the horizon.

Tip: Arrive at sunset—this viewpoint is famous for unforgettable golden-hour shots.

Roque Nublo & Roque Bentayga

At the island’s centre, the towering monolith of Roque Nublo rises to 1,813 metres and is one of the world’s tallest free-standing rocks. Once a sacred site for the Guanches—the island’s original inhabitants—it offers spectacular views of Pozo de las Nieves, Gran Canaria’s highest peak, and the equally significant Roque Bentayga.

Roque Bentayga, at 1,404 metres, served as a natural fortress. Its cliffs hide ancient granaries, ceremonial caves, and wall paintings left by generations of Guanche communities. A steep but rewarding path leads to the almogarén, a ceremonial site where the interplay of sunlight and shadow creates a mystical atmosphere.

Tip: During the solstice, a single sunbeam illuminates a carved stone circle—an ancient astronomical marker.

Maspalomas Dunes

At Gran Canaria’s southernmost point lies the spectacular Maspalomas Dunes, a 404-hectare protected reserve of rolling golden sand. This unusual mix of desert, beach, palm groves, and freshwater lagoon was shaped by sand blown from the ocean floor during the last Ice Age.

Though close to popular resorts like Playa del Inglés and Meloneras, the dunes offer plenty of peaceful, untouched corners—especially if you’re willing to wander deeper into the reserve. When the wind clears the footprints, the dunes become a photographer’s dreamscape.

Tip: Visit at dawn for magical light and beautifully textured sand.

Puerto de Mogán

At the far southwest of the island, Puerto de Mogán combines a tranquil fishing harbour, a stylish yacht marina, and a sheltered family-friendly beach. The village spills down a steep valley, its crisp white buildings contrasting beautifully with the rugged mountains behind.

Charming pedestrian streets bloom with bougainvillea, while canals connecting the marina to the port have earned the village the nickname “The Venice of the Canaries.” With quaint bridges, waterfront promenades, and excellent seafood restaurants, it’s an idyllic place for evening photography.

Tip: Visit on Friday mornings for the lively open-air market along the fishermen’s quay.

To plan your Canary Islands trip, do get in touch .

Madeira - A Taste of Adventure and Tradition

Thu, 16 Oct 2025 14:57:05 GMT

I recently had the pleasure of visiting Madeira and stayed at the stunning 5-star Savoy Palace. Perfectly located in the heart of Funchal, the hotel offers easy access to the island’s many restaurants, bars, shops and markets.

The Savoy boasts a magnificent outdoor pool, spacious and inviting - and warm enough for a refreshing dip even on the afternoon of 3rd October, a true testament to Madeira’s mild year-round climate. Guests can also enjoy the luxurious spa, indoor pool and a rooftop infinity pool with panoramic views. On the top floor, there’s a lively bar that stays open late, complete with a live DJ on Fridays -the perfect spot to unwind as the sun sets.

Many people think Madeira is just for the older generation but that couldn’t be further from the truth. The island now appeals to all ages, offering walking trails, zip lines and plenty of adventure activities, designed for a younger crowd.

Perched in the Atlantic, Madeira blends dramatic scenery with timeless charm. Begin your journey in Funchal, the island’s vibrant capital, where cobbled streets lead to colourful markets and beautiful harbour views. A visit to Blandy’s Wine Lodge is a must - home to the island’s famous Madeira wine, aged to perfection in fragrant oak barrels.

From the old town, soar skyward on the Funchal Cable Car, gliding over terracotta rooftops and lush valleys to the Monte Palace Gardens, a tranquil haven of exotic plants and serene koi ponds. For a dash of excitement, take the traditional toboggan ride - a thrilling descent back to the city in a wicker sled expertly guided by white-clad carreiros.

Funchal even hosts a Christmas Market starting in early December. So why freeze in Germany when you could be enjoying mid-20s temperatures under the Madeiran sun?

Madeira captivates with its perfect blend of elegance, adventure, and old-world spirit — an island as exhilarating as it is enchanting.

Get in touch with Martyn - he'll be happy to quote you some fantastic offers for the coming months!

New EU Border Rules - Effective from October 2025

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 16:52:38 GMT

From 12 October 2025, the EU is introducing a new Entry/Exit System (EES) for non-EU travellers, including UK passport holders . This replaces manual passport stamping with a digital system and is being rolled out across all Schengen Area countries. It will be introduced in phases, building towards being fully operational by 10 April 2026.

To help you get up to speed, here's our summary of the main points:

Who is Affected?

• All UK travellers heading to Schengen countries ( Click here for full list )

• Ireland and Cyprus are not in Schengen, so they are not affected.

• Applies to short stays (up to 90 days in any 180-day period)

• Excludes those with an EU passport or long-stay visa/residency

• Some UK nationals are exempt from EES. The full list of exemptions is available on the EU’s official Travel Europe website

Why This Matters

• The EES helps the EU monitor travel and manage border security

• It replaces stamping, so your stay is tracked automatically

• The system is meant to strengthen security and ultimately make travel smoother

• You could be refused entry if overstaying or if records mismatch

What do I Need to Do?

• You will not need to provide any information before travelling to a Schengen area country. There are no fees and no paper forms to fill in

• If you are flying to a country in the Schengen area, you will complete EES checks when you arrive at your destination

• If you enter the Schengen area through the Port of Dover, Eurotunnel at Folkestone or St Pancras International, EES checks will be completed at the border, before you leave the UK. You may also need to provide either your fingerprint or photo when you leave the Schengen area

What Happens at the Border?

• On your first trip after launch, you will:

1. Scan your passport at an EES kiosk or with a border guard

2. Have a facial photo taken

3. Provide fingerprints (4 fingers)

• Children under 12 will not be fingerprinted but will have a photo taken

What You Should Prepare

• Allow extra time at border control on your first trip

• Make sure your passport is valid and in good condition

• Have your travel details ready (address, length of stay, etc.)

Cruise Passengers

• Day trips from a UK cruise ship generally do not require full EES checks

• If disembarking for onward travel (e.g. rail/fly), checks will apply

Helpful Tips

• Your biometric profile will be valid for 3 years or until your passport expires. Future trips will be quicker – just a passport scan and a fingerprint or photo may be required

• Re-register if your passport changes

• Speak to staff if you can’t provide fingerprints or photos for medical reasons

• The decision to introduce EES gradually, instead of with a "big bang" start, should help reduce the risk of disruption in this introductory phase

• Gradual deployment of the system means that travellers’ biometric data might not be collected at every border crossing point right away, and your personal information may not be registered in the system. Passports will continue to be stamped as usual

If you are planning a European trip with us this autumn or winter, please do not hesitate to give us a call or pop in should you have any questions.

As always, we are here to ensure your holiday is worry-free.

Useful links for further information

https://www.gov.uk/guidance/eu-entryexit-system

https://www.abta.com/tips-and-advice/planning-and-booking-a-holiday/upcoming-changes-travel-europe

https://travel-europe.europa.eu/en/ees

A perfect family escape to Turkey

Tue, 16 Sep 2025 15:11:59 GMT

A Perfect Family Escape to Anda Barut Collection, Turkey

When you have two university-aged children (18 and 20), a precious week to spare before the academic year begins and a longing for late summer sunshine, there's an attractive option: a spontaneous trip to Turkey and the exceptional hospitality of Anda Barut Collection.

Location and Arrival

Nestled on the scenic Delice peninsula near the historic town of Didim, positioned between Izmir and Bodrum, Anda Barut Collection offers an idyllic retreat. Our journey began with a flight to Bodrum, followed by a luxurious 75-minute transfer in a private Mercedes Maybach with a dedicated driver – the perfect introduction to Turkish hospitality and a remarkably relaxed start to our holiday.

Accommodation Excellence

Our Deluxe Family Swim-Up Suite exceeded every expectation. The thoughtfully designed accommodation features two interconnected rooms accessed through a single entrance, opening onto a private terrace with direct pool access. This layout strikes the perfect balance for families, offering both togetherness and privacy whilst remaining conveniently close to all resort amenities. The terrace becomes magical in the late afternoon sun and with the all-inclusive minibar constantly stocked, refreshments are always within reach.

Resort Layout and Atmosphere

The resort's intelligent design divides the property into three distinct zones: family, community and adult. This thoughtful segmentation ensures that despite the resort's impressive size and near-capacity occupancy during our stay, it never felt crowded. Each zone maintains its own unique atmosphere and guests always enjoy a sense of space and tranquillity wherever they choose to spend their time.

Culinary Adventures

Zestful Bazaar, the resort's primary buffet restaurant, operates until 9:30pm and showcases an extraordinary selection of international cuisine. Throughout the week, themed evenings feature Italian, seafood and international specialties. While breakfast and lunch are served here, venturing to one of the 7 à la carte restaurants rewards diners with both exceptional meals and stunning new vistas.

Kara, the resort's Turkish restaurant, became our absolute favourite. The authentic flavours and diverse selection of traditional Turkish specialities create an unforgettable dining experience. Under the gracious invitation of the head waiter, we sampled everything on the menu – a testament to the genuine hospitality that defines this resort.

The commitment to guest satisfaction extends around the clock. Cibes restaurant serves guests throughout the night, perfect for late arrivals or post-nightclub cravings. During the day, the on-site patisserie provides an ideal setting for leisurely coffee breaks accompanied by divine sweet treats. Everything is crafted on the premises, making the pastries and cakes absolutely irresistible – the macarons come particularly highly recommended!

Service Excellence

The attention to detail is remarkable throughout the resort. Pool service arrives via roller skates, delivered with impressive speed and precision by genuinely friendly and attentive staff. Every team member, from guest relations to the animation crew, from restaurant staff to housekeeping, demonstrates a sincere desire to ensure guests have an exceptional holiday experience. The "ultra all-inclusive" concept truly lives up to its name – every à la carte restaurant is included, making it nearly impossible to resist trying everything available. There's a subtle yet personal warmth and generosity of spirit that permeates every interaction.

Entertainment and Activities

Daytime Fun

Entertainment options cater to every preference – dive in completely or simply relax, the choice is yours. Travelling with older children meant we were eager to explore every available activity. The water park provides endless excitement, featuring the Cobra waterslide – reportedly one of Europe's finest – alongside various other slides ranging from thrilling to gentle.

Evening Entertainment

As evening falls, the fairground springs to life with bumper cars, a mini rollercoaster and classic treats like popcorn and candy floss to delight the young and young at heart. Evening shows provide perfect entertainment between dinner and later activities, which culminate at the SOA nightclub where guests can dance until 3am.

Wellness and Fitness

For those feeling a bit hazy the morning after, rejuvenating yoga or Pilates classes provide the perfect remedy (following a hearty breakfast, naturally!). The gym boasts high-quality Technogym equipment, and personal training sessions are available for an additional charge – though with the tempting culinary offerings throughout the resort, you'll likely need the workout!

Social Activities

The animation team organises aqua sports in the community pool, offering wonderful opportunities to interact with fellow guests while enjoying some friendly competition and fun.

Final Thoughts

We're already planning our return to experience even more of what this exceptional resort has to offer and to once again bask in the warm Barut welcome and outstanding hospitality that makes Anda Barut Collection truly special. This destination perfectly combines luxury, family-friendly amenities and genuine Turkish warmth to create an unforgettable holiday experience.

Six of the best Paradors

Tue, 02 Sep 2025 16:40:33 GMT

The Paradors are a unique collection of hotels founded by King Alfonso XIII of Spain. The Paradors have provided excellent service for nearly 100 years; there are currently over 80 of these properties across Spain. These charming hotels where culture meets comfort range between historic buildings to the strikingly contemporary and include converted castles, monasteries as well as palaces. Whatever the architectural style, one of the great pleasures of visiting Paradors is the opportunity to explore fascinating towns or spectacular rural or coastal areas, which are tantalisingly off the normal tourist trail.

Here, with the help of our friends at Kirker, we have selected six Paradors to inspire your next Spanish short break.

Do give us a ring or pop into the office in Claygate to chat about any of them.

Parador de Granada, Granada

Formerly a 15th century convent, this 5 star superior Parador is located inside the Alhambra enclosure with its own magnificent gardens. This extremely popular site features much of the preserved Moorish and Christian architecture of the Alhambra; including the patio, the provisional tombs of the Catholic monarchs, and the Arab bathhouses that were discovered in 1949. There is a tranquil atmosphere throughout, with 36 comfortable rooms and two restaurants.

3 night price from £1,049 per person

Includes return flights, return private car transfers, accommodation including breakfast, and a 'Granada Card' which provides entrance to the key attractions including the Alhambra and Cathedral

Parador de León, León

Originally a 12th century monastery, the 5 star Hostal de San Marcos was reconstructed at the start of the 16th century, becoming one of Spain's most staggering Renaissance buildings. Today, it has 51 spacious rooms located inside the historic palace which retains many original features, including the chapter house and a cloister depicting religious events. It is a museum in its own right, with its extensive antique and art collection and contemporary art exhibition.

3 night price from £776 per person

Includes return flights to Madrid, car hire (private transfers and rail available at additional cost), and accommodation including breakfast

Parador Hostal dos Reis Catolicos, Santiago de Compostela

The superb 15th century former pilgrim’s refuge is one of Spain’s oldest hotels. The 4 star superior Parador Hostal dos Reis Catolicos is located next to the famous Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela, in the Plaza del Obradoiro. The building's style is Gothic and Renaissance with the largest collection of Madrid School paintings in the Paradors collection, with more than 140 works on display. Many of the elegant 138 rooms have four-poster beds and there are two restaurants.

3 night price from £679 per person

Includes return flights, return private car transfers, and accommodation including breakfast

Parador de Alcañiz, Aragon

This impressive 12th century building sits at the summit of Cerro Pui Pinos where it overlooks a city of plazas and narrow streets. This 4 star Parador building is half-castle and half-convent and the walls are adorned with 14th century Gothic frescoes. Guests can enjoy breakfast in the Romanesque cloisters, a glass of wine in the patio of the old palace, or a walk through its tranquil gardens with views of the Aragonese mountains.

Price on request

Includes return flights, car hire, and accommodation with breakfast

Parador de Cádiz, Cádiz

All but a few of the collection of state-owned paradors are ancient, historical buildings; however, this is something quite different. Located in a prominent position in the historical centre of Cádiz, between La Caleta beach and the Genoves Park, 4 star Parador de Cádiz is an impressive sight. This hotel is ideal for a relaxing stay as all of the 124 bedrooms have balconies with a sea view, there is a summer swimming pool and a wonderful spa. Enjoy regional cuisine at the hotel restaurant.

3 night price from £798 per person

Includes return flights, car hire, and accommodation including breakfast

Parador de Ronda, Ronda

Housed in Ronda’s former town hall building, this 4 star Parador sits in a spectacular spot in the heart of the city, beside Ronda’s emblematic Puente Nuevo and looking across the El Tajo canyon. All 78 bedrooms offer views of the surrounding mountains from private terraces. The local restaurant and bar also offer the same view, as does the summer swimming pool. The Parador is home to a major collection of art inspired by bullfighting, with over a hundred works in different formats and styles.

3 night price from £839 per person

Includes return flights, car hire, and accommodation including breakfast

We look forward to chatting to you about your next Spanish Parador adventure.

Discover the Canary Islands: Spain's Atlantic Paradise

Mon, 01 Sep 2025 08:18:08 GMT

The Canary Islands stand as one of Spain's most captivating destinations - a stunning archipelago and autonomous community floating in the Atlantic Ocean, just off the coast of northwest Africa. This volcanic wonderland has earned its reputation as a year-round paradise, offering visitors an extraordinary blend of warm subtropical climate, dramatic landscapes and endless adventures.

A Volcanic Archipelago Unlike Any Other

Comprising seven main islands - Tenerife, Gran Canaria, Lanzarote, Fuerteventura, La Palma, La Gomera and El Hierro—the Canaries showcase nature's raw creative power. Born from ancient volcanic activity, these islands present some of the most unique geological formations on Earth, from towering peaks to otherworldly lava fields.

Location and Climate: Your Gateway to Eternal Spring

Strategically positioned in the Atlantic off Africa's coast, the Canary Islands enjoy what locals call "eternal spring." This Spanish territory boasts a mild, subtropical climate that makes it an ideal escape any time of year. Whether you're fleeing winter's chill or seeking summer's warmth, the Canaries deliver consistent comfort with their pleasant temperatures and gentle ocean breezes.

The Seven Jewels of the Atlantic

Each island in this volcanic chain tells its own story. Tenerife commands attention with its towering Teide volcano, Spain's highest peak, while Fuerteventura enchants with endless golden beaches. La Gomera surprises visitors with its dense, ancient forests, creating a diverse tapestry of experiences within this relatively small archipelago.

Unforgettable Experiences Await

Natural Wonders That Take Your Breath Away

Adventure seekers and nature lovers will find themselves in paradise exploring Teide National Park, where lunar-like landscapes surround Spain's tallest mountain. The volcanic drama continues at Lanzarote's Timanfaya National Park, where geothermal demonstrations showcase the Earth's living, breathing power beneath your feet.

Outdoor Adventures for Every Thrill Level

The islands transform into an outdoor playground offering hiking trails that wind through ancient laurel forests, challenging rock climbing routes on volcanic cliffs, and cycling paths with ocean views. Water enthusiasts can dive into world-class windsurfing conditions, explore underwater volcanic formations through scuba diving, or simply enjoy swimming in crystal-clear Atlantic waters.

Rich Cultural Heritage and Artistic Innovation

Beyond natural beauty, the Canaries offer deep cultural experiences. UNESCO has recognized treasures like the historic city of San Cristóbal de La Laguna, while local artists like César Manrique have created stunning works that blend seamlessly with the volcanic landscape. Don't miss the explosive energy of Santa Cruz de Tenerife's world-famous Carnival, rivaling Rio's celebration in color and passion.

Beach Bliss in Every Shade

From black volcanic sand beaches that glisten in the sun to pristine white sand shores, the Canary Islands offer coastal experiences as diverse as their landscapes. Whether you seek secluded coves or vibrant beach towns with waterfront dining and nightlife, you'll find your perfect spot along these Atlantic shores.

Choosing Your Perfect Island Adventure

Selecting the right island depends on what calls to your spirit:

Tenerife welcomes families and hikers with its perfect balance of adventure and amenities, crowned by the magnificent Teide volcano.

Gran Canaria pulses with cultural energy and urban sophistication, offering museums, galleries, and vibrant city life alongside natural beauty.

Lanzarote captivates art lovers and wine enthusiasts with its unique volcanic vineyards and César Manrique's architectural masterpieces.

Fuerteventura calls to wind and water sports enthusiasts with some of Europe's best conditions for surfing, windsurfing, and kitesurfing.

La Palma beckons stargazers and off-the-beaten-path explorers with some of the world's clearest skies and hidden hiking trails.

El Hierro offers world-class diving opportunities in pristine waters surrounding this UNESCO Biosphere Reserve.

La Gomera enchants visitors with its ancient laurel rainforests and the unique Silbo Gomero whistling language, still used by locals today.

Your Atlantic Adventure Awaits

The Canary Islands offer something magical for every traveler—from adrenaline-pumping adventures and cultural immersion to peaceful beach relaxation and natural wonder. This Spanish archipelago proves that paradise isn't just a destination; it's a volcanic masterpiece waiting to be explored.

Ready to discover your own Canary Islands adventure? Start planning your escape to Spain's Atlantic paradise today.

St Lucia could be the answer….

Wed, 16 Jul 2025 09:14:41 GMT

Karen has just returned from an extensive tour of St Lucia where she discovered the island's best hotels. Here's what she had to say about her trip:

St Lucia is an island landscape that has stood still in time however the superb hotels and service are defiantly chic and up to date.

It’s been at least 35 years since I last visited St Lucia. Then in the prime of my youth I loved all the reggae music, vibe and the warm welcome of the locals. Well, nothing's changed there apart from now I can’t drink so many of those rum punches and dance away until the early hours!!

St Lucia’s landscape sets it apart from most other Caribbean Islands. No road is without its twists and turns with up and down mountainous tracks winding through tropical peaks and valleys. It’s quite an adventure getting from the south to the north and back again however it is a beautiful journey.

All the hotels are spread along the west coast, directly facing the crystal clear Caribbean Sea.

We visited 11 hotels in all. Each one has its own special charm and personality. Large resort type properties cater for couples, families and groups of friends who just want to stay in resort and enjoy all the facilities on offer. Tiny boutique hideaways are ideal for honeymooners and travellers who just want peace and quiet with just the sound of the birds and the sea surrounding them. Some of the smaller hotels feel like retreats with yoga, pilates and other spiritual experiences on offer.

Sugar Beach Hotel

Every one of the 11 hotels we visited was 5* and I couldn't pick a favourite, they were all so lovely. The Sugar Beach Hotel I think is in the most beautiful locations I have ever seen. The hotel is tucked in between the two famous pitons on the most stunning beach with crystal clear waters. The area is in a UNESCO World Heritage Site and perfect for diving and snorkelling. The pitons plunge deep into the sea which makes diving fascinating for enthusiasts. The hotel's accommodation offers beachfront bungalows, mountain cottages and private suites all set within 100 acres of tropical rainforest.

East Winds Hotel

I really liked the small intimate East Winds Hotel, a private all-inclusive experience that provides a peaceful escape from the hustle and bustle. Wake up steps away from Saint Lucia’s most beautiful private beach, tucked away amongst lush plants, trees and a kaleidoscope of colourful bird life. The hotel offers deluxe cottages in the beautiful gardens to oceanfront suites looking out onto the beach. This hotel is perfect if you just want to escape a hectic life and find your ‘inner self’!

I don’t remember much about the food 35 years ago (well, I was in my twenties then!) but now food is a big part of my holiday experience, and I wasn’t disappointed! Every hotel made the evening dining extravaganza the main event of the day. We ate delicious steaks, fresh caught fish, Caribbean jerk chicken and much much more! You certainly won’t go hungry and will enjoy some excellent locally influenced food.

All in all I was in awe of St Lucia: the landscape, the quality of all the hotels, the beaches, the sea, the people…. everything about St Lucia epitomises the essence of the Caribbean. The island is not commercialised, not tacky, just a stunning island with so much to give. We went in the rainy season when prices are cheaper however we experienced a rain shower twice in the week and only for about 15 minutes.

My take from the trip; if you are looking for an alternative to the Med then St Lucia could be the answer.

To chat to Karen more about her trip or to find out more about the hotels, get in touch .

Other awesome hotels Karen visited in St Lucia were:

Stolen Time by Rendezvous

The Body Holiday

The Landings Resort & Spa

Cap Maison

WindJammer Landing Resort & Residences

Secrets Resort St Lucia & Spa

Zoetry Marigot Bay

Anse Chastanet

Jade Mountain

Explore More in Marrakech

Fri, 27 Jun 2025 07:41:53 GMT

An 18th birthday and the end of A Levels inspired a mother/daughter trip to revisit one of our favourite cities, Marrakech, and there was only one place we wanted to stay: Fellah Hotel .

Fellah Hotel

Just 30 minutes from the airport by car, a little south of the city, Fellah Hotel is located in the small village of Tassoultante. The hotel has an arrangement with local company, New Directions Travel, who provide luxury airport transfers for a fraction of the cost usually charged.

Fellah Hotel is a relaxed oasis of calm, a cultural melting pot where no frills, simple luxury meets farm stay and art centre. Each check in contributes a portion to Dar al-Ma’mûn, an UNESCO recognised art centre and library that provides cultural education and activities for the hotel’s local village. The Touco café, located outside near the pool, provides a totally authentic local street food experience. The café is entirely run by local villagers who are proud to have the opportunity to serve some of the best regional food in the area.

Well-tended gardens accommodate 10 villas which in turn house a total of 68 rooms and suites, each spacious and contemporary Moroccan in style. The hotel embraces a shabby chic style - more chic than shabby - with Moroccan fabrics and furnishing giving a real sense of place. Wander through the gardens and say hello to the horses and goats – guests are welcome to get involved with feeding and milking too and the old car and treehouse are a great addition to the authentic experience for children. The kids club is always a hit too.

We arrived at lunchtime having taken the early flight from Gatwick so being quite weary, we headed for the pool once we had checked in. The pool area is the centre point of the hotel. It is spacious with a gorgeous and large pool, heated, not too deep with gradual steps. Plentiful and comfortable sun loungers surround the pool so we found a spot to relax and read whilst relishing in the tranquil surroundings. The beauty of an early flight is having half a day left to start your holiday, particularly on a short trip.

We enjoyed dinner in the hotel restaurant that evening. The menu is simple but excellent and very well presented. Main courses include a delicious Moroccan salad, aubergine stuffed with seasonal vegetables and a selection of tagines. A glass of Morroccan red was a great accompaniment! We ate inside as it was a little too windy to eat out however the tables on the terrace provide a lovely aperitif/dinner/digestif spot by the peaceful pool.

Breakfast is typically Moroccan: delivered to your table and eggs made to order. Traditional crêpes and pancakes, home made khobz (traditional Moroccan bread) with cheeses and ham, jams and honey are served with fresh fruit and a choice of teas and coffees as well as freshly squeezed orange juice and the most delicious home made yoghurt. The restaurant staff are lovely, so professional and friendly – they gave us 2 servings of yoghurt on the last morning as they realised that we loved it so much.

Agafay Desert

We had arranged a desert experience on our first full day in Marrakech. Our driver picked us up for a 60 minute drive to the Moroccan desert. Agafay Desert is a rocky landscape just 19 miles south of Marrakech. Agafay is a stone desert with rolling hills, dry riverbeds and rocky plateaus rather than the sand dunes of the Sahara. The views however are still stunning with the Atlas Mountains in the distance. We arrived at one of the ‘camps’, an area set up for large groups which we were lucky to have to ourselves. We arrived to a warm welcome and were dressed in traditional attire including a Berber head scarf ready for our camel ride. A camel getting onto its feet is an interesting manoeuvre – it’s always best to hold on tight. Once up we were off to enjoy a leisurely and peaceful perambulation through the desert landscape, led by our friendly guide, Hassan, before returning to the camp.

Two large Berber tents are set up for lunch and dinner gatherings at the camp. We enjoyed a really delicious lunch of Moroccan vegetables and salads followed by a chicken tagine and fresh oranges, just by ourselves, overlooking the desert. It was beautifully served by a lovely waiter, Ahmad, who we invited to have mint tea with us once we had finished eating and chatted to him about his life at university and at work in Marrakech.

Whilst it was hot – 42 degrees – the heat in Morrocco is dry so more bearable than oppressive, humid heat. We were relieved however to go back to the hotel and enjoy a much needed dip in the pool before getting ready to go into the city for dinner.

Dinner in Marrakech

We had been recommended Kabana , just a stone’s throw from the Jemaa El Fnaa. Kabana is a rooftop restaurant and bar, a great place with a fun vibe and good music which turns into a party setting as the sun sets. The atmospheric Koutoubia Mosque is just across the road. The food is very good and the cocktails and wine too. A great recommendation for a fun night in Marrakech. We couldn’t resist a walk through the Jemaa El Fnaa, which comes to life at sunset. Orange sellers, food stalls and water sellers all vying for business amongst the throng of locals and tourists is the main draw of the city at this time of night and makes Marrakech the heady and exotic destination we love. It’s always fun to enjoy a sunset cocktail at one of the (quite touristy) bars overlooking the square and watching it come to life.

Having the number of our New Directions driver (bookable through the hotel via Greenstar Travel) made getting in and out of the city so easy and trouble free. The local yellow taxis can be quite tricky to negotiate with, plus, they are not air conditioned. Something we weren’t really keen to forego in the heat!

Musée Yves Saint Laurent and Jardin Majorelle

After another good breakfast the next morning we headed back to the city and the cool and stylish Musée Yves Saint Laurent and Jardin Majorelle .

The Jardin Majorelle extends over 9,000 m² and is one of the most enchanting gardens in Morocco. The French painter Jacques Majorelle originally created the garden in 1922 as a sanctuary and botanical ‘laboratory’ and began planting exotic specimens from all over the world. Yves Saint Laurent and Pierre Bergé (long term business partner, fashion label co-founder and one time significant other of Yves Saint Laurent) moved to Marrakech in 1966. In 1980 they purchased the Jardin Majorelle to save it from destruction at the hands of hotel developers. The gardens are truly stunning, shaded in iconic Moroccan blue and offering a tranquil escape from the bustle of Marrakech.

The Musée Yves Saint Laurent is an architectural masterpiece in itself and houses temporary and permanent collections of Yves Saint Laurent’s designs, demonstrating the history and evolvement of one of the most iconic fashion houses in the world. A real must for any budding fashion student, as are the souks which were our next stop.

Moroccan Souks

We decided to walk to the square and the labyrinth of souks, despite the heat, but it wasn’t far. We approached the souks from the north west and slowly wandered past shoes, bags, textiles, pottery, ornate lamps, jewellery, herbs, spices.… the list goes on. The souks were a much more pleasant experience than we remembered. The shaded roofs have been repaired and the cobbled streets are kept swept and clean. The sellers were friendly, obviously looking for business but respectful of the fact that we didn’t always want to buy. Many were keen to show us their father’s/brother’s/uncle’s business with no obligation, an invitation to take photographs and a genuine pride in what they were selling. We met a textile dyer who showed us the raw cactus silk and how it was died and hung up to dry before being woven into a Moroccan silk scarf.

Following a few hours (which went by in a flash) and a few successfully bartered purchases we headed to a restaurant recommended by the owner of Fellah Hotel, who has rheumatoid arthritis best taste! L’Mida is a chic yet relaxed rooftop restaurant in the heart of the medina serving the most delicious Moroccan food such as octopus ceviche, burrata & taktouka mechouia, pastilla and tagines. It was a welcome respite from the heat of the souks and incredibly well priced.

We spent our last few hours of the day enjoying the hotel, the spa, and the pool. Had we had longer we would have enjoyed a cookery, yoga or gym class and a few more excellent cocktails mixed by the lovely bar staff. We ate dinner at the hotel again that evening, watching the gardener replace the flowers in the vases on each table, freshly cut from the hotel gardens as an extremely dramatic thunderstorm passed over and cleared the air.

Time to go

We were sad to leave the next morning but felt utterly happy and rejuvenated even though we had only stayed for three nights. Fellah Hotel is such a relaxing, and at the same time vibrant, spot to enjoy a few days of Moroccan hospitality and culture. It is the perfect retreat from the bustle of Marrakech and perfectly located to explore the city, the Atlas Mountains and the Agafay Desert. Essaouira is only 2 hours away by car so a great addition to any longer Morocco itinerary.

Get in touch with us here at Greenstar Travel to find out more.

Blog originally posted on https://www.workham.com/explore-more-in-marrakech/ .

A journey through Thailand

Tue, 27 May 2025 16:40:08 GMT

Thailand, in Southeast Asia, is well known for its rich culture, beautiful landscapes and vibrant cities. From the bustling city of Bangkok full of serene Buddhist temples, golden royal palaces and buzzing street markets, to the serene resorts in The Andaman Sea where soft sandy beaches await, Thailand is a diverse country with something to suit everyone. Of course, there are plenty of luxury hotels to stay at during a stay in Thailand. Below is an account by a lucky staff member at one our supplier partners, If Only, who had the opportunity to visit some of these fantastic resorts.

Read on to find out about some of Thailand's best resorts as well as some great tips from someone who's experienced it first hand.

Bangkok

“We spent three nights at Banyan Tree Bangkok and it was the perfect location to explore this amazing city. The metro is just a 10 minute walk away which can take you to a lot of the top sightseeing attractions including Grand Palace, Wat Pho, and Wat Arun, while the pier is just a 5 minute taxi ride away. Here, you can get the river cruise where you will get to see 15 sightseeing landmarks in the city. Their 327 rooms are chic and ambient, and we were lucky enough to have a panoramic club room giving incredible views of the Chao Phraya River and also included the added luxury of club lounge access where you can enjoy selected refreshments throughout the day including their famous afternoon tea. The highlight during our stay had to be dining at Vertigo which was one of the most memorable dining experience's I have ever had. Located at the top of Banyan Tree Bangkok, this rooftop restaurant soars over the heart of the city, offering fantastic views at night. While hotel guests do get priority entry, I would definitely recommend making a booking for this restaurant as it is very popular.

Chiang Mai

Perched on the banks of the River Ping, the all-suite Raya Heritage celebrates Chiang Mai’s rich culture and as soon as you arrive you feel the serenity of this oasis which was much needed after 3 busy days of sightseeing. We stayed in the Rin Terrace Suite and as soon as we checked in we chose to relax and relish the river vistas from the serenity of our covered balcony. We had lunch at their main restaurant Khu Khao where we enjoyed delicious regional Thai dishes with farm to table freshness. After some time relaxing at the pool, we headed to Baan Ta Lounge & Lawn for some signature cocktails before taking their free transfer into the city centre, which takes about 20 minutes, to explore the night market. If you’re looking for somewhere to relax and relish Thai culture and service at one of the leading hotels of the world, this hotel is perfect for you.

This was a bucket list experience we’ve always wanted to do, and we were not disappointed. We chose to do the two day, one night experience so we could fit as much into our holiday as possible. We were collected from Raya Heritage and transferred to Bush Camp using their complimentary transfers which took us 2 hours and gave us an opportunity to mix with other couples who were doing the same trip. On arrival, we checked in and had lunch before heading out in our safari truck to meet their amazing elephants - they have 10 elephants in camp who all have their own personal mahouts who are there to look after their welfare. We got the opportunity to prepare food for them and understand how they are looked after before then meeting local families who live and work on the camp. They showed us how to make one of their local Thai curries which was delicious.

We then headed back to our accommodation, an African Style tent which was built by local crafters and had exceptional views out over the forest towards the mountains. During dinner we watched videos of how the elephants were rescued, then children from a local school put on a dance show for us. It was very humbling and thoroughly enjoyable. After a good night’s sleep it was time for breakfast before spending more time with the elephants and making paper from dung for the villagers to sell. Then time for lunch before sadly checking out and heading back to Chiang Mai. This trip is truly a must if you're visiting Thailand.

Koh Samui

We flew from Chiang Mai to Koh Samui and after a short 15 minute drive from the airport, we arrived at The Ritz-Carlton situated on 58 acres at Choeng Mon Beach overlooking the ocean. The Ritz-Carlton Koh Samui is a great option if you are looking for a full resort experience without compromising on quality. Built around a private, picturesque bay, the Ritz-Carlton is a fairly sizeable resort including suites and pool villas but still manages to feel intimate (the golf buggies are a must to get around if you are staying in one of the pool villas!). Our pool villa was a haven away from home which meant it was difficult to leave when you had everything you needed. The villa interiors are spacious and luxurious, with a lounge area, a bedroom that can be closed off with sliding doors, your own private pool, decking area with 2 loungers and also an area with seating for a break from the sun.

We took the opportunity to explore the resort and there is plenty to entertain all ages including a 18-hole mini golf course, tennis court, basketball court and pickle ball. Another highlight of our stay was the Baan Talat, The Ritz-Carlton’s all-you-can-eat-and-drink Thai street food festival. Stalls whip up Thai treats for you in minutes ranging from salads and deep-fried seafood to soups, curries and stir-fries. And if you, like us, like to chat to other hotel guests then each day the hotel has complimentary sundowners for an hour in different locations around the resort allowing you to share travel stories.

Pimalai

To get to Pimalai we flew into Krabi and transferred to the marina where we boarded the speedboat to the resort. The arrival was spectacular, a real WOW factor and being met by some of the staff and the general manager on the jetty really added that personal touch. We stayed in a One Bedroom Hillside Oceanview Private Pool Villa which had mesmerising panoramic views of the white-gold sands and an infinity pool that clings to the tree-studded hillside – it’s a Thai paradise where relaxation reigns supreme and the service is second to none. The hotel also have their own app which allows you to talk to your butler and confirm restaurant reservations, book a spa treatment and book tours.

Koh Haa

We booked their sunset cruise which visits Koh Haa (a collection of islands around 30 minutes away) and had the opportunity to snorkel in the crystal clear waters seeing around 40 different types of fish and sea creatures before cruising back to the hotel, witnessing the most amazing sunset. Throughout our stay, we enjoyed sundowners in both bars and ate in all of the restaurants to fully immerse ourselves in their offering. Something that really stood out for us was the service. Every staff member knew your name and knew where you had been that day which was a lovely touch and the general manager was always on hand throughout the property checking in with the guests. I am not surprised the resort has a 60% repeat customer rate – we will definitely be adding to this as it was our favourite hotel of the holiday!

Phuket

Finally to end our trip, we got a boat over to Phuket which took one and a half hours, as we really wanted to visit our friends in Phuket before flying home. On arrival at Banyan Tree we experienced a seamless check in and we were back in the familiarity of this amazing brand. The resort is home to enchanting private villas which are designed with traditional Thai elegance in mind. Each villa comes with its own private pool and garden area so you can relax in your own villa or head to the main pool if you prefer. We decided to use the bicycles that come with every villa and cycle around the resort to explore. We then took advantage of their complimentary boat to explore around the prestigious Laguna Phuket complex which includes a wide selection of hotels and gives you additional dining options if you are staying in the hotel for a longer duration.”

To find out more or to chat through your next adventure, pop in and see us in Claygate or get in touch .

Originally featured on https://www.ifonly.net/blog .

A diverse adventure through Costa Rica

Mon, 28 Apr 2025 15:11:37 GMT

A holiday to Costa Rica is the perfect choice for anyone looking for activity, adventure and relaxation. With trails leading to roaring waterfalls, secluded beaches and misty cloud forests, Costa Rica is a fusion of tropical jungles and pristine coastlines embedded with beautiful flowers and exotic wildlife.

Offering a dizzying collection of outdoor activities, zip line in the Monteverde Cloud Forest or walk around the lava-spitting volcanoes in Arenal. Try your hand at sailing or surfing along the Gold Coast and go scuba diving in the Pacific Ocean with hatchling turtles and breaching whales.

Costa Rica also works very well for family adventure holidays, where children can climb along high performance treks, soar through the treetop canopies and go whitewater rafting on the Sarapiqui River.

Costa Rica’s wildlife is something to be admired. Whether it squawks, howls, hisses or moves without a sound, travel through the steamy highlands and beautiful lowlands discovering the magnificent birdlife and sea life that Costa Rica has to offer, making sure to keep an eye out for the mystical Resplendent Quetzal and the slow-moving three-toed sloth.

Costa Rica is an exhilarating ride. Find out what you can do in this lovely 16 day itinerary.

Day One

Fly from London to San Jose, via Miami.

Overnight at Hotel Presidente (1 night).

Costa Rica's capital is a cosmopolitan city full of vibrant markets and buzzing nightlife spots. A visit to San Jose shows you a window into the beating heart of Costa Rica. It is home to the Gold Museum, one of the best places to see prime examples of pre-Columbian gold work and a must visit for the culture any art enthusiast.

San Jose is a gateway to Costa Rica's volcanoes and coffee farms, as well as the La Paz Waterfall Gardens. Here, you can find lovely trails through primary rainforests that take you past several beautiful waterfalls, a hummingbird gallery, a serpentarium, a frog exhibit and a large butterfly observatory.

Day Two

An early start to travel from San Jose to Tortuguero.

On the way, admire the biodiversity of an astonishing protected area in Costa Rica as you drive by Braulio Carrillo National Park, a primary forest in 95% of its extension. En route, you will be able to enjoy a delicious Costa Rican breakfast at a local restaurant.

After breakfast, you will continue your journey to the port where you will board a comfortable boat. Get ready to be enchanted by this extraordinarily exotic paradise as you travel along the Tortuguero Canals and relish this one-in-a-lifetime experience in a unique place surrounded by a great variety of flora and fauna.

On arrival at the hotel, enjoy a refreshing welcome cocktail and a delicious lunch. In the afternoon, you will embark on a hiking tour through the lodge's private trail, before settling

down for dinner in the evening.

Meaning 'land of the turtles', Tortuguero is one of the most important nesting sites in the western hemisphere for the endangered green turtle. To get to Tortuguero's pristine wildlife park, a magical boat trip down the Caribbean coast canals, passing sloths, monkeys

and magnificently coloured flowers is the best way.

When you arrive perhaps witness hatchling turtles shuffling their way over the sand (between July and October), hike and canoe amongst wildlife-teeming mangroves and get hands-on with local conservation projects.

Overnight at Aninga Lodge (2 nights).

Day Three

Start the day embracing nature in all its splendour by touring the canals

and taking your best photos, before discovering the flavours of Costa Rica with breakfast at the Lodge.

The rest of the morning will be at your leisure to relax and make use of the facilities, before

enjoying a delicious lunch at the lodge.

After lunch, visit the museum, the beach and the small and picturesque city of Tortuguero.

A delightful dinner will be served upon your arrival at the lodge in the evening.

Overnight ay Aninga Lodge (2 nights).

Day Four

Wake in time to enjoy another delicious breakfast at the lodge and check out for your onward journey to Arenal.

The impressive Arenal Volcano looms over the northern highlands of Costa Rica and is the

ideal spot for the more adventurous. Backed by phenomenal scenery, the region offers hiking, mountain biking, white water rafting and windsurfing on Lake Arenal - you can even abseil down the forest waterfalls. The best way to relax after this is by sinking into one of the natural volcanic springs.

The Arenal area is also well-known for its diverse wildlife, including two different sloth species: the two-toed sloth and the three-toed sloth.

Overnight at Arenal Volcano Inn (3 nights).

Day Five

After breakfast this morning, you will be met at your hotel and taken on a hike along the famous El Silencio trail on the Arenal Volcano.

Your tour will begin with you being taken to the El Silencio Private reserve, which is where you can get as close as possible to the base of the Arenal volcano by vehicle.

From here, you will walk along the El Silencio trail for approximately 1km, travelling along the moderate stone path until you reach the viewpoint, which is the closest point to the volcano permitted to access. From this viewpoint, your guide will share with you their extensive knowledge about the formation of the Arenal Volcano, its periods of activity, as well as unpublished details of its first eruption in 1968. The viewpoint is also perfect to admire the excellent views of the Green Lagoon and Lake Arenal.

You will then begin your descent down the same trail, before diverting towards the regenerating forest and onto the primary rainforest located along the outskirts of the Arenal Volcano. With luck, the 1.5km trail through the forest will provide you the opportunity to see a wide variety of plants and animals that inhabit the rainforest, including toucans, turkeys, orioles, peccaries, snakes, and monkeys.

At the end of your tour, your driver will be waiting for you with a delicious snack of tropical fruits, before returning you to your hotel. This tour last approximately 3 hours.

This tour will bring you up close and personal with some of Costa Rica's most-adorable animals as they hang out among the treetops near the Arenal Volcano.

The Arenal area is well known for its diverse wildlife, including the two different sloth species: the two-toed sloth and the three-toed sloth. During this activity, you will have the opportunity to admire two or three finger sloths, this being the most popular species in the region and you will also learn about its natural history and other important data that you might not even imagine. Your guide will look for the best places to observe them in their natural habitat, leading you through beautiful open areas in La Fortuna and, at the same time, you can see some more species such as the multicoloured toucan, the poison dart frog, iguanas, and monkeys.

Overnight at Arenal Volcano Inn (3 nights)

Day Six

Today, you will head out on a half day adventure to experience the excitement and adrenaline of a white water tour!

Setting off from the banks of the Balsa River, located approximately 50 minutes from La Fortuna, is an excellent setting to enjoy rafting. You will be able to get wet and wild through rapids such as “Magnetic Rock” and “Dredges”!

A 15-minute break during the tour will give you the time to taste some delicious fruits

whilst enjoying a tropical setting, surrounded by monkeys, toucans and other exotic species.

On the way back to La Fortuna, you will enjoy lunch at “Vida Campesina”, a traditional country estate, that aims to let visitors experience the genuine and peaceful way of country life in Costa Rica. You will enjoy a delicious typical lunch prepared on an original wood stove and served in a traditional way.

Overnight at Arenal Volcano Inn (3 nights)

Day Seven

Today after checking out of your hotel, enjoy a fun and scenic transfer to your next hotel

in Monteverde by crossing the Arenal Lake in a pontoon-style boat. You will leave your hotel in La Fortuna in the morning with a minibus trip to Arenal Lake, which will take approximately 30 minutes.

Once at the dam, you will board a comfortable and safe pontoon-type boat and after a 30-40 minute journey you will arrive at Chiquito River, a small community on the other side of the lake.

Arenal Lake is the largest and most important in Costa Rica. It was purpose built in 1974 in order to obtain hydroelectric power for the country. It is also a place where you can find a variety of resident and migratory birds. Sometimes it is also possible to observe mammals like monkeys and sloths in the surroundings of the place, as well as excellent views of the Arenal Volcano when it is not cloudy.

Once in Chiquito River, you will disembark the boat and continue by land transfer to your hotel in Monteverde. This will take approximately 1.5 hours, depending on traffic and weather conditions.

The Monteverde Cloud Forest and its panoramic views will stun even the most seasoned traveller.

Trekking into the mists of the forest and over its famous treetop suspension bridges, you

will encounter a magnificent ecosystem which is host to over 400 species of birds and an

unbelievable variety of wildlife. For a real thrill, swing over the rainforest canopy on one of the world's longest ziplines.

Overnight at Monteverde Country Lodge (2 nights)

Day Eight

Today, your driver will meet you at your hotel and transfer you to the private reserve, where you will be able to discover the several trails at this site.

As an option, you can walk to the panoramic viewpoint, La Ventana, where you can witness

the natural contrast made by the continental division. This geographical feature defines

the characteristics of the main mountain ranges of Costa Rica.

Experience the force of the trade winds loaded with moisture that blow from the Caribbean

coast. The north winds descend at great speed towards the Central Pacific and the coastal

plains of northern Costa Rica.

There’s a vast number of species of birds at the reserve, including the slight possibility to

observe the majestic quetzal, 120 species of reptiles and amphibians, more than 3000 plants and a large variety of orchids.

Later today, you’ll have the opportunity to enjoy an exciting canopy tour in the cloud forest.

You will get the chance to cross through the forest attached to a high weight capacity cable

and using the best climbing gear. This tour combines the thrill of adventure with a unique view point from the cloud forest canopy, which covers a total of 2 miles of cable length and has 15cables, 18 platforms and one Tarzan Swing.

Feel the thrill as you cross the rainforest and admire the incredible views!

Overnight at Monteverde Country Lodge (2 nights)

Day Nine

After breakfast you’ll check out of your hotel and be transferred to your hotel

in Guanacaste. This will take approximately 2.5 hours, depending on traffic.

Guanacaste offers beautiful stretches of beach, great diving, and some of the best surfing

beaches in the world. By day, it's the place to chill. Surfers, yoga lovers and anyone on a health kick will love it here - with sea kayaking, riding, water sports and yachting. By night, visit some of the small villages dotted around Guanacaste to sample the local, irresistible Costa Rican vibe.

Overnight at Rio Perdido (2 nights)

Day Ten

Today you are at leisure to enjoy the hotel's facilities and explore the area.

Overnight at Rio Perdido (2 nights)

Day Eleven

After breakfast, you will check out and be transferred to your hotel in Tamarindo. This will take approximately 30 minutes depending on traffic.

Tamarindo is a fairly developed place in terms of tourism but never fear; it has managed

to retain its laid-back beachy vibe. With fishing, scuba diving, snorkelling, horse riding and a

national wildlife refuge, there is a whole selection of leisure pursuits to get involved in. Modern cafés and chic restaurants round off this gorgeous spot on the Pacific coast.

Overnight at Tamarindo Diria (4 nights)

Day Twelve

Today's tour will commence in front of Langosta Beach Club, where you will begin with a

theory class on proper kayak skills and ocean safety. You will then begin to make your way to Captain’s Island.

When you arrive on the island, you will be able to discover its rich biodiversity. Here, you will spend some time snorkelling, before enjoying a snack and water break prior to heading back.

Overnight at Tamarindo Diria (4 nights)

Days Thirteen and Fourteen

The following days are at leisure to enjoy the hotel's facilities, relax and explore the area.

Overnight at Tamarindo Diria (4 nights)

Day Fifteen

Transfer to Liberia airport for your flight home via Charlotte

This itinerary was created with the help of our partners at Exsus Travel. If this trip to Costa Rica has whet your travel appetite, pop in and see us in Claygate or get in touch .

Highlights of Antarctica

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Thu, 03 Apr 2025 13:43:48 GMT

We were delighted to book this wonderful holiday to Antarctica for a mother and daughter looking for a bucket list adventure. Here is what they will be enjoying later this year.

Day One

Arrive in Buenos Aires, a buzzing European-style city which radiates charisma and where old meets new. The capital city of Argentina, Buenos Aires is not only a hub for the rest of the country, it is also a fascinating destination in its own right.

Get under the skin of the city by watching risqué tango performed on the streets and sniffing out the best steaks and wine you've ever tasted. After this, you've got the brightly-coloured houses of the vibrant La Boca district of Palermo to explore with its designer boutiques and restaurants and the world-famous Teatro Colon, where you just have to catch a show.

Stay at the Emperador Hotel on a bed and breakfast basis for two nights

Day Three

Transfer by private vehicle to Buenos Aires domestic airport for an onward flight to Ushuaia and transfer to Ushuaia pier to board your cruise to explore the highlights of Antarctica.

Ushuaia

Ushuaia is known as the city at the end of the world, due to it being the southernmost city in the world clinging to Argentina's most southerly tip. It is the capital and port of the Tierra del Fuego province and is located between the majestic snow-capped Martial mountain range and the shores of the stunning Beagle Channel on the main island of the archipelago. The name Ushuaia was given by the indigenous Yaghan people who used to inhabit the land and it means 'deep bay' or 'bay that penetrates westward'. This scenic location is adorned with raw, natural beauty - making it possible for visitors to go on wildlife adventures to nearby penguin-inhabited islands or to spot the majestic orcas in the channel.

To experience the breathtaking landscapes for yourself you can ski, trek the mountains and glaciers, or take a boat trip through the magnificent fjords. Ushuaia is also the gateway to the Antarctic and the notorious Drake Passage. Some visit here simply to say they've visited the world's southernmost town, whilst others get into the spirit of adventure before a once-in-a-lifetime Antarctic cruise.

It was here that Darwin and Vice-Admiral FitzRoy set forth on their famous voyage - the fruits of which can be seen in Ushuaia's anthropological museums. Take a stroll down Maipu Coastal Avenue, which fringes the Beagle Channel, before visiting Malvinas Argentinas Street to catch a glimpse of the historic Beben House.

Ushuaia is also the bustling port of the capital of Argentina’s Tierra del Fuego Province and where you board your cruise to Antarctica.

After boarding the ship and having a briefing from your Expedition Team, you’ll have time to locate your cabin and explore the comforts and amenities on board and have time to familiarise yourself with the friendly crew and the ship. Take time to unpack and meet your fellow shipmates before a relaxing dinner and your first departure.

Stay aboard MS Fridtjof Nansen on a full board basis for 10 nights.

MS Fridjof Nansen

The remarkable MS Fridtjof Nansen stands as a pioneering vessel in Hurtigruten Expeditions' fleet. This state-of-the art hybrid ship represents the future of expedition cruising, with innovative sustainable technology that reduces fuel consumption.

Accommodations aboard range from comfortable Polar Outside cabins, Arctic Superior cabins to luxurious Expedition Suites. Arctic Superior cabins feature convertible double beds, private bathrooms with showers, with many offering private balconies. If you are seeking indulgence, the Expedition Suites provide spacious apartments with premium

amenities including private balconies, expansive windows, and some with hot tubs. Suite guests enjoy exclusive perks such as complimentary fine dining in the Lindstrøm restaurant, champagne and delicacies upon departure, daily turndown service, and the convenience of in-suite dining through a dedicated takeaway service.

The ship's distinctive restaurants celebrate Norway's rich heritage and local ingredients. Lindstrøm, named after the favourite chef of Norwegian polar heroes, offers fine dining. Restaurant Aune, named after polar expedition supplier Tinus Aune, serves as the main dining venue, while the informal Restaurant Fredheim, inspired by a 1900s Svalbard

hunting station, provides a social gathering place. For refreshment with a view, the Pool Bar offers cocktails and beverages to enjoy while soaking in the hot tubs or infinity pool, creating the perfect atmosphere for relaxation after a day of exploration.

The elegant Explorer Lounge & Bar provides comfortable armchairs and floor-to-ceiling windows for magnificent panoramic views. The cutting-edge Science Center serves as the intellectual heart of the vessel, equipped with touch screens and specialised equipment where you can interact with the expert Expedition Team through lectures, workshops, and hands-on learning experiences. For physical and mental wellbeing, the ship features a full fitness centre and Wellness suite offering various treatments including massage and facial services. The Observation Deck is an ideal vantage point for wildlife watching and the relaxing pool and hot tubs provide the perfect ending to days filled with adventure.

Cruising the highlights of Antarctica

During the following days, the ship will sail through the majestic Drake Passage. On the two-day crossing through the Drake Passage, the Expedition Team will equip you with all you need to make the most of your polar expedition.

Visit the onboard Science Centre and find out what lies ahead. Listen to experts talk passionately about Antarctica’s history, the science beneath the ice, and the impact of climate change and plastic pollution. You'll learn how to make your visit as safe and as low-impact as possible, and about the Citizen Science projects you can join.

There's also plenty of time to relax over the next two days, so unwind in the spa and wellness area, enjoy some delicious cuisine and mingle with fellow travellers in the Explorer Lounge & Bar.

Over the next few days, you'll be able to experience Antarctica in all its natural majesty.

Nothing prepares you for your first sight of Antarctica’s immense, frozen beauty. Surrounded by looming glaciers and icebergs the size of floating cathedrals, Antarctica will fill you with wonder.

Perhaps the most surprising part of Antarctica is the silence. It's a stillness that's broken every so often by the locals – the wildlife.

Whales begin to arrive in greater numbers by December and January. This is also when the first penguin chicks hatch and seeing the clumsy clumps of feathers run around is always a charming sight. February and March offer peak whale-watching opportunities, when large amounts of krill lure them to the area.

Here, nature is king, and you are a mere observer. Your experienced Captain will continually

monitor conditions to create the best possible itinerary for your adventure. Rest assured, each day will offer something different and thrilling. You'll join the Expedition Team on landings and ice-cruises and may even get a chance to go kayaking among the icebergs.

Back on board, the Expedition Team will continue their lectures, helping you grow in your insights of the frozen continent. Over five magical days, you'll experience this amazing world in a way that will stay with you for a lifetime.

After five incredible days, you’ll have experienced so much in Antarctica. Your head will likely be filled with special memories and impressions of the magical sights. The next couple of days will be a chance to reflect on your adventure to the seventh continent.

As your mind tries to conjure up the impressive Antarctic scenery, now may be a good time to sift through your photos and videos to recapture a sense of its magnitude. Why not take the chance to unwind in the sauna or enjoy a few relaxing spa treatments in the wellness area. Admire the towering Drake Passage as you make your way back to Ushuaia and enjoy the ship's facilities.

Day Thirteen

Today your cruise ends in Ushuaia.

On arrival into the port you will be met and transferred to Ushuaia airport for your flight back to Buenos Aires.

Day Fourteen

Arrive into Buenos Aires.

Stay at Loi Suites Recoleta Hotel on a bed and breakfast basis for two nights, enabling you to explore more of the capital of Argentina.

Day Sixteen

Transfer to Buenos Aires airport for your flight home.

For more information on this fabulous trip or to chat about your next adventure, pop and in and see us in Claygate or get in touch .

Why Corfu?

Mon, 24 Mar 2025 17:22:33 GMT

In our opinion, here are several reasons why Corfu is one of the best Greek destinations for your summer holiday.

Spectacular beaches

From the golden sands of Glyfada to the sparkling turquoise waters of Paleokastritsa and the peaceful pebble bays of Barbati, each breathtaking beach invites relaxation and the joy of water adventures.

Historic and cultural landmarks

Corfu Town, a UNESCO World Heritage site, is a breathtaking tapestry of Venetian, French and British influences. Enchanting cobbled streets invite you to wander whilst iconic landmarks ignite the imagination.

Vineyards and wineries

The island's enchanting rolling hills cradle lush vineyards that yield some of Greece's most exquisite wines. A visit to a local winery invites you to savour traditional wines such as Kakotrigis whilst immersing yourself in the breathtaking beauty of the island's countryside.

Local specialities

Local cuisine is a captivating blend of Greek and Venetian flavours. Delight in dishes like pastitsada, spiced beef or chicken with pasta, and sofrito, where tender veal is infused with white wine and garlic. Enjoy fresh seafood paired with locally produced olive oil. Conclude your culinary journey with a sip of kumquat liqueur; an exquisite Corfiot speciality.

Activities for all

Dive into thrilling water sports, embark on scenic hikes or sail on enchanting boat tours. Immerse yourself in the island's rich tapestry of arts and culture, where vibrant local festivals, music and dance performances await throughout the year.

Perfect for island-hopping

Corfu is not just a breathtaking destination; it's a gateway to the enchanting Ionian Islands. Embark on a day trip to the idyllic Paxos and Antipaxos or journey further to captivating Kefalonia. With frequent ferry connections, Corfu transforms island hopping into an exhilarating adventure, inviting you to embrace the unique beauty of the Ionian Islands.

Where to stay

We love Domes of Corfu , a sophisticated seaside idyll with something to suit all travellers. Domes of Corfu, Autograph Collection is as romantic as it is family friendly and all just steps from the inviting waters of the Ionian Sea.

Looking for further inspiration? Get in touch .

Some of the best short breaks for 2025

Wed, 08 Jan 2025 17:03:40 GMT

Some of the best short breaks for 2025

A short break is the perfect way to start the new year, whether it is to discover a new city, enjoy some winter sunshine or to see the latest exhibition. Here are some of the best short break ideas for the coming months, courtesy of our friends at Kirker Holidays.

Heritage, Bruges

With charming, cobbled street, mediaeval architecture, palaces and stone bridges over hidden canals, Bruges is a favourite destination for a short break. Located 100 metres from the Market Square, Hotel Heritage is a boutique hotel with just 22 bedrooms, a coy lounge and breakfast room, all decorated in a traditional style with original antiques and paintings.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 for Sunday and Monday arrivals until 4th April 2025

• Price from £987 per person, saving up to £142

• Includes a 72 hour museum pass for entrance to key museums and galleries such as the Groening Museum

Aria, Prague

This wonderful boutique hotel is located in the city’s atmospheric Mala Strana district. It overlooks the beautiful Vrtbovska Gardens and is just two minutes’ walk from Charles Bridge. Music resonates throughout the hotel with each floor themes to either classical, jazz or contemporary music and each room dedicated to a particular artist or composer.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 ½ until 17th April 2025

• Price from £969 per person, saving up to £65

• Includes a 3 hour private walking tour of Prague

Metropole, Venice

The lead up to Venice’s annual Carnival is an atmospheric time to visit, as traditional mask workshops bustle with people preparing their costumes. Just a few minutes’ walk from St Mark’s Square and the Doge’s Palace is the Metropole, a famous and atmospheric hotel with 74 individually furnished bedrooms with over 2,000 antiques.

Offer:

• 3 nights for the price of 2 until 20th February 2025

• Price from £1098 per person, saving up to £212

• Includes guaranteed entrance ticket to the Doge’s Palace, Accademia or the Peggy Guggenheim Collection

Hotel de Rome, Berlin

With an ever changing variety of exhibitions and musical performances, there is always a reason to return to the vibrant German capital. Located in the heart of historic East Berlin, Hotel de Rome is a Greenstar and Kirker favourite in Berlin. The 145 stylish bedrooms are all extremely comfortable and have the latest high-tech amenities. The refined Italian restaurant, Chiaro, is a treat.

Offer:

• 3 nights for the price of 2 for stays including a Sunday night until 30th April 2025

• Price from £998 per person, saving up to £190

• Includes a Berlin Museum pass

Grand Bretagne, Athens

Athens is a vibrant city, both ancient and modern, with an enviable winter climate. First opened in 1872, the Grand Bretagne has retained the style and grandeur of its heyday and the 320 rooms are all beautifully furnished with original artwork and antique furniture. Lunch and dinner and served in the ‘Winter Garden’ restaurant and spectacular views can be enjoyed from the rooftop restaurant.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 until 30th April 2025

• Price from £1297 per person, saving up to £220

• Includes entrance tickets to the Acropolis and the Acropolis Museum

Esprit St Germain, Paris

Whenever you visit Paris, a stay at the Esprit Saint Germain is highly recommended. An intimate hotel on the Left Bank, the Esprit has the atmosphere of a stylish private residence. Just 28 rooms are all decorated in contemporary style. The Library Lounge is the perfect place to relax after a busy day or to enjoy an aperitif in the evening from the open bar.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 for stays including a Sunday night from 1st to 31st March 2025

• Price from £1158 per person, saving up to £250

• Includes a two day Paris Museum pass

Jardins de la Medina, Marrakech

Marrakech offers an intoxicating combination of warm winter sunshine, atmospheric souks and delicious Moroccan cuisine. This charming 36 room hotel has a restaurant and a bar overlooking delightful gardens and a swimming pool surrounded by palm trees. Enjoy views over the medina from the roof terraces, a fitness centre and hammam.

Offer:

• 5 nights for the price of 4 until 7th February 2025

• Price from £959 per person, saving up to £105

• Includes a private walking tour with an expert local guide

Commercianti, Bologna

Housed in an 11th century building, the Commercianti is located in the historic centre of one of Italy’s most charming cities, the gastronomic heart of Emilia-Romagna. Bologna is as notable for its art, history and ancient university as it is for its exceptional cuisine and at this time of year, it’s a fabulous short break destination with few tourists.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 all year (2025)

• Price from £798 per person, saving up to £130

• Includes entrance to museums and monuments including the two towers

Lapa Palace, Lisbon

Located between the Bairro Alto and Belem districts, the Lapa Palace is set in beautiful landscaped gardens which slope past the large outdoor heated swimming pool towards the River Tagus below. The gardens are the perfect place to relax after a morning of sightseeing in the city and the gastronomic restaurant serves classic Portuguese and Mediterranean dishes in elegant surroundings.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 until 28th February 2025

• Price from £1086 per person, saving up to £222

• Includes a 48h ‘Lisboa Card’ providing entrance to most museums and free use of the trams

La Pérouse, Nice

The Côte d’Azur has long been famed for its unique microclimate which made the destination the winter retreat of choice for artists, writers and the international set for more than a century. Nice is still the perfect destination for a short break in early spring and the attractive La Pérouse with its lovely bar and wonderful views of the town and the Baie des Anges is a favourite place to stay.

Offer:

• 3 nights for the price of 2 until 30th March 2025

• Price from £698 per person, saving up to £140

• Includes a Nice Museum Pass providing entrance to the Musée Matisse

Leo Grand, Vienna

Vienna is at its best in the winter months with its exceptional museums and galleries, a full programme of opera, concerts and ballet as well as the famous cafes for a restorative kaffee & kuchen. The new boutique Leo Grand is perfectly located in the centre of the old town with 76 light, modern rooms, a breakfast restaurant and bar.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 until 30th April 2025

• Price from £997 per person, saving up to £180

• Includes entrance to the Kunsthistorisches Museum and Leopold

Telegraaf, Tallinn

Tallin is a wonderfully atmospheric destination for a winter break, offering mediaeval architecture and a thriving culinary scene. The hotel is a 19th century former post office in the heart of the old town with 83 bedrooms decorated in classical style with a hint of the contemporary. The hotel restaurant serves fine food and the relaxing spa includes an indoor swimming pool, sauna and steam bath.

Offer:

• 4 nights for the price of 3 all year (2025)

• Price from £769 per person, saving up to £170

All offers include:

• Return flights from your preferred airport (Eurostar for Paris and Bruges)

• Return transfers (excluding Bruges)

• Accommodation with breakfast based on two people sharing

• Kirker Guide notes to restaurants and sightseeing

• Kirker concierge services

We always love to hear from you so do pop in or get in touch to chat through your next holiday plans.

New York New York

Fri, 03 Jan 2025 18:19:37 GMT

Jennie and her husband whisked themselves away for a pre-Christmas weekend in New York. Here's how they got on:

New York in December is magical! The decorations are something else and you feel like you’ve just stepped on to a film set. Be prepared for it to be very busy and wear comfy shoes - we walked on average 10 miles each day. Walking where you can is a must as there is just so much to see. Remember to look up - the skyscraper’s are breathtaking.

We stayed at the Kixby : a lovely 4 star boutique hotel superbly located in Herald Square in the heart of midtown, just steps away from Macy’s. The hotel has a great rooftop bar with an amazing view of the Empire State Building. There are only 195 rooms, the rooms are spacious for New York and the hotel staff were so helpful and friendly.

A highlight of our trip included afternoon tea at the iconic Plaza which was beautifully decorated for Christmas. We visited the world famous Rockettes Christmas Spectacular at Radio City during our stay and made sure we headed to the Rockefeller Center early to see the magnificent Christmas tree and avoided the crowds.

We took the subway to Brooklyn to see the famous DUMBO view - DUMBO is short for 'Down Under the Manhattan Bridge Overpass', located on the East River between the Brooklyn and Manhattan bridges. We then headed to Pebble Beach and walked back over Brooklyn Bridge to the financial district.

The 9/11 Memorial and Museum was a sombre yet interesting visit and we are glad we could spend time there and pay our respects. We enjoyed a walk around Central Park too and a visit to Strawberry Fields , John Lennon’s memorial. We also made sure we caught the Staten Island ferry to see the Statue of Liberty. A visit to the top of the Empire State Building at sunset for the amazing views of Manhattan was an additional highlight. We certainly packed it in!

We enjoyed some great food at a couple of local diners - the food was amazing and great value with renowned huge portions. We had a lovely dinner at PJ Clarke’s , famously one of Frank Sinatra’s favourite New York restaurants.

We certainly packed it in!

I'd love to tell you more about my trip and help you plan yours so do get in touch .

Martyn enjoys a fabulous stay at Barut Hotels in Turkey

Wed, 11 Dec 2024 16:19:13 GMT

I was lucky enough to spend a few days in Turkey at the end of November, staying at a couple of the Barut Hotels.

We flew with Easyjet into Antalya and transferred to the Acanthus Cennet Barut Collection in historical Side. We were welcomed by clear blue skies and a pleasant temperature of 20 degrees.

The Acanthus Cennet sits on a Blue Flag Mediterranean Beach. On arrival we were checked in with the minimum of fuss. I was lucky enough to have a suite with side sea view however the lead in superior side sea view rooms are clean in design, modern and spacious.

The concept at several of the Barut Hotels is Ultra all-inclusive: it was mid-afternoon when we arrived, I had been up early and missed lunch so I popped down to the Patisserie just off the hotel’s lobby. A selection of wonderful Turkish treats and cakes welcomed me as well as plenty of choice of different teas and coffees. Even Prosecco was on offer.

A quick walk around the hotel followed. We saw the lovely large outdoor pool, the wide sandy beach and the indoor pool and spa. Acanthus Cennet Barut Collection is an adult focused hotel however children currently are welcome. That evening, we dined in the hotel buffet restaurant which offered a large variety of hot and cold dishes.

We took a short drive into Side the next day to see the sites and wander down to the harbour. Next to the Old Town, there is a well preserved Roman theatre that once hosted 15,000 spectators. It is one of the largest in Anatolia. A little further on is the Temple of Apollo and Athena. These are iconic ruins that offer a stunning sunset view if you time it right. On our walk back to the edge of the old town, we past many shops offering a variety of items including leather goods, jewellery and souvenirs.

After 2 nights at Acanthus Cennet we moved on to the luxurious resort of Lara, just east of Antalya on the Turkish Riviera. The beach here stretches for several kilometres and is one of the largest in Turkey. Yet another fine beach for sun bathing, swimming and beach sports.

We stayed at the Lara Barut Collection, a great hotel for families with children of all ages. There are many activities here which are all included in the Ultra all-inclusive concept: tennis courts, padel courts, a fully equipped gym and running track are all on offer as well as beach volleyball. For those looking for a slower pace, there are many sun beds across the property as well as a beach club for coffee, food and sundowners.

The hotel facilities are exceptional and children from tots to teens will love the kids and teens clubs club which includes a variety of games to keep them entertained. The Bary Star Baby Concept is a Godsend for parents with young children: travel light and simply arrive at the hotel with everything you need for your young child (aged 0 to 3) waiting in your room.

I can really recommend this hotel for families and couples alike. There is a wide range of room types and once again it offers the ultra all-inclusive concept.

Lara is only a 20 minute drive from Antalya Airport and Side just 45 minutes. Barut Hotels are well worth considering for your next trip. Do pop in and see us in Claygate or get in touch to find out more.

Martyn Fisher December 2024

Luxury Kenya with Hemingways and Africa by Lusso

Sun, 17 Nov 2024 17:57:06 GMT

Hemingways Collection represents a distinctive portfolio of luxury boutique hotels, residences and camps in Kenya.

The four iconic properties – Hemingways Nairobi, Hemingways Ol Seki Mara, Hemingways Watamu and Hemingways Eden Residence – are built on decades of experience in hospitality.

Relax in their spas, indulge in their cuisine, enjoy the very best of Kenyan hospitality and service and ultimately explore the quintessential experience of Africa.

This fabulous itinerary takes in 3 of the Hemingways properties, all perfectly tailored by Africa by Lusso .

Day One

Fly from London Heathrow to Jomo Kenyatta International Airport, Nairobi with British Airways

Transfer to Hemingways Nairobi by private vehicle

Stay at Hemingways Nairobi in a Deluxe Room for 2 nights

Hemingways Nairobi is a plantation-style luxury boutique hotel, set in the leafy and secluded suburb of Karen in Nairobi. Hemingways' colonial-style buildings are spread amongst 10 acres of manicured gardens. Beautiful in its symmetry and flooded with natural

light, the hotel exudes a tranquil atmosphere and offers classic interiors

with contemporary touches. Each spacious suite is decorated in the

muted tones of the African savannah and features four-poster beds, ensuite

marble bathrooms and large private terraces or balconies

overlooking the Ngong Hills. The hotel enjoys a large outdoor pool lined

with sun loungers, a spa, steam room and sauna as well as a small gym.

The hotel also offers tours of nearby attractions including Karen Blixen's

former home, the Giraffe Centre, the David Sheldrick Wildlife Trust

elephant orphanage and Nairobi National Park. During the evening enjoy

international cuisine at the informal Brasserie which serves some of the

best steaks in Kenya. The bar is the perfect for a signature cocktail or digestif.

Day Three

Transfer to Nairobi Wilson Airport by private vehicle

Fly to Hemingways Ol Seki Mara by light aircraft

Stay at Hemingways Ol Seki Mara in a Nina Tent for 4 nights

Hemingways Ol Seki Mara is a stunning tented camp offering an incredibly private safari experience. The camp is located on a rocky ridge in the heart of the Naboisho Conservancy.

Experience warm Kenyan hospitality whilst staying in one of ten spacious

circular tents, each with an en-suite bathroom, patio and views of the

surrounding wilderness. The smaller Nina Tents are ideal for couples

while the larger Simba and Chui Tents are designed for families or groups

of friends. They feature two en-suite bedrooms plus a private kitchen,

lounge and dining area. Meals can be eaten in private or in the main

dining tent with other guests. Romantic candlelit meals can also be

arranged in a private location within the camp. Much of your time will be spent

exploring the conservancy on shared game drives with experienced

guides. Known for its lion prides, the conservancy sees far fewer vehicles

than the main reserve, ensuring a more exclusive safari experience.

Other activities include walking safaris, Maasai village visits, dawn hot-air

balloon rides and horseriding safaris.

Day Seven

Fly to Nairobi Wilson Airport by light aircraft

Fly to Malindi Airport by light aircraft

Transfer to Hemingways Watamu by private vehicle

Stay at Hemingways Watamu in a Deluxe Ocean View Room for 5 nights

Located on one of Kenya’s finest beaches in the pristine Watamu Marine

National Park, Hemigways Watamu has been a coastal institution since the

1960s. Expect to be treated to warm, personal service. Bright, airy rooms, including newly renovated Deluxe Ocean View Rooms and Ocean View Rooms,

offer a coastal-chic feel with private balconies overlooking the Indian

Ocean. If you are seeking added space and privacy, the Residences

feature one to four bedrooms plus a kitchen, living area and wonderful

open terraces. Delight in dishes to suit every taste with freshly prepared

breakfasts, alfresco lunches and candlelit evening meals perfectly

executed by the hotel’s chefs. Sit back with a tropical cocktail in the

much-loved Hemingways Bar, right on the seafront. There's plenty

to keep you busy too; world-class deep-sea fishing, humpback

whale-watching from June to September, scuba diving, snorkelling and

kite surfing. If that's a bit much then retreat for some 'me time' at the

spa where a team of therapists are on hand to relax and restore you.

Day Twelve

Transfer to Malindi Airport by private vehicle

Fly to Nairobi Wilson Airport by light aircraft

Transfer from Nairobi Wilson Airport to Jomo Kenyatta International Airport

Fly to London Heathrow with British Airways

To chat about your next adventure to Africa, pop in and see us or get in touch .

How to choose your safari

Fri, 08 Nov 2024 15:59:30 GMT

With the help of our friends at Audley we have put together this helpful guide on how to choose your African safari.

South Africa

South Africa’s vast national parks and private reserves support animals in huge numbers. Here, more than anywhere else, you are likely to encounter all of the Big Five on wildlife drives. Limited vehicle numbers ensure you have the best views.

Botswana, Zambia, Kenya and Tanzania

You will still spot most of the Big Five species in these destinations plus they boast some of the best wildlife densities in the world. Local guides can show you tell-tale signs to look out for on wildlife drives and bush walks.

Rwanda and Uganda

Rwanda and Uganda are two of the only places on Earth you can see mountain gorillas in the wild, both offer similarly intimate experiences so which destination you chose might depend on how luxurious you would like your trip to be. You may also wish to add time in Uganda’s safari areas.

Tanzania

The forested slopes of the Mahale Mountains in Western Tanzania provide a habitat for six primate species including habituated chimps which you can spot on guided treks. Head to the rainforests of Rubondo Island to help track and observe chimps for vital conservation research.

For most of the year, Tanzania’s Serengeti hosts the mass migration of two million wildebeest and other plains animals which follow the rains in a huge clockwise loop. See them with their calves on the southern plains or witness them cross the Mara River into Kenya.

Kenya

The herds reach the Masai Mara from July and generally stay until October. As they pass into the country from Tanzania they cross the Mara River – no easy feat as crocodiles and other predators lie in wait. River crossings are hard to predict but expert guides can offer the best chance of seeing one.

Namibia

Quad biking, sandboarding or sunset horse rides amongst scorched orange dunes; kayaking amongst a colony of Cape fur seals; hiking into the world’s second largest canyon: Namibia offers plenty to experience in addition to a safari to help you appreciate its mix of landscapes.

Safari and Beach

Extending your trip with a beach stay gives you a chance to unwind after a fast paced safari. East African destinations combine particularly well with Zanzibar’s dazzling sands and snorkelling spots or Kenya’s palm-fringed coastline.

Safari and Victoria Falls

Victoria Falls is within easy reach of a safari in Botswana, Namibia, Zambia and South Africa. Experience ‘the smoke that thunders’ from sunset river cruises to a sumptuous dinner aboard a vintage steam train.

To chat about your next safari, pop in and see us in Claygate or get in touch.

The Barcelo Corralejo Bay – what a fabulous hotel!

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Thu, 07 Nov 2024 12:01:55 GMT

Jennie ventured across to Fuerteventura for her holiday this summer and stayed at the Barcelo Corralejo Bay. Here is how she got on.

The Barcelo Corralejo Bay – what a fabulous hotel! The hotel is in an excellent location, minutes from the bustling town centre in one direction and the beach in the other. The Barcelo Corralejo Bay is an adult only hotel, ideal for a tranquil family holiday. The hotel has two pools, one of which is heated and there are always plenty of sunbeds. The hotel also offers entertainment every night in the main bar – this was really popular with all the guests.

We were travelling with friends and family to celebrate my husband’s 50th birthday so decided to book the all-inclusive package. I am always dubious about all-inclusive but I have to say the food was amazing and the drinks were branded. Our rooms were lovely, bright and spacious and we had great views of the marina and Lobos island from our private balcony.

Corralejo itself is a lovely place to visit with lots of bars and restaurants. I thoroughly recommend the music square in the evening. We enjoyed a fabulous al fresco dinner watching various singers, bands and dance acts. Eating out is very reasonable too!

There is lots to do to at the hotel and in the surrounding area. We booked a private catamaran trip for an afternoon and sailed over to Lobos Island where we swam, paddle boarded and snorkelled.

If you would like to know more please do get in touch. I have visited Fuerteventura about 6 times now - it’s the perfect place for some winter sun as well as summer holidays.

To get in touch with Jennie, send her an email or give her a ring .

Explore the Frozen Continent with HX Hurtigruten

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Fri, 11 Oct 2024 15:54:10 GMT

Explore the Frozen Continent with HX Hurtigruten Expedition cruises, our inspiration for the month of October.

Exploring Antarctica is surely a journey of a lifetime, the ultimate destination on any intrepid traveller’s bucket list. It is a dream for many and an experience for few. Antarctica is the only continent with no permanent human inhabitants and a huge array of wildlife.

HX Hurtigruten Expedition cruises have been operating since 1986, taking travellers to the remote and awe-inspiring destination of Antarctica. During an HX Hurtigruten Expedition you will experience genuine adventure: crossing the Drake Passage with expert guides, exploring the frozen continent with specialist experts, enriching your knowledge and developing your understanding of one of the most remote corners of the world. This cruise will change the way you see the world.

Highlights of an exploration to Antarctica

There are many highlights of an exploration to Antarctica.

Antarctica Sound offers huge ice shelves, developing into mile long icebergs carried by the strong currents of the Weddell Sea.

The South Shetland group of islands is home to 16 research stations studying the seabirds, penguins, whales and seals that thrive in the surrounding waters.

The Falkland Islands consist of 778 islands filled with grassy hills, white sand beaches and turquoise waters. Local residents here include seals, albatross and four species of penguin.

Lastly, Gerlach Strait is one of the most beautiful water ways in Antarctica. Here you can spot humpback whales as you cruise past jagged icebergs, glacial spouts and walls of glassy ice.

There is a chance to further explore the area with camp outs on the shore in Antarctica, kayaking, snowshoeing across the tundra and exploring ice floes in small expedition boats, landing in remote areas to explore by foot.

When to visit

The best time to visit Antarctica is in the Antarctic spring, from late October through to the end of November. See incredible ice formations, pristine white snow horizons and colossal sheet soft ice. Wildlife will be starting to emerge too.

Staying on board an HX ship

A stay onboard an HX ship is unforgettable. Whether you are staying on MS Roald Amundsen, MS Fridtjof Nansen or MS Fram, you will have the best expedition experience. Each ship has been designed to offer the balance between intrepid adventure, luxurious comfort and mindful travel.

Feed your curiosity too with an extensive Science and Education programme offered onboard. This is an immersive learning experience, enabling you to widen your knowledge and understanding of the landscapes and wildlife across Antarctica with the help of experts. Support real-life research and get involved in collected invaluable data that will contribute to the conservation and understanding of our planet.

In-depth Antarctic, Falklands and South Georgia Expedition cruise

There are many Antarctica cruises to choose from with HX, from 12 days to 23 days exploring different parts of the continent. This fabulous in-depth Antarctica, Falklands and South Georgia Expedition cruise offers three distinct destinations all in one: the Falkland Islands, South Georgia and Antarctica and includes 4 days on the white continent. Witness a variety of wildlife species including penguins, seals and whales and experience the varied landscapes of the green hills of the Falklands, the alpine landscapes of South Georgia and the icebergs of Antarctica.

Day One

Arrive in Santiago, Chile. Enjoy the sights of Chile’s bustling capital.

Day Two

Fly to Punta Arenas, Chile’s southernmost port where your expedition ship is waiting

Day Three

Soak up the mesmerising views as you cruise through the Strait of Magellan on course for the Falkland Islands. Witness the landscapes from the deck, the outdoor hot tub or the Explorer Lounge and Bar. There is also an opportunity to meet your Expedition Team and learn more about what you will be seeing on your journey

Days Four to Six

Explore the Falkland archipelago, filled with seamless horizon and white sand teeming with birdlife. The grassy hills and wildflowers will be stark contrast to the whiteness of Antarctica to come. Walk around Stanley, visiting Jubilee gardens, Christ Church Cathedral and the Historic Dockyard Museum.

Depending on conditions and without disturbance, you may have the chance to visit albatross and penguin colonies, often shared with seals.

Days Seven and Eight

Spend two days cruising towards South Georgia and an archipelago filled with diverse wildlife. The Expedition Team will prepare you for the journey ahead and tell you everything you need to know about South Georgia. Help collect data for global research projects and learn how to make your visit as low impact as possible.

Days Nine to Twelve

The wildlife of South Georgia is known as the ‘Serengeti of the Southern Ocean’. It is the ideal breeding site for large colonies of penguins and seals as well as other important seabirds such as albatross, petrels, shags, skuas and terns.

Explore this remarkable area with the possibility of reaching Grytviken, the final resting place of Sir Ernest Shackleton.

Each itinerary is flexible and guided by nature and local conditions. Safety is paramount as is sensitivity to the environment and wildlife.

Days Thirteen and Fourteen

Having explored the Falklands and South Georgia, head towards Antarctica. Take some time to relax on the way and learn more about environmental guidelines and sustainability from your Expedition Team.

Days Fifteen to Nineteen

Antarctica is striking: nothing prepares you for the immense, majestic, frozen sight that awaits you. Icebergs float whilst Gentoo, Chinstrap and Adélie Penguins watch from the shores. Seabirds whirl overhead.

Spend four days exploring several landing sites on and around the Antarctic Peninsula and South Shetland Islands. Visit flooded volcanic caldera or land in icy bays. Perhaps get the chance to go kayaking amongst icebergs and seals.

Learn more about the habitat through onboard lectures and talks and how it can be protected in the future.

Days Twenty to Twenty Two

Leaving the frozen continent. Turn north towards the Drake Passage and back towards Punta Arenas. Relax onboard and relive your experiences in the comfort of the ship. Watch out for Patagonian Wildlife as you sail towards your final stop.

Day Twenty Three

Arrive in Punta Arenas. Catch a flight back to Santiago de Chile and onwards home or perhaps, if you are not ready to end your adventure, join a post trip land adventure.

For more information, pop in and see us or give us a ring .

Itinerary originally featured on the HX website .

Trek Everest Base Camp

Wed, 25 Sep 2024 14:41:03 GMT

Sky skimming peaks, long windy trails through ancient forests and across dramatic swing bridges, evenings spent playing cards and chatting with fellow trekkers over steaming cups of ginger tea or garlic soup…. Trekking to Everest Base Camp is the quintessential bucket list trip.

During this trip you will of course get to trek in the midst of three of the world’s tallest peaks: Lhotse, Nuptse and Everest itself. Listen to the monks chanting in Dingboche monastery, see colourful prayer flags flapping in the wind, wander the cobbled streets of Namche Bazaar and explore the bustling home of the Sherpa community. You will cross the Khumbu glacier to see Everest Base Camp and hike to the summit (5645m) for fantastic views of Everest and the surrounding 8000m+ peaks. You will experience a warm Nepali welcome and hearty food in the teahouses; cosy mountain huts run by locals.

Accommodation for the majority of the trip is in teahouses. Nepal’s teahouses are omnipresent in these mountain regions. They are local homes converted into basic guest accommodation. Whilst the rooms are sparse and the facilities basic, the welcome is warm and the central areas are cosy and a great spot to share stories with fellow trekkers.

Following the foothills and spending more time immersed in the whole of the Himalaya gives a more holistic experience – the envy of any avid trekker.

Travelling with our expert colleagues at Explore means this iconic 22 day trip stands out from the crowd. Explore have swapped the typical internal flight in favour of a scenic 4x4 journey. The route takes you up and close and personal with rural Nepali foothills that few foreigners have the chance to see. This means the adventure starts early. The trip enables you to see more of the country, reduce the carbon footprint of your journey, decrease your chances of altitude sickness, and spend more time in the Himalaya.

Why drive through Nepal rather than fly?

In the UK, the Department of Transport compiles and regularly reviews a document called the UK Air Safety List (ASL) – this is based on advice from the UK Civil Aviation Authority. This list comprises several international and domestic airlines around the world that do not meet international safety standards. All Nepali airlines have been placed on the UK Air Safety List since 2013.

Safety is of the upmost importance which is why Explore had chosen not to use any internal flights within Nepal.

Recently, improvements to Nepal’s road network mean they have finally got a suitable, safer alternative for getting to the Everest region. Hop into 4x4s for a winding drive through lowland Nepal passing farms, forests and green valleys on route and additional trekking days to aid acclimatisation.

For more information on this adventure of a lifetime, pop in and see us or get in touch .

To see the full details of the trip, click here and get in touch with us for details on how to book.

An Italian Journey

Thu, 19 Sep 2024 17:58:37 GMT

We are great fans of Italy and love arranging a large number of Italian holidays each year. Italy is home to inspiring architecture, some of the world’s greatest works of art and gastronomy like no other.

This fabulous eighteen night trip to Florence, Rome and the Amalfi Coast encompasses some of the best Italy has to offer.

Day One

Fly to Florence

Hotel Number Nine where you will stay for 3 nights

Hotel Number Nine is a family owned boutique hotels in the heart of Florence, a stone's throw from Duomo and Medici Chapels. The hotel has been transformed into an elegant and eclectic Florentine home with materials sourced from around the world and art adorning every space. Hotel Number Nine is perfect if you are seeking an authentic and stylish experience in the historic centre of Florence.

Day Four

Pick up your hire car to drive to the Tuscan hills and the serene

COMO Castello Del Nero where you will stay for 2 nights.

COMO Castello del Nero is encased by vineyards and rolling Tuscan hills. Step into a world where Renaissance frescoes are matched with cool, earthy minimalism and where the beauty of the inside is rivalled only by the 740 acres of surrounding Chianti countryside.

The hotel is set within a unique twelfth-century castle with comfortable rooms and stunning suites offering sumptuous furnishings and natural stone.

All rooms and suites deliver views of the surrounding Tuscan

countryside, courtyard or surrounding estate. For a special stay, choose the San

Luigi villa with private check-in, infinity pool, panoramic views,

wellbeing annexe and five bedrooms that sleep up to 14 guests – ideal for those special family holidays. Dine in style at the Michelin starred La Torre showcasing gourmet Italian cuisine or enjoy alfresco dining during the summer months at the Pavilion. Mixologists add a modern twist to cocktails in the Taverna bar and the estate’s extensive wine cellar is ideal for wine tasting experiences and private dining.

The COMO Shambala Retreat offers the ultimate in expert treatments and pampering. Enjoy a bespoke massage, a revitalising soak in the thermal suite or choose from a range

of expert treatments. During the summer, swim in the outdoor heated pool, join a complimentary morning yoga class, explore the estate by e-bike or practise your serve at the hotel’s tennis courts. A number of memorable experiences are also available:

truffle hunting, hot-air ballooning, private cooking classes, gelato

making and tours of the countryside in a Fiat 500 or astride a classic

Vespa are all on offer.

Day Six

Continue your journey by car into the heart of Tuscany and the lovely La Roqqa where you will stay for 4 nights.

La Roqqa overlooks the quaint village and bobbing fishing boats of Porto Ercole. La Roqqa is a beautifully designed boutique hotel and beach club that’s brought Italian glamour back to Tuscany’s Monte Argentario peninsula.

Contemporary minimalism meets iconic designs from the 1960s and

70s to create La Roqqa’s distinct look. The 49 rooms and 6 suites all have balconies

or terraces and follow one of three colour schemes, one for each floor:

earthy terracotta to match Porto Ercole’s buildings, green to match the

peninsula’s lush vegetation or blue to match the sea.

The rooftop restaurant offers 360-degree views and a contemporary take on traditional Tuscan cuisine. More fresh-as-it-gets seafood and chilled Tuscan wine is

available at the beach club which is a short walk or quick shuttle ride away. Here you can reserve complimentary sun loungers and parasols every day.

If you are feeling energetic, staff will recommend walks in the wildflower adorned

hills or arrange boat trips, winery tours or bicycles to borrow.

Maremma National Park is nearby, while Siena is just a 90-minute scenic drive away.

Day Ten

Drive to Rome this morning and drop your hire car at Rome Termini Station.

Check in to Anantara Palazzo Naiadi Rome Hotel for 3 nights

Here you will discover the ancient and modern beauty of the ‘eternal city’

So-called for its proximity to the Fountain of the Naiads, the 5-star Anantara Naiadi Rome Hotel combines neoclassical architecture and stately grandeur with the contemporary

luxuries and glamour of a full-size rooftop pool, award-winning spa and

trendy rooftop restaurant. The history of the building spans the 18th and 19th

centuries, occupying a solid spot in the history of Rome and an enviable point on the

he city’s map. The great location of the hotel offers easy access to the Fori Imperiali, Via Veneto, Trevi Fountain, Spanish Steps and other iconic sights. After long days

exploring the city, the spacious elegant rooms and suites with their

distinctive décor and marble bathrooms provide a welcome retreat from the hustle and bustle of the capital. The hotel’s relaxing leisure facilities include a rooftop pool,

a 24-hour gym and the Anantara Spa which offers an indulgent array of

signature treatments as well as steam baths and a jacuzzi. Unsurprisingly,

dining is excellent: the ‘SEEN by Olivier’ Restaurant serves

up a wonderland of flavours and the INEO Restaurant

showcases an impressive blend of traditional and modern Italian

cookery. Cap off a wonderful day exploring the city at the ‘SEEN by Olivier’ rooftop bar with its 360° views of the Piazza della Repubblica and the city beyond.

Day Thirteen

After breakfast, take the train from Rome Termini Station to Naples Centrale where you will be met and transferred to Amalfi and the beautiful Hotel Miramalfi for 5 nights where you will stay for 5 nights.

Founded in 1956 by Francesco Mansi, Hotel Miramalfi embodies his

enduring love for his homeland and lifelong ambition of creating a

sanctuary on the Amalfi cliffs. Today, under the careful management of

his grandson, the hotel continues to shine as a beacon of Italian

hospitality and family tradition with stunning vistas of the coastline and

the charming town of Amalfi itself. Miramalfi is just minutes from the lively town of Amalfi and its bustling port serves as an ideal base for

exploring the region. From Amalfi, you can easily catch ferries to glamorous

hotspots such as Positano, Capri, and Sorrento and the hotel offers the convenience of a

complimentary shuttle service to the town of Amalfi too. Recent

renovations have rejuvenated the hotel's 40 guest rooms, blending

contemporary luxuries with historic charm . Stay in the Junior Suite Deluxe, featuring an expansive terrace and sumptuous freestanding bath: especially recommended

as a way to indulge in all things serene. The hotel's dining options include

the reopened Azur Lounge Bar, perfect for a laidback lunch or a pre-dinner drink. For a more

sophisticated dining experience, Donna Emma La Cucina offers

Michelin star cuisine and spectacular views from its

outdoor terrace: savour both the cuisine and the ever-changing colours

of the Tyrrhenian Sea in one go. While Miramalfi may not feature

traditional sandy shores, the hotel offers a small yet inviting pool and a

charming 'beach club.' This exclusive shoreline area provides a sundrenched

deck with access to the sea, ideal if you are looking to bask in

the sun or swim in the clear waters.

Day Eighteen

Your trip has come to an end. You will be transferred back to Naples International Airport for your flight home

This itinerary was created with the help of our specialist partner, Lusso. For further information, do pop in and see us or get in touch .

Australia with Martyn

Tue, 30 Jul 2024 17:05:12 GMT

Having just arrived back from Sydney and without stating the blindingly obvious, it’s a long way to Australia. I’ll start by talking about flights.

There is no easy way to travel for 24 hours. I was lucky enough to fly Premium Economy with Singapore Airlines. We changed aircraft at Singapore and for me, it was nice to break the journey and experience Changi Airport.

We were staying with family in Australia. After a few days acclimatising to the time difference, we drove down the Gold Coast to Burleigh Heads for a couple of nights. Burleigh is just down the coast from Surfers Paradise and is renowned as a mecca for surfers. The town has a very laid back California feel about it, obviously highlighted by the young surfers who congregate there.

We then headed North up to Noosa, just 2 hours from Brisbane. Noosa is surrounded by lovely beaches and lakes and is also home to one of the only two everglade systems in the world.

There is a lovely National Park at Noosa with a great coastal walk and beautiful secluded beaches. If you’re lucky, you will come across an occasional Koala, although they are incredibly hard to spot in the eucalyptus trees. Dolphins are often spotted along the coast.

Another day was spent at Australia Zoo (home of the Crocodile Hunter), 1.5hrs outside Brisbane. It was probably the best zoo I have visited. All the animals looked very well looked after and because of the sheer size of the zoo, each had large areas in which to roam. The Irwin family still run the zoo and are world leaders in animal conservation.

Brisbane itself is a very accessible city, easy to get around on buses and the transit system. We visited both the Museum of Brisbane and Queensland Museum as well as spending time walking along the boardwalk of the Brisbane River, exploring the numerous coffee shops and restaurants.

We moved on to Sydney for the final 2 nights of our trip, exploring the Opera House and Botanic Gardens . We also enjoyed the most fabulous walk along the coast from Coogee Beach to Bondi (8km)

For anyone considering a holiday to Australia and New Zealand: I can highly recommend it.

We currently have an inspirational brochure which I would be happy to mail to you giving you ideas on all of Australia and of course, I am always delighted to hear from you. Do pop into the office in Claygate or give me a ring .

Costa Rica, Panama City and Miami

Wed, 10 Jul 2024 17:53:42 GMT

This fabulous 18 day journey to Costa Rica, Panama City and Miami arranged through Audley Travel starts in the Central Valley, (25 minutes from San Jose). The trip continues to Arenal (rainforest), Monteverde (cloud forest) and Manuel Antonio (rainforest/beach). Panama is the next stop for two nights to experience the canal transit tour then onto Miami for four nights at South Beach.

Day One

Fly from London Gatwick to San Jose Juan Santamaria International Airport.

Spend a couple of days in the Central Valley surrounded by coffee plantations relaxing and acclimatising to your surroundings.

Day Three

Transfer from San Jose to Arenal.

Stay in Arenal with views of the volcano for three nights.

Enjoy a private guided tour of the Arenal Volcano National Park. The trip will take you

first for a walk through the rainforest admiring the diverse flora and fauna of the area and lasts about two hours.

Here you can go on an Arenal Hanging Bridges Early Birds Tour, a perfect tour for birdwatchers. An early morning tour takes advantage of the cooler mornings when birds are most active. You'll be collected from your hotel and transferred to the Arenal Hanging Bridges, a series of eight standing and six hanging bridges in the lush rainforest canopy of the vast private reserve. The tour starts around 5.30am with a group naturalist guide taking you along seven of the bridges and regular trails before taking an alternative birding trail as well as exploring nearby areas - including the unsuspecting parking area where birds are frequently sighted. Fifty to sixty species are regularly counted during the tour and

you should expect it to last around three to four hours in total, including time to go over the species spotted at the end. You’ll walk around 3 km (1.9 miles).

Highlight

Arenal Volcano

At 1,633 metres above sea level, the infamous Arenal Volcano was one of the most active volcanoes in Central America. Its activity decreased decreased in 2010 before when it was considered to be one of the world's ten most active volcanoes. This is a popular spot for anyone wanting to visit Costa Rica therefore not as peaceful as it once was, particularly in peak season. Despite it being busy, it is well worth including on any trip to Costa Rica

The volcano is no longer delivering its sporadic eruptions although it is a magnificent peak and there is plenty to do in the area. The volcano can be difficult to see, especially from December to March. In fact it is only clear for around 77 days out of 365 as it is often shrouded by cloud but it's an incredible sight if you are lucky enough to see it. The surrounding lava fields are also fascinating.

Explore the area by combining a multitude of activities such as canopy walkways, horse riding, canoeing and walking. The nearby hot springs, though busy, make for a special experience as you bathe beneath the stars and the nearby Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge is well worth a day trip. The volcano's growth over the ages has been identified by a number of eruptions: the last major one occurred on 29th July 1968. This eruption blasted off the top of the volcano, killing 78 people and creating the shape that can be seen today. The explosion created three craters from which Arenal had continuously erupted

until July 2010.

The nearest town to the volcano is La Fortuna, 6 km (3.7 miles) to the south,and a good place to find a range of shops and restaurants. Although there is basic accommodation in town, most hotels are located in the quieter surrounding area with views of the volcano. Word of warning: taxis around Arenal are rather expensive. For example, it can easily cost $30 US to get from one of the hotels in the area to the National Park, for example.

Day Six

Transfer from Arenal to Monteverde

Stay in Monteverde for two nights

Enjoy a visit to the Monteverde cloud forest. You will be driven to Laguna de Arenal where your awaiting private boat will transfer you south across the lake, a journey of around 30 minutes. This scenic journey affords excellent views of the surrounding countryside as well as views back to the volcano. Look out for some of the local birdlife such as

cormorants, egrets, osprey and heron. You will dock in the village of Rio Chiquito where you will board a

comfortable van for the journey along an unsurfaced road to your hotel in Monteverde cloud forest. The total length of the trip is approximately three to four hours.

Explore the Curi Cancha wildlife refuge with your private specialist guide. Explore different types of forest, taking short walks along trails to see some incredible ficus trees which you can get inside between the emerging roots. You may spot a variety of wildlife including sloths, toucans, monkeys, insects and many others creatures.

Highlight

Monteverde Cloud Forest

The central highlands encompass northern Costa Rica's most fertile regions. Waterfalls, mountains and forests are found amongst undulating hills. Near perfect weather conditions allow Costa Rica's famous coffee to grow plentifully. The Monteverde locale is world famous for its cloud forest. Although generally associated solely with the reserve that carries its name, Monteverde actually covers a much larger area, stretching from the Arenal Volcano in the east, down to the low hills of Guanacaste in the west.

Monteverde sits astride the continental divide at an altitude slightly above 1,600 metres, protecting and providing habitat for hundreds of species of plants and animals. The road to Monteverde from the international highway can be somewhat bumpy, dusty and warm. As you ascend into the mountains on a clear day however it is beautiful and you can see a variety of birds along the way as the habitats change.

There are now two reserves; the original Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve and the newer Santa Elena Rainforest Reserve. In these forests, you can experience the cloud forest climate and hike the trails amongst the varieties of plants and magnificent moss-laden trees. The resplendent quetzals, with their long tails, feed at various locations and at times you can hear the ‘bong’ of the bellbirds. The foliage in both reserves is lush and abundant, with hundreds of species of birds, insects, butterflies and plants. The Monteverde Reserve is the last sizeable pocket of primary cloud forest in Central America. The reserve supports

six different ecosystems containing an estimated 2,500 species of plants, more than 100

species of mammals, 490 species of butterflies and over 400 species of birds.

The whole area is a great location for walking; especially through the magical shrouds of mist that drape the forests in the early morning. There are also frog gardens, butterfly houses and canopy walkways. Adrenaline junkies can fly through the forest by a system of zip wires. Although undeniably beautiful, this region has become something of a tourist playground and now lacks the peace for which it was once renowned.

Reaching Monteverde involves a journey along a dirt road that takes you up into the cloud forest. That is a crucial thing to remember as it has an impact on the services in this region too. All supplies and building materials have to come up that road which, during rainy periods can be very tricky. This does mean that hotels in the cloud forest not only have to cope with almost constant damp but a limited access to supplies with which to repair and maintain their properties. Don’t be put off, just be aware. As with the vast majority of Costa Rica, this region is about the wildlife and scenery, not the hotels which merely provide somewhere to sleep for the night.

Day Eight

Transfer from Monteverde to Manuel Antonio

Stay in Manuel Antonio for three nights

The journey from Monteverde begins with a dramatic descent from the cool cloud forest highlands towards the warmer

Pacific coast. The initial road is a little bumpy but the stunning views across to the Pacific coast and the Nicoya Peninsula make up for this. After approximately one hour you pick up the Pan-American Highway, where you head towards Quepos, Manuel Antonio. The drive will take approximately four to four and a half hours. En route you will pass over the Rio Tárcoles, providing an opportunity to see crocodiles swimming in the river.

Highlight

Manuel Antonio

Costa Rica's central Pacific coast is scattered with a diverse range of beaches and protected areas of natural beauty. This area brings a fantastic opportunity to experience nature, adventure and relaxation within easy reach of San José. Just a four-hour drive or a short flight from the capital, the national park of Manuel Antonio is a very important green zone, providing sanctuary for an incredible variety of wildlife. Hundreds of butterflies, hummingbirds, brightly beaked toucans and clambering monkeys are just some of

the tropical life found here. Manuel Antonio, with over 6 km (4 miles) of protected forest and 547 km (340 miles) of marine reserve is the smallest of the 20 national parks Costa Rica has put aside for total protection. It is a charming combination of rainforest, beaches and coral reefs and is the country's most visited conservation area. There are some undoubtedly fantastic beaches in the vicinity however it can be busy and is fairly built-up, so not to everyone's taste.

The hotels are mainly located on the stretch of road along the coast running between Quepos and Manuel Antonio, meaning they are fairly isolated. Many of them offer a shuttle bus service for those who want to visit the main beach and park during the day. To venture out at night for alternative dinner plans, you will need to arrange a taxi.

Day Eleven

Transfer from Manuel Antonio to San Jose

Stay in Panama City for two nights

Highlight

Panama City

Panama City was founded in 1519 by Pedradiras Davila and it quickly became an important geographic location for colonial trade. It is estimated that during the 16th and 17th centuries, 60% of all American silver went through the city which also operated as a connection point for inter-American trade. Products from countries such as Nicaragua, Ecuador, Costa Rica, Peru and Mexico arrived at Panama City to be reshipped to other locations on the continent.

Panama’s position as one of the most important centres for expeditions and its important strategic location for trading, set forth the Isthmus’ destiny as today's international transit service. Panama Viejo (Old Panama) started out as a handful of simple huts however soon wood based construction became widespread. Stone was already used at the end of the 16th century but only for government buildings, churches and the best houses.

Panama Viejo was also the host of a Royal Court, a Royal tribunal and as such, a major government office. The elite landowners and traders lived in the city and its population may have reached 10,000; this is a considerable amount for the period.

Its commercial importance brought with it the unwanted attentions of pirates. In 1671, Panama was attacked by Welsh pirate Henry Morgan and the city was left in ruins. Two years later, it was moved to what is now known as Casco Viejo leaving the city's old site

abandoned for over two centuries. This part of Panama City is now being restored back to its former glory.

Today, modern Panama City is a metropolis in which tall, modern buildings, department stores, large mansions, hotels and casinos are cropping up everywhere. It is by far the most modern city in Central America. This is helped by the fact it lies outside any earthquake and hurricane zones

By night, Panama City really comes to life with numerous theatres, restaurants, bars and clubs. The city's Amador Causeway sits on the edge of the city overlooking the south entrance to the canal and in the evening fills with locals and visitors gathering for drinks or dinner at sunset.

Day Thirteen

Transfer to Tocumen International Airport for flight to Miami

Stay in Miami for four nights

The vibrant atmosphere of Miami sets it apart from its East Coast rivals. The pace of life here is high tempo and there’s plenty to see and do in this ever-evolving city. The city has a blaze of Art Deco architecture plus golden-sand beach areas where you can surf, swim and kayak. There are plenty of museums and attractions to explore too.

Highlight

Miami

Whether you're into sport, sunshine or salsa, Miami sizzles all year round with great beaches, exciting entertainment, vibrant nightlife and world-class hotels and restaurants. The key attraction is Miami Beach; a thin strip of land between the Atlantic Ocean and Biscayne Bay. The southern section, South Beach, is well known for its pastel-hued Art Deco buildings, hip nightclubs and smart restaurants. The best restaurants line Ocean Drive. The most opulent villa is the Casa Casuarina; the former home of Gianni Versace. Other parts of the city worth visiting include Little Havana and Little Haiti, both lively Hispanic districts.

Day Seventeen

Transfer to Miami International Airport for flight to London Heathrow

Day Eighteen

Arrive London Heathrow

This trip to Costa Rica, Panama City and Miami was arranged by us through Audley Travel.

For more information on this itinerary or to chat through any of your travel plans, do pop in and see us or get in touch .

A new luxury train experience - Orient Express La Dolce Vita

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Wed, 19 Jun 2024 16:18:48 GMT

The brand new La Dolce Vita Orient Express launches in spring 2025.

This experience will include a collection of one and two night journeys through Italy. From its base in Rome, the train will visit destinations including Venice, Piedmont and Portofino in the north to Siena and the vineyards of Tuscany and further south to Basilicata, Puglia and Sicily.

La Dolce Vita has been designed to evoke the Italian style of the 1950s and 1960s with streamlined décor by Italian designers: curbed mirrors, metallic and lacquered surfaces and geometric prints will adorn the interior. The train includes 31 ensuite cabins as well as a stylish dining car and sleek lounge bar with panoramic windows. Together with our colleagues at Kirker Holidays, we can tailor make itineraries to include a journey of your choice with flights or train travel to Rome or Sicily, as well as private transfers and hotel accommodation before and after your journey. The first departures commence from April 2025 and are expected to sell out well in advance so get in touch to chat through your preferred journey.

Accommodation and dining on board

Accommodation options onboard La Dolce Vita are luxurious:12 Deluxe Cabins with a convertible sofa bed, 18 Suite Cabins with fixed double or twin beds and a living area with armchairs or the single Dolce Vita Suite. All suited are air conditioned and have modern ensuite shower rooms. Breakfast and a table d’hôte dinner, inspired by three Michelin starred chef Heinz Beck, are served in the dining car. Italian ‘aperitivo’, with antipasti, cocktails and drinks, is served on the convivial atmosphere of the lounge bar. Lunches will be served on board the train or in local restaurants: from Tuscan trattoria to a unique cave restaurant in Matera. All meals and selected drinks are included as well as excursions such as wine tasting in Brunello di Montalcino, truffle hunting in Piedmont and expert guided tours in Palermo, Siena and Venice.

Journeys on La Dolce Vita

Most journeys are round trip routes through Rome - there are a smaller number of departures which travel from the southern tip of the peninsula from Rome to Palermo in Sicily, or vice versa. Also offered is a Sicilian loop from Catania which takes in the highlights of the island. A further journey to the Piedmont region is coming soon. Below is an overview of the current journeys on offer:

Coast to Coast

Rome – Venice – Portofino – Rome (two nights)

Bella Italia

Rome – Venice – Siena – Rome (two nights)

The Italian Trans-Siberian Railway

Rome – Palena – Matera – Rome (two nights)

An Italian wine journey

Rome – Montalcino – Rome (one night)

Wine and Truffles in Piedmont

Rome – Nizza Monferrato – Rome (two nights)

Southern Italy

Rome – Maratea – Taormina – Palermo (two nights)

Discovering The Tyrrhenian Coast

Palermo – Taormina – Maratea – Rome (two nights)

The Wonders of Sicily

Catania – Palermo – Taormina – Catania (one night)

What does it cost

Prices start from £4,876 for three nights including one night on board La Dolce Vita Orient express, flights to Rome and two nights accommodation with breakfast staying at the 5* Regina Baglioni in Rome. All meals, selected drinks and excursions are included on La Dolce Vita.

Get in touch

For more information on each journey, including departure dates, pop in and see us in Claygate or get in touch .

Discovering Albania

Tue, 11 Jun 2024 12:29:19 GMT

It’s not just the dreamy beaches that make Albania worth a visit. Stunning mountain scenery, beautifully crumbling castles and a vibrant capital enchant visitors and make the country worth a top holiday choice. Albania is the new destination of the moment so we found out a little more about it.

Albania is a gem of country, a land of untouched beauty and authentic experiences. Situated across the Adriatic from the heel of Italy, Albania is bordered by Montenegro, Kosovo, North Macedonia and mainland Greece. The country is in the heart of the Balkans offering coastal towns and beautiful beaches, breathtaking mountain landscapes and charming villages.

Head inland from the coast to take in the majestic Albanian Alps with snow caped peaks, dramatic gorges and hidden lakes. The country’s rich cultural heritage is evident in the UNESCO World Heritage sites of Butrint or the city of Gjirokastër.

Albania offers warm hospitality and Mediterranean and Balkan traditions: embrace the vibrant rhythm of traditional Albanian music, indulge in some superb local cuisine and taste some local Albanian wines.

Albania is a perfect journey into the past, connected with hospitality, adventure and relaxation.

Where to stay

Albanian Rivieria

The Albanian Riviera is a popular Balkan tourist destination known for pristine beaches, turquoise waters, charming villages and a vibrant nightlife. Butrint, with its National Park and Gjirokastër are close by.

Stay at Bougainville Bay Resort and Spa: Located in Sarande on the southern Albanian coast, Bougainville Resort and Spa has lots to offer and is an ideal beach destination. The hotel has three restaurants, indoor and outdoor swimming pools, a spa and wellness centre, nightclub and bar.

Durres

Durres is nestled in a vibrant corner of western Albania. Steeped in history, Durres is known for its ancient sites, bustling towns and beautiful beaches. Golem and Qerret are close by.

Stay at Melia Durres Albania: Melia Durres is a favourite amongst families and couples alike. Melia Durres offers luxurious outdoor experiences with a private beach area, sports facilities and a spa and wellness centre. Enjoy various dining options and a stunning rooftop bar where you can watch the sunset over the Adriatic.

Shengjin and Velipoje

This is a picturesque gem, a relatively undiscovered part of Albania on the north coast of Albania. The area enjoys glorious beaches and fascinating historic sites as well as charming towns and villages.

Stay at Maritim Rafaelo Executive Hotel in Shengjin: The Maritim Rafaelo Executive Hotel is an ideal destination if you are looking for rest and relaxation. The hotel is surrounded by incredible views of the surrounding mountains with opportunities to explore local watrrs by boat. Relaxing beauty treatments, outdoor pools and a dedicated spa are available when you return.

Stay at Velipoja Grand Europa Resort in Velipoje: An ideal spot for families, Velijopa Grand Europa Resort offers multiple swimming pools, playgrounds and a variety of dining options. The hotel is designed with modernity and style in mind. This is a place to have fun in the sun, enjoy local, cultural performances, and crystal clear waters.

Guided Tours of Albania

Albania is a fabulous country to discover so perhaps a guided tour might be of interest.

For more information or to chat through you next holiday, pop in and see us or get in touch .

This piece was inspired by our partners at Cyplon Holidays .

Walking holidays in Europe

Mon, 10 Jun 2024 13:11:01 GMT

This is a great time of year to start thinking about the great outdoors: beautiful scenery, an escape from the crowds and (hopefully) some vitamin D.

Our partners at Explore have put together an overview of their top nine small group walking trips in Europe. Europe is the perfect destination to explore over the summer and their varied selection of walking tours will take you on some exciting journeys including walking along invigorating coastal paths in Portugal and trekking through stunning alpine mountain valleys in Albania.

So, dust off those hiking boots, grab your sunhat and have a look:

Picos De Europa, Spain

It's all about the beautiful mountain views in Picos des Europa, northwestern Spain. Navigate your way along cliff-cut pathways, through medieval towns and across alpine meadows. Spain's only inhabited nature reserve is also home to Naranjo de Bulnes, a distinctive limestone peak that juts into the skies. End the tour on a high from a network of cable cars overlooking the Aliva Valley.

Amalfi Coast Walking, Italy

Renowned as one of the most magnificent coastal walks in Europe, the ‘Walk of the Gods’ along the Amalfi Coast in Italy lives up to its name in every way. Feel as though you are walking in the heavens as you head west along the sky-high coastal path. Far-reaching views of glistening topaz seas dissipate into the horizon and grand sailing yachts look like toy boats in the Bay of Salerno below. Terraces of lush green crops cascade down the steep slopes down towards the ocean and colourful flower gardens lead us into the chic fishing village of Positano.

Camino de Santiago, Spain

Sitting on a wooden pew, an enormous incense burner swings like a huge pendulum down the length of Santiago Cathedral, supported by the vast vaulted ceiling high above. This spectacular Botafumeiro ceremony marks the end of an unforgettable 155km pilgrimage across undulating countryside, past rural farmland and through medieval villages along the sacred Camino-Frances trail. This ancient Christian pilgrimage is a unique journey of holy significance. This journey will be particularly symbolic during 2025 as Pope Francis has announced a Jubilee, a Holy Year with the theme "Pilgrims of Hope". The last holy year was in 2015 so this is a rare occasion, not to be missed.

Levada Trails of Madeira, Portugal

Head to the Portuguese island of Madeira to explore its scenic levadas and ancient footpaths by foot. Pass through dark tunnels, edge your way along narrow paths with sheer drops either side. Uncover towering waterfalls as you climb higher and higher to Pico Ruivo. As you near the top, you break through the clouds and mist swirls atmospherically in the valleys below. The jagged volcanic rocks are cloaked in lush green flora and purple wildflowers sway in the breeze in this mountain top paradise.

Walking in Crete, Greece

Enjoy a moderately-graded walking holiday of the secluded beaches and canyons of Crete. Setting off from the beautiful Venetian town of Chania, you’ll walk through the impressive Samaria Gorge to Agia Roumeli, before settling in at a family-run property on the beach. Indulge in delicious Cretan food served up at traditional tavernas, and admire the scenic white houses with blue shutters.

Remote Coastal Trails, Portugal

This unspoilt corner of Portugal is awash with coastal paths, limestone stacks and quiet sandy beaches. The long-distance Rota Vicentina path winds along dramatic cliffs leading to Cabo Sao Vicente, the most south-westerly point of Europe. The slightly more challenging Seven Hanging Valleys trail takes in hidden coves and natural arches as well as the hundred-year-old Alfanzina lighthouse. This is a jewel of the Algarve. At the end of each day, there are plenty of opportunities to replenish body and soul with local seafood and crisp wines.

Hike the Lycian Way, Turkey

Turkey is a popular choice for walking trips in Europe and nowhere more so than the Lycian Way. Glistening turquoise waters lap golden sand beaches in secluded bays below as you make your way along the clifftop coastal path towards Faralya. Set upon a small plateau this tranquil village teeters on the edge of the sheer limestone cliffs of Butterfly Valley. Endemic Jersey Tiger butterfly flutter about the lush canyon walls and feed off of the sweet-smelling lavender-flower chaste trees in this magnificent fjord-like cove.

Walks and Wine in Spain and Portugal

For those who like to combine their scenic walking with a regional vintage, this leisurely walking trip in Spain and Portugal covers all the bases. Beginning with a morning of exploration in Madrid, stop at Mercado de San Miguel to sample regional specialities at a gourmet market. In the lush Douro Valley stay at a charming hotel, complete with its own orchard and vineyard. A free day is left in Porto at the end of the trip giving you plenty of time to soak up the riverside sights at your own leisure.

Walking in Albania

Hike beyond the usual tourist trails with a walking trip in Albania. A mostly undiscovered European walking destination, Albania boasts towering alpine mountain valleys, emerald green lakes and rustic highland villages. Escape everyday life in this pure and untouched natural world with treks in the shadow of the snow-capped mountains of Valbona Valley and overnight stays in the heart of the wild Accursed Mountains.

For further information or to chat through your next adventure, pop in and see us or get in touch .

Originally featured on https://www.explore.co.uk .

48 Hours in Sicily

Wed, 22 May 2024 15:29:34 GMT

Martyn recently visited Sicily, spending 48 hours on the island. Here's what he enjoyed during his trip:

Visiting Sicily was a first for me however I realised I was not going to see much in 2 days. From looking at the itinerary it was apparent we would not be visiting any sites of historical interest but what we did manage to pack in has given me a taste of Sicily and a strong desire to go back.

From talking to the local guides and hoteliers a lot of Sicily can be seen during a 10 day fly-drive trip. What you need to remember is that Sicily is the largest island in the Med at 9000 square miles. The coastline is some 600 miles. Just concentrate your efforts on one part of the island and visit the island another time to see some more.

We flow out on Friday landing just after lunch. We arrived at our hotel: the wonderful, tranquil Donna Carmela Resort. After a short freshen up in our rooms and we were off to visit the beautiful Radicepura Gardens which is home to 3000 species and 5000 varieties of Mediterranean plants. In the evening we visited Taormina and enjoyed a delightful walk through the town before an informal dinner at a good pizza restaurant. Taormina is somewhere I will go back to - I would recommend the Ashbee, formerly a private villa built in 1908 and named after an English architect.

The following morning we were driven to the meeting point for our Etna Experience. We had our trek booked through Sicily into Nature. The company operate sustainable hikes and do not use touristic means of transport. This reduces the impact on the volcano but it does mean you trek and use a good amount of energy doing it. We trekked from our base at 2000m up to 2300m. It’s a good 3-4 hour walk categorised as easy-intermediate. It was tiring but not difficult for anyone with good mobility and reasonable fitness. Our two guides could have made it easier if they saw we were struggling. Our walk was called “Lateral Craters Hike” and for a small group it costs 60 euros per person (max group size: 9 hikers/guides).

After lunch we headed to a wine tasting at the Pietradolce Winery which is situated near the northern slopes of Mt Etna. It is owned by the same family that own Donna Carmela. Here we tasted 3 wines and enjoyed a tour of the vineyard and cellars - welcome refreshment after our hike! We can organise this experience for any clients travelling to Sicily.

On Saturday evening we had dinner al-fresco at Donna Carmela. The hotel has a truly fabulous restaurant, La Cucina di Donna Carmela, serving excellent food and locally produced Sicilian wines. The following morning, before leaving for our afternoon flight home we made use of the hotel facilities which include a padel court, a lovely pool and some wonderful gardens. The transfer to Catania Airport is only about 50 minutes by car.

Do get in touch with Martyn or pop in if you want to know more.

The best of Portugal

Wed, 08 May 2024 14:34:00 GMT

An experience of Portugal can be many things, whether you prefer beachside idyll, historical exploration or cultural immersion, there’s a Portugal holiday for you.

Portugal is a country set to delight the culture lovers, beach lovers, food and wine lovers and everything in between. History, great food and idyllic scenery are just the beginning.

From its characterful cities alive with modern bohemian buzz and historical charm to its golden beaches that seem to stretch for miles. Although known for its reliable weather, beautiful beaches and world-renowned golf, Portugal is also a foodie’s paradise. With succulent steaks and freshly caught seafood taking centre stage as well as a thrilling presence of fine dining restaurants, pop-up food stalls, artisan markets and more.

Here is an overview of some of the hotels in Portugal that stand out for the Greenstar team.

Tivoli Marina Vilamoura

We like the Tivoli Marina Vilamoura for its unrivalled location: right next to the Vilamoura yacht marina and golden sandy beach. The hotel enjoys close proximity to a wide range of shops, restaurants and bars as well as landscapes of outstanding natural beauty. Newly renovated rooms and suites gleam with light and contemporary elegance and offer sweeping views of the marina or ocean.

The leisure facilities at Tivola Marina Vilamoura are extensive and aimed at all types of travellers: four indoor and outdoor swimming pools, the Tivoli Spa, the state of the art Tivoli Shape gym and dedicated family-friendly services and spaces. Spend the days relaxing on a sun lounger on the golden sands of Praia de Vilamoura or hidden away by the side of the pool amidst lush gardens.

Dining at Tivoli Marina Vilamoura is equally as indulgent – an eclectic gastronomic selection features premium steaks at Pepper's Steakhouse, signature cocktails overlooking the marina at The Argo Cocktail Bar and much more.

Vilamoura has become one of the most famous and popular destinations on the Algarve. We love the location for world-renowned golf courses, beautiful sandy beaches, an International Casino and the largest Marina in Portugal. The combination of Vilamoura and Tivoli Marina is a winning one.

Pine Cliffs

The renowned Pine Cliffs, formerly known as the Sheraton Algarve Hotel, is superbly located on a clifftop surrounded by pine trees, overlooking miles of pristine beaches and the beautiful Atlantic Ocean. The interiors of the hotel are elegant and airy offering complete comfort. We like the dining options, from fine dining to themed buffets, offering plenty of variety. For the active, the nine-hole golf course, Annabel Croft Tennis Academy and indoor and outdoor pools are there to enjoy. If relaxation is your thing, head to the resort spa for a spot of pampering and for the younger members of the family, 7,000 square metres of fun is available at the Porto Pirata children’s club.

The Grand House, Vila Real, Santo Antonio

Martyn stayed at The Grand House during his recent trip to Portugal. The hotel is about 90 minutes’ drive from Lisbon and 50 minutes’ drive from Faro airport. This Relais and Chateaux hotel is located on the promenade of Vila Real – it is suitably grand and also a slightly quirky. Just 2km from the hotel is its own beach club for guest use with a restaurant and sunbeds. The 18th century town of Vila Real itself is an interesting town to explore and has more laid back feel than the usually busy Algarve. It sits on the bank of the River Guadiana which separates Portugal and Spain. Nearby is Castro Marim with its mediaeval castle and salt pans.

Herdade Malhadinha da Quinta Nova

Martyn also visited Herdade Malhadinha da Quinta Nova. The hotel sits on its own wine estate, 2 hours from Lisbon and 90 minutes from Faro. The hotel offers a combination of rooms and suites to suit couples and family groups. There are 2 pools, a wine bar, library and spa. Sustainability is at the heart of the running of Herdade Malhadinha da Quinta Nova – they use their own produce from the expertly managed vegetable garden. A multitude of activities are on offer for guests staying for 2 nights or more, which we can book for you before you arrive.

Portugal Two Centre

In conjunction with Kirker we have put together a 7 night tour, staying in the hotels we experienced, based on travelling between 8th and 15th October. Temperatures will be around 15-23ºC – perfect for escaping rainy October in the UK.

Day One

London Heathrow to Lisbon with British Airways in Economy

Depart 10:00, Arrive 12:50

One checked bag per person (23kg) and buy onboard service

Arrival transfer by private vehicle to the hotel

Hotel Bairro Alto (5*0 Lisbon for three nights

Accommodation with breakfast staying in a Classic Chiado double room

Complimentary Lisbon Card – includes entrance to over 25 of the city’s best museums and monuments and free use of the bus, tram and metro network.

Private four-hour guided walking tour of Lisbon

Day Four

Private vehicle transfer to Lisbon airport

Five day Avis car hire – Category E, Renault Captur or similar

Drive for approximately 2 hours and 30 minutes to the Malhadinha da Quinta Nova (5*) Alentejo for two nights.

Accommodation with breakfast staying in a Monte de Peceguina double room

Day Six

Drive for approximately 2 hours

Stay at the Grand House (5* star deluxe) Vila Real for two nights

Accommodation with breakfast staying in a medium double room with town view

Day Eight

Car hire return to Faro airport

Faro to London Heathrow with British Airways in Economy

Depart 15:40, Arrive 18:25

One checked bag per person (23kg) and buy onboard service

Price from £2,899 per person including flights and transfers

Total holiday price based on a party of two is £5,798 total

Optional supplement: Upgrade to British Airways Club Europe Class for £225 per person for both directions.

Non-refundable deposit per person required to secure your booking: £600 per person

Total non-refundable deposit required to secure your booking: £1,200 total

Pop in and see us in Claygate or get in touch for more information.

Karen visits the magical Balearics

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Mon, 29 Apr 2024 16:28:44 GMT

Karen recently visited the beautiful Balearic Islands with Kirker Holidays and loved it. Here is what she had to say about her trip:

I went to the Balearics but felt like I was in Italy! I would never have thought Majorca and Menorca could be so magical.

Majorca

We were so fortunate to stay at the beautiful 5* deluxe Son Bunyola hotel on Majorca. Sir Richard Branson's newest hotel sits high up on the dramatic west coast, close to the quaint villages of Valdemossa, Deia and Banyabulfar. The hotel is nestled within a 1300 acre sprawling estate and has just 26 rooms.

With nothing else around, the hotel is a haven of peace and tranquillity; just the sound of the sheep and the sea. There are plenty of activities on offer such as hiking, cycling, yoga, Pilates, an amazing spa, wine tasting and even art classes. It really is an escape from reality. All rooms are sumptuously furnished, and no expense is spared.

If you want to experience Majorca as it should be then this is the place to stay.

Menorca

After 3 days exploring Majorca’s hidden wonders, we moved onto it’s smaller sister, Menorca. Having been here a few times before I thought I knew the island well but I was so out of touch!

There are a few new 5* elegant properties opening which Menorca has been crying out for. Previously the island has just offered family resort type properties but I discovered a whole new side to this little beautiful rural island.

Our home for the night was the 5* Son Vell and oh my goodness it’s didn’t disappoint!

We felt like we had come to a stunning Tuscan villa. The hotel is on a privately owned 200-hectare estate with landscaped gardens, citrus trees and olive groves with just a corn field between us and the sea. Following a complete renovation of this old manor house, the Son Vell offers 34 rooms and suites in the main house and the old barns. (The old barns are noting like old barns; they are stunning!)

With plenty of low-key activities such as nature walks, cookery workshops, yoga and cycling on offer there is plenty to do if you can tear yourself away from the lovely oval pool and gardens - being here feels like you are in the Bogart era!

We took some bikes and cycled 5 minutes through the fields to the shore and couldn’t believe how inviting the turquoise sea looked. With no-one else around we decided to take a refreshing dip, it had to be done. Such great memories.

Menorca offers some lovely, unexpected surprises. The beautiful old town of Cuitadella, just 20 minutes’ drive from Son Vell and the port capital of Mahon with some lovely boutique shops and gastronomic restaurants are both worth a visit. The island has such pretty , secluded coves and beaches and the most amazing turquoise sea. Now with a few 4 and 5* elegant properties on offer, Menorca is certainly the Balearics' best kept secret.

For more information on these islands and hotels, pop into the office or give Karen a ring on 01372 462226.

Book your travel extras with us!

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Wed, 17 Apr 2024 16:33:15 GMT

Did you know we can help with travel extras too?

You have booked your holiday with us, your passport is packed and you’re ready to escape the norm for two weeks. What about the little extras that make things easier such as airport parking and booking excursions?

Click here to see how we can help or get in touch for further information.

Discover authentic cuisine in Rome and Bologna

Thu, 29 Feb 2024 19:39:37 GMT

Valentina Harris is a chef, author and broadcaster on the subject of Italian cuisine. She has published more than 30 books including Risotto! Risotto!, The Italian Regional Cookbook and Food and Cooking of Milan and Bologna. Born in Tuscany, Valentina studied at cooking school in Rome and has spent much time in Emilia-Romagna, the source of many of Italy's finest culinary ingredients. She is the perfect companion to a 'foodie' tour to Italy. Kirker have put together some tours to Rome and Bologna this year on which Valentina will accompany discovering restaurants and food producers off the tourist trail. Below is information on both tours.

Roman Cuisine with Valentina Harris

5 nights – departs 22 April 2024

Valentina learned her cooking skills in Rome, a city which has an extraordinary culinary tradition dating back two millennia. This carefully-crafted new itinerary will take you beyond the “Menu Turistico” of the Eternal City to discover the traditional dishes and authentic restaurants which embody the city’s food history. There is also an opportunity to explore the surrounding Castelli Romani. Dine in style during your trip, from local markets to Michelin-starred restaurants, and meet some of the best local food producers and winemakers.

Price from £3,178 per person (single supp. £639)

What's Included

• Return flights

• Five nights accommodation with breakfast

• Three dinners and two lunches

• All sightseeing, entrance fees and gratuities as described

• The company of Italian culinary expert, chef and food writer Valentina Harris

Bologna – Italy’s Gastronomic Heart

5 nights - departs 8 October 2024

Known as “la dotta, la grassa, la rossa” for its ancient university, rich cuisine and terracotta rooftops, Bologna is at the heart of Italian cuisine. The surrounding region produces many of Italy's most celebrated delicacies. Valentina will introduce magnificent art galleries and museums, splendid Renaissance churches and – of course – delicious food in carefully selected local restaurants. Visit the nearby cities of Modena and Parma and meet traditional producers of Balsamic vinegar and ‘parmigiano e prosciutto’.

Price from £2,689 per person (single supp. £396)

What's Included

• Return flights

• Five nights accommodation with breakfast

• Three dinners and two lunches

• All sightseeing, entrance fees and gratuities as described

• The company of Italian culinary expert, chef and food writer Valentina Harris

For further information pop in and see us or get in touch.

Discover Forte Village, Sardinia

Fri, 23 Feb 2024 13:30:36 GMT

Forte Village is a premier resort on Sardinia’s stunning Southern coast.

The resort has 8 hotels, 13 villas and 21 restaurants. The restaurant choice is superb ranging from local to Michelin star cuisine. 116 acres are host to a wealth of unforgettable family experiences including the Real Madrid Foundation Clinic, open-air spa and endless entertainment for younger members of the family from babies to teens.

Each of the 8 hotels within the resort offers something special. Mesmerising sea views and tranquil lush tropical gardens surround a range of spacious and comfortable accommodation. From spacious classic rooms to family bungalows and beachside suites, the hotels offer exclusive services to enhance every stay.

6 Reasons to stay at Forte Village

1. Forte Village has been the world’s leading resort for 24 consecutive years

2. Hotel, suites, bungalows and villas offer luxurious accommodation options for families and couples

3. 21 restaurants and 14 bars offer a vast choice from Michelin star cuisine to wood fired pizzas

4. Over 20 sports are on offer and the newly renovated spa is a dream

5. Just a stone’s throw from the sea is an enchanted garden for children

6. There is a good choice of accommodation from spacious classic rooms to beachside suites

The hotels, suites and villas

Hotel Bouganville, nestled within Forte Village Resort’s verdant gardens boasts a prime location near the main pool and spa. The resort’s myriad of sports and leisure activities are nearby.

Hotel La Palme

Hotel La Palme is located in the heart of the resort, close to all the pools and the charming Piazza Luisa. Large families particularly love the luxurious bungalows with private patio.

Hotel Il Borgo

This hotel is set on a hillside with spacious bungalows perfect for families. The hotel is close to the tennis courts, Children’s Wonderland, the oasis pool, the Baia delle Palme pool and Aquapark.

Hotel Pineta

Hotel Pineta is an oasis of peace, set in a tranquil Mediterranean courtyard surrounded by woodland. The hotel is central to the resort and great for families.

Hotel Il Castello

Hotel Il Castello offers an exclusive location with the charming Cavaliere garden Restaurant, just steps from the beach.

The Hotel Castello Garden Bungalows offer independent accommodation with a personal service close to the sea.

The Hotel Castello Suites are luxurious and private and located on the 4th and 5th executive floors of the hotel. The suites are serviced by a private lift and private reception and offer spectacular views over the sea and gardens.

Hotel Le Dune

The magnificent bungalows at Le Dune are set in spacious gardens close to the sea, beach restaurants, the Piazza and Wonderland.

Villa Del Parco Hotel & Spa

Villa del Parco is intimate, private and charming and next to the resort Spa. Accommodation comprises stunning bedrooms and sumptuous bungalows. The rooftop views from the Belvedere restaurant are lovely.

Waterfront Suites

The luxurious Waterfront Suites directly face the sea offering spectacular and endless sea views. The suites enjoy access to all restaurants across the resort and are complemented by the services of a personal butler.

Luxury Villas

The resort also offers several luxury 2, 3 and 4 bed villas, exclusive and private each in a secluded location with spacious private garden and private pool. Villa guests have access to all the facilities of the resort.

Activities at Forte Village

Academies and Sport

The Sports Academy at Forte Village offers professional training and the chance to experience personalised training sessions and improve your skill in various sports. Sports include triathlon, tennis, padel, art, coastal rowing, sailing, fencing, scuba diving, swimming, climbing, boxing, table tennis, dance, hockey, netball, rugby, cycling and go-karting. Guests can even master the art of being a DJ, doing magic tricks and circus performing.

Children & Teens

Happy children mean happy parents and at Forte Village Sardinia children have endless activities to choose from to keep them busy, meeting friends and having fun. Activities include Children’s Wonderland including a nursery, vegetable garden, theatre and pools and Acquapark and exclusive activities for teens at Leisureland.

Wellness

The Acquaforte Thalasso & Spa is set in a beautiful garden with six pure Sardinian seawater pools. A ‘Private Spa’ can be reserved for exclusive use by families and friends.

Ayurvedic therapies, yoga, massage, and nutrition and immune system programmes are all on offer.

Forte Village Offer

Enjoy 7 nights at Hotel Bouganville , Forte Village, Sardinia

Price from £1,899 per person

Based on 2 adults sharing a Deluxe Bungalow

Including return flights and transfers

Also enjoy 15% discount when staying between 28th March and 26th July 2024 and between 17th August and 2nd November 2024

Get in touch for further information.

Spectator Sport around the World 2024

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Thu, 25 Jan 2024 16:31:13 GMT

Another year of excellent sporting events is underway. We have recently made bookings for clients to go and see the ATP Tennis Finals in Turin in November and there’s already excitement around the British and Irish Rugby tour of Australia in 2025.

Below is a rundown of other 2024 sporting events to get involved with around the world.

February

2nd Test - India v England

Witness more cricketing excellence and upgrade the first test with the second at Visakhapatnam. Alongside the nail-biting action, add on a tailor-made tour around some of the country’s most iconic sites.

Prices from £10,495 per person.

March

Dubai World Cup

Watch the ‘Race of Champions’ at Meydan Racecourse where the top names in horse racing stampede to the finish line. You’ll also have a chance to see Dubai at its finest with a sunset desert safari excursion.

Prices from £2,295 per person.

April

Hong Kong Rugby Sevens

World-class rugby action kicks off in Hong Kong for the sixth match of the Rugby Sevens calendar. Indulge in superb hospitality through the match and stay in the buzzing heart of Causeway Bay.

Prices from £4,895 per person.

May

Monaco Grand Prix

Glamourous Monaco holds the iconic Grand Prix with challenging corners and sharp turns - it’s long been a fan-favourite. For a memorable finale, your round the race off at the famous Amber Lounge F1 Party.

Prices from £3,395 per person.

June

Palio di Siena

Twice a year, Siena hosts one of the world’s most historic and prestigious horseraces. Watch as racers battle to win the prize of great honour and enjoy a gourmet stay in the heart of Tuscany.

Prices from £4,195 per person.

July

Hungarian Grand Prix

Tensions run high at Hungaroring for a fraught battle for the podium – enjoy the best seats in the house at the Hungarian Grand Prix. Before the qualifying race, take plenty of time to explore the city of Budapest.

Prices from £3,795 per person.

August

US Open

Witness the season’s final Grand Slam event at Arthur Ashe Stadium, New York City. Enjoy the US Open as part of a tailor-made city break, staying in the city and exploring the sights.

Call us for prices and availability.

September

Singapore Grand Prix

With challenging road surfaces and the Singapore skyline as its backdrop, Marina Bay Street Circuit offers an electric F1 atmosphere. why not add on an escape to Bali, the Maldives or Malaysia.

Prices from £2,555 per person.

October

Prix de L'Arc de Triomphe

The Paris Longchamp Racecourse is where the sport’s richest prize fuels top-quality horse racing. Experience the race from finish line grandstand seats whilst enjoying a luxurious stay in Paris.

Prices from £725 per person.

November

Melbourne Cup

See the highlight of the Melbourne Cup Carnival and Australia’s premier horse race: the Lexus Melbourne Cup. While here, explore the Great Ocean Road or watch the famed Penguin Parade.

Get in touch for prices and availability.

December

Abu Dhabi Grand Prix

The year finishes with one of the most anticipated events in the calendar – the spectacular F1 Grand Prix finale at Yas Marina Circuit! Enjoy an unforgettable weekend in an exclusive hosted suite.

There are plenty of sporting events around the world to get involved with. Get in touch to find out more.

Incredible India

Wed, 03 Jan 2024 18:43:59 GMT

India exudes a sumptuous mix of traditions, an extraordinary culture, spiritual beliefs, festivals and architecture. India is a feast for the senses and somewhere which will stay with you long after you have departed.

When to visit India

October through to April is the best time to visit Rjasthan, Kerala and the wildlife parks of central India. It’s not too hot, the skies are clear and the nights are cool.

May through to September is the optimum time for visiting the hills and mountain regions due to the heat on lower ground. If you want to pick up a bargain in a gloriously air-conditioned palace hotels, now is the time.

Explore India

This 2 week itinerary explores Rajasthan’s rich heritage including the Taj Mahal and some of North West India’s more regal and opulent locations. Known as the ‘Golden Triangle, the cities of Delhi, Agra and Jaipur are some of the most popular and interesting in India. Visit Mughal wonders and packed bazaars of Delhi. Experience Akbar’s ghost city of Fatehpur Sikri and the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. Venture into Ranthambore National Park for a chance to see some of India’s most interesting wildlife including the Royal Bengal Tiger. Spend a few days in Goa and soak up some Indian hospitality and the more relaxing side of India before returning home.

Day 1

Depart London Heathrow

Day 2

Arrive Delhi

Stay at ITC Maurya for two nights

Day 3

Half day sightseeing tour of old Delhi

Explore Old Delhi, once the Mughal city of Shahjahanabad with its vibrant market lanes, old mansions and colourful neighbourhoods. Explore Chandni Chowk in a cycle rickshaw through lanes or gallis where everything from spices, brassware, antiques, jewellery and perfumes and perfumes are sold. Visit the highly decorative Jama Masjid the largest mosque in India: it’s courtyard can accommodate 25000 devotees to offer prayer at one time and later drive past the Red Fort and visit Raj Ghat, a memorial for Mahatma Gandhi.

Half day sightseeing tour of New Delhi.

New Delhi showcases the story of modern India with its open spaces, government buildings, museums and tree lined avenues. The tour starts with a drive to see the Rashtrapati Bhawan, the official residence of the President of India, Raj Path and the India Gate whose Amar Jawan Jyoti (eternal flame) has been burning since 1971 and symbolises the sacrifice of brave Indian soldiers. Visit the Qutb Minar, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. This lofty tower inspired by the Minaret of Jam in Afghanistan has numerous inscriptions in Arabic and Nagari revealing its history over the centuries. Lastly visit Humayan’s tomb, the first garden tomb built by the Mughals in India. This mausoleum is synthesis of Persian architecture and Indian traditions which set up a new vogue – the Mughal style of architecture.

Day 4

Transfer from Delhi to Agra

Half day sightseeing tour of Agra

A highlight of any stay in India, visit the Taj Mahal and Agra Fort. One of the world’s great monuments, the Taj Mahal was built in memory of Mumtaz Mahal, Mughal emperor Shah Jehan’s beloved wife. This mausoleum, built entirely of white marble is decorated with elaborate geometric forms and inlay work that showcases plants, flower and fruit motifs. This is followed by a visit to the impressive Diwan-e-Am and Diwan-e-Khas inside the red sandstone battlements of the Agra Fort

Stay at The Trident for one night.

Day 5

Transfer from Agra to Ranthambore

On the way to Ranthambore, visit Fatehpur Sikri, built by Mughal Emperor Akbar in 1569 but deserted 14 years later due to lack of water supply. Visit the great collection of monuments within the ghost city: the Buland Darwaz, a 134 foot high victory gate, the imperial Jami Masjid, the tomb of Sheikh Salim Chishti and the Panch Mahal.

Continue to Ranthambore and s tay at The Tigress for 2 nights.

Day 6

Early morning and afternoon game drives in Ranthambore National Park

Named after the historic fortress that lies within its territory, the Ranthambore National Park is situated at the edge of a plateau bound to the north by the Banas River and to the south by the Chambal River. One of the largest parks in India, Ranthambore stretches to 382 square kilometres of dense tropical dry forest. You will have a good chance of seeing India’s premier wildlife attraction, the Royal Bengal Tiger as well as leopard, wild boar, hyena, sloth bear and a variety of deer. Ranthambore is also home to a wide variety of trees, plants, birds and reptiles as well as the largest banyan trees in India.

Day 7

Enjoy another early morning game drive in Ranthambore National Park for a chance to see a variety of Indian wildlife including the Royal Bengal Tiger.

Transfer to Jaipur.

Stay at Shahpura House for three nights

Day 8

Explore Amber Fort in Jaipur on a sightseeing tour

Visit the stunning 17th century hilltop fort at Amber. Set in the rugged hills, ascend the fort by elephant (or jeep) for striking views of the surrounding gorges and lake. Inside the fort, tour the extensive Maharaja’s apartments decorated with murals and mosaics as well as the glistening Hall of Mirrors.

After a busy morning, enjoy the remainder of your day at leisure.

Day 9

Half day sightseeing tour of Jaipur City

Drive through the colourful bazaars to see the Hawa Mahal or Palace of Winds, built for the royal ladies to catch a glimpse of the outside world through delicate screened windows and balconies. Stop to see the Royal Observatory, or Jantar Mantar, which was built by Jai Singh, the founder of Jaipur and a passionate astronomer and builder. Visit the City Palace complex’s collection of rare manuscripts, armoury and costumes.

Enjoy the reminder of the day at leisure to ponder what you have seen.

Day 10

Transfer to Jaipur airport for your flight to Goa.

On arrival in Goa, transfer to Taj Fort Aguada for five nights

Day 11 to Day 14

Enjoy a relaxing few days at the beach

Day 15

Enjoy a leisurely morning .

Transfer to Goa airport for our flight to Mumbai.

Stay at the ITC Maratha for one night.

Day 16

Transfer to Mumbai airport for your flight home to London to Heathrow.

To chat about travelling to India, do get in touch .

Top Travel Tips from Greenstar Travel

Tue, 12 Dec 2023 18:04:02 GMT

Being at the coalface of travel, we know a thing or two about avoiding the potential pitfalls of booking a holiday and how to make the best of your time away.

Book early

Booking early you can secure fantastic prices and take advantage of lower deposits with some operators. For example, easyJet Holidays ask for a deposit of just £60 per person.

Travel insurance

Secure your travel insurance at the time of booking your holiday. If you need to make any unforeseen changes to your holiday or have reason to cancel, you won’t be covered if it starts on your departure date.

Check passport expiry date

Make sure you check the expiry date of your passport is up to date. Many destinations require passport expiry dates to be at least 6 months beyond the date of the last day of your holiday. Having been through 2 years of limited travel due to Covid many passport dates have gone unchecked so this is worth remembering.

Check visa and entry requirements

Check visa regulations and entry requirements of the countries you are travelling to. The Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office (FCDO) website is the best source of up to date travel information relevant to each country around the world.

Check your junk folder

Check your email junk folder. Many travel emails go there. Even tickets. Which can be a real inconvenience.

Treat yourself

What about adding a little extra to your holiday - for example, why not treat yourself to airport lounge passes to get your holiday off to a flying start!

Ultimately….

Book with us, we will guide you and check every detail, taking all the stress away.

We look forward to helping you get away in 2024. Pop in and see us or get in touch .

Exploring Catalonia with Kirker Holidays

Thu, 09 Nov 2023 12:35:09 GMT

Jennie recently spent a few days exploring Catalonia with our friends at Kirker Holidays. Masters of attention to detail and experiencing the best of the destination, Kirker started the trip in Barcelona visiting the Costa Brava and Lleida.

On arrival into Barcelona, Jennie and her travel companions enjoyed lunch at Mussol , a Catalan farmhouse experience in the city offering Catalan delicacies and orientation of the city from the roof terrace.

On day two, Jennie headed out to the coast of Catalonia. This part of the coast is relatively unexplored and off the beaten track. Jennie walked through aromatic pine forests followed by a truly authentic gastronomic experience in a fisherman’s cove. She enjoyed locally home cooked traditional cuisine accompanied by fantastic Catalan wines. This is something that we can organise for you to enjoy during your stay.

Staying at the stunning Hostal de la Gavina in S’Agaró, Costa Brava was a treat. The hotel has a timeless elegance, beautifully furnished rooms and incredible views. Located between two lovely beaches in the town of S’Agaró, the hotel has attracted wealthy Catalans looking for relaxation since the 1930s as well as a host of celebrities. Past guests include Elizabeth Taylor, John Wayne and Salvador Dali and Frank Sinatra proposed to Ava Gardner in the hotel’s bar. Lady Gaga is a more recent guest – she stayed in the sumptuous royal suite.

Jennie particularly enjoyed the cocktails, made by Albert in the pool bar, enjoyed whilst relaxing on one of the sunbeds overlooking the sea. The staff here were particularly helpful and friendly.

Jennie travelled to the city of Lleida on day three, a city filled with history and very few tourists. The Cathedral La Seu Vella is a master piece, the city is a university city, very authentic and great value for money. The Cathedral La Seu Vella is a masterpiece and worth visiting – Jennie climbed 238 steps to the top of the bell Tower to check out the most amazing views of the city. Lleida is a great city to include in a three centre itinerary – from Barcelona, take the high speed train to Lleida, then onto Madrid on the AVE train, or visa versa.

Jennie stayed in the Parador de Lleida, a former 17th century convent just moments from the Calle Mayor in the historic centre of the city.

Jennie really enjoyed a few fabulous days exploring Catalonia. These destinations offer a great itinerary combining the well known city of Barcelona, the Costa Brava and the lesser known city of Lleida.

Do get in touch with Jennie if you would like to know more.

A Rome Renaissance

Wed, 08 Nov 2023 17:45:26 GMT

Martyn spent last weekend in Rome. Here he tells us all about his trip;

Rome is a city I last visited 20 years or so ago and never really scratched below the surface. I have always only had time for the main sites in and around the Spanish Steps. This time I decided we would stay 3 nights and see as much Rome as we could.

We arrived on Friday lunchtime and having checked into our hotel near the Colosseum decided to walk to the Spanish Steps to head to the top and enjoy a sundowner. The walk to the steps took about 40 minutes – this time scale seemed to permutate throughout our trip. We arrived at the Piazza di Spagna around 4 pm. It was a beautiful evening as we climbed to the top of the stairs and sought out the bar at the top. With a small terrace, it’s a great place to people watch whilst sipping an Aperol Spritz.

For dinner that evening we headed to Ristorante alla Rampa http://www.allarampa.com/ for Pasta and Tiramisu. The restaurant is tucked away off a square and was recommended to me by one of our favourite suppliers – Hisham Mahmoud of https://www.kirkerholidays.com/. When you book a city break with Kirker you will receive a list of their top recommendations enabling you to get the most out of your stay.

We walked back to the hotel for a good night’s sleep. On Saturday we decided we would walk all the sites starting at the Colosseum where we wanted to spend the majority of our time. We had booked a small guided tour through Gray Line before our arrival. We joined our group of 10 and had the most wonderful, informative 4 hour walk around the Colosseum, the Forum and Palatine Hill. I think this dive into one of Rome’s most historic sites made the whole weekend. It was not a cheap tour but enabled us to learn so much more than we ever would wandering on our own with only guide books for company.

In our short time in Rome we visited many coffee shops and restaurants and were not disappointed with any of them. Getting to Rome is very easy: Easyjet and British Airways have a daily flight schedule to Rome and we work with many trusted suppliers operating in Rome. We flew with Easyjet to Rome and transferred into town on the Leonardo Express from the Airport. We booked a hotel within walking distance of the hotel on the way to the Colosseum. It was an ideal location and a fabulous weekend exploring the Eternal City.

Where to stay

Hotel de la Ville , one Sir Rocco Forte’s Italian hotels, sits at the top of the Spanish Steps. 104 rooms enjoy views over the rooftops of Rome. Contemporary interiors inspired by the era of the Grand Tour have been designed by Olga Polizzi.

Michelin star chef, Fulvio Pierangelini has created menus influenced by the cuisine of the Roman Empire for the elegant Mosaico restaurant, whilst Da Sistina offers more informal Roman trattoria dining. There is also a stylish rooftop bar and the Grand Tour theme recurs in the inventive cocktail bar taking flavours from the Venetian spice route and the Sicilian-inspired spa with five treatment rooms.

Do get in touch with Martyn if you would like to hear more.

November 2023

Sensational Sri Lanka

Mon, 09 Oct 2023 15:03:27 GMT

“The Island of Ceylon is a small universe; it contains as many variations of culture, scenery and climate as some countries a dozen times its size.” Sir Arthur C Clarke

This teardrop shaped island, nicknamed the pearl of the Indian Ocean, boasts incredible natural beauty and extraordinary biodiversity with a wealth of opportunities when it comes to planning a fabulous holiday.

Best times to visit

The best time to visit Sri Lanka depends on which part of the country you’re going to. The country is a year round destination with consistent warmth and plenty of sunshine. Temperatures average between 22°C and 31°C.

It is normally hotter in coastal areas and the lowlands than it is in areas with higher altitude. Showers can occur at any time.

The southwest coast is best from December to April before the monsoon season starts. This is also a great time to travel when combining Sri Lanka and the Maldives. The east coast and the north are less humid between May and September which is best for wildlife viewing. The central, more hilly regions remain cooler all year round. The rainfall is these areas is less predictable in October and November.

Travelling to Sri Lanka in August gives the joy of witnessing one of nature’s great spectacles: each year, hundreds of wild elephants gather around the ancient waterhole in Minneriya National Park. Dubbed ‘The Gathering’ this is thought to be one of the largest mass of wild Asian elephants in the world.

Luxury for less in Sri Lanka

This summer itinerary takes you on a 14 day trip across Sri Lanka encompassing culture, wildlife, beach and tea without breaking the bank.

Day One

Travel overnight to Bandaranaike International Airport, Colombo

Day Two

Transfer to Anuradhapura for two nights. Explore Anuradhapura by bike and Mihintale.

Anuradhapura was the first capital and the grandest city of ancient Sri Lanka. It is the home of two World Heritage sites and many places of historical and archaeological interest.

Mihintale is where Buddhism was first introduced in Sri Lanka. There are many shrines and dwellings here and a 1840 step stairway leading to the summit where you can enjoy amazing views of the surrounding countryside.

Stay at Ulagalla Resort for two nights. Conveniently located in the north of the Cultural Triangle, Ulagalla Resort is 40 kms north of Dambulla and just 20 kms from Anuradhapura. The resort is built around an ancient mansion with 25 large luxurious chalets set in 58 acres of paddy land and lakes. Each includes a separate living area and luxury bathroom with private courtyard and plunge pool. Guess can also enjoy an Ayurvedic Spa. The resort has been built with the environment in mind and generates 50% of its own electricity from one of the largest solar farms in Sri Lanka.

Day Four

Transfer to Passekudah for six nights. Climb Sigiriya Rock Fortress and visit Minneriya National Park.

The 5th century Sigiriya Rock fortress is a World Heritage Site. It was built by King Kashyapa between 477 and 495AD. The rock was the innermost stronghold of the 70 hectare fortified town. A moat, ramparts and extensive gardens circle the base of the rock.

Minneriya National Park encompasses t he 300 square hectare water tank (lake) which was built by King Mahasena in the 4th century. From August to October, elephants converge on the shores of the lake for what is known as ‘The Gathering’ as they search for water. The lake and surrounding park support an incredible variety of wildlife including crocodiles, fish, pelicans, herons, storks, Sri Lanka Jungle Fowl and Grey Hornbills.

Stay at Uga Bay Resort for six nights. Uga Bay Resort is the most luxurious resort on the east coast of Sri Lanka. The hotel affords beautiful views and a beautifully serene ambience. The Passekudah coastline with it’s deep bay is ideal for fishing, diving and watersports. The shallow pool within houses beautiful coral reefs and is ideal for snorkelling.

Day Twelve

Transfer to Kegalle for three nights. Visit Dambulla Rock Temple, the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic and the Royal Botanical Garden. Take a cookery lesson and enjoy a Rosyth artisanal tea experience as well as a guided tea walk.

The Dambulla Rock Temple was donated to Buddhist monks by King Walagambahu in the 1st century BC. It is World Heritage Site and the most impressive of Sri Lanka’s cave temples. Five caves display over 2000 square metres of painted walls and ceilings, the largest area of cave paintings in the world.

The Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic is the most revered site in Sri Lanka. Locally known as Sri Dalada Maligawa, it is a place of worship established since the 16th century AD. The temple preserves the relic of Buddha, the privilege of which gives power to rule the country.Situated adjacent to the royal palace complex of the former Kingdom of Kandy, the shrine overlooks the vast expanse of the Kandy Lake. It is best to visit the temple in the morning or evening when ceremonial offerings and prayers are given. Do dress appropriately and remove shoes before entering the temple.

Stay at Rosyth Estate House for three nights. Rosyth Estate House is a family owned former colonial planter’s bungalow set amongst 62 acres offering exceptional accommodation, food and experiences. This is the perfect place to explore the surrounding area including Pinawela Elephant Orphanage and the ancient city of Kandy. Here you can enjoy a cookery class and learn all about tea.

Day Fifteen

Transfer to Bandaranaike International Airport, Colombo for flights back to London

Push the boat out

Push the boat out and include Ceylon Tea Trails in your itinerary.

Featured on BBC Two’s Amazing Hotels; Life Beyond the Lobby with Monica Galetti and Rob Rinder, Ceylon Tea Trails is located in the heartlands of Sri Lanka and takes you back to a bygone era of colonial tea plantations.

Located at an altitude of 4000 feet with breathtaking views, Ceylon Tea Trails sits in one of the world’s famed and most picturesque tea growing regions in the Bogawantalawa valley.

As well as gentle walks throughout the estate you can enjoy croquet, tennis, and mountain biking. Of course, there is also the opportunity to learn all about tea, indulge in fantastic food and take in the stunning views.

For more information on Sri Lanka or to chat through ideas for your next holiday, get in touch .

Discover New Zealand

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Tue, 19 Sep 2023 17:08:01 GMT

New Zealand is a country of stunning and diverse natural beauty where soaring mountains, rolling vineyards, scenic beaches and majestic glaciers and fjord blanket the nation’s two islands. The North Island is he heartland of indigenous Mãori culture: learn fascinating history in Waitangi and enjoy a traditional Hangi feast in Rotorua. The South Island offers an abundance of National Parks, the awe-inspiring Milford Sound and memorable wildlife encounters with whales, penguins and the rare kiwi.

This 17 night/20 day trip is a balanced mix of luxury and adventure, focusing on diverse experiences such as glacier landings and jet boating.

Accommodation

2 nights Heritage Auckland room only

2 nights Millennium Hotel and Resort at Taupo Manuel’s b&b

2 nights Crown hotel, Napier b&b

2 nights Museum Apartment Hotel, Wellington b&b

2 nights Delorenzo’s Studio Apartments, Nelson room only

2 nights Scenic Hotel Punakaiki room only

2 nights Distinction Fox Glacier Hotel b&b

3 nights Heritage Queenstown b&b

Key experiences

Huka Falls River Cruise

Guided morning walk

Zealandia by day tour

Seals and beach walk with cruise

Mount Cook and Glacier with snow landing

Shot over Jet and Nomad Safaris Experience

Price from £4,460 per person based on two people sharing including return economy flights with Singapore Airlines from London.

Valid for stays between 1st May 2024 and 31st October 2024.

Subject to availability at time of booking.

We’d love to hear from you so get in touch to find out more.

Grenada - the island of Spice

emma@emmamacfarlane.co.uk (Emma Macfarlane) — Tue, 05 Sep 2023 14:36:45 GMT

Grenada, the Caribbean island famous for sugar and spice, is also well known for its fabulous beaches. Grand Anse Beach is one of the most beautiful and has been voted one of the best beaches in the world by Condé Nast Traveller.

If you are keen on food and someone who loves to try new flavours, you will not be disappointed either. You can look forward to tasting organically grown cocoa, strong local rum and a medley of Caribbean cuisine infused with nutmeg, cinnamon, bay leaves and ginger.

Less developed than many other Caribbean Islands, Grenada is home to several excellent, low-rise boutique hotels, lush rainforest, hot springs, bustling markets, spice plantations, volcanic crater lakes and the striking Seven Sisters Falls.

There is so much to experience on Grenada. Levera National Park is one of Grenada’s most scenic and diverse areas and Grand Etang Forest Reserve is the heartbeat of Grenada’s bio diverse landscape. Enjoy turtle watching, stunning waterfalls, sulphur springs, cycling and boat adventures. Chocolate and rum can be tasted at local factories, culinary tours explore the flavours of the island and there are a host of exhilarating activities to enjoy: river tubing, jeep tours, paddle boarding, kayaking, hiking, snorkelling, Grenada’s high wire challenge and world famous diving to the underwater sculpture park are all on offer.

Grenada is simply stunning. Lush rainforest opens out to beautiful white beaches and the indigo waters of the Atlantic ocean and Caribbean sea. The laid back vibe is indicative of an island that has not been in a hurry to become too developed.

When it comes to accommodation, you will be spoilt for choice. Here are a few of our recommendations:

Spice Island

A luxury escape for spa lovers looking for beach and chilling out

Top of the list has to be Spice Island Beach Resort, one of Karen’s favourites set to reopen in November 2023.

This much-loved resort on Grand Anse Beach is currently undergoing a renovation programme with the goal of transforming the resort into the Caribbean’s definitive 21st century luxury retreat. Over the next few years, guests can expect upgrades to the restaurants with enhanced culinary offerings, improvements to the accommodation, an increased focus on health and wellness, technological innovations set to optimise guest experience and a singular focus on providing modern-day travellers with a first-class experience. The Sea Grape Beach Suites are the ones to book.

Calabash Luxury Boutique Hotel

A luxury escape for foodies, spa lovers and water babes

Calabash Luxury Boutique Hotel is an English owned boutique hotel with a refined yet relaxed atmosphere and a member of the prestigious Relais & Châteaux family. Famous for the Rhodes Restaurant, which is still run by Gary Rhodes’ wife, Calabash has a long standing reputation as a foodie paradise.

Being family-owned and managed, Calabash welcomes children and teens - the resort’s Kids’ Concierge team arrange a host of fun activities such as sailing lessons, paddleboarding, arts and crafts and movie nights. Divers are spoilt for choice in Grenada with shipwrecks, coral reefs and an underwater sculpture park to explore and having the excellent ScubaTech based at Calabash ensures that divers are well looked after here. The hotel also offers two floodlit tennis courts, a fully equipped fitness centre, non-motorised watersports and a spa.

Silversands

A luxury escape perfect for couples and spa lovers

Silversands is the first luxury hotel to be built on Grand Anse beach for over 25 years - a truly stunning creation which was well worth the wait. At the heart of the resort is the spectacular 100-metre-long infinity pool; the longest in the Caribbean and the ideal spot to relax with a cocktail and soak up the sun. With a wide range of accommodation, from luxurious suites to lavish four-bedroom villas, Silversands is perfect for couples wanting an idyllic beachfront escape or for families looking for a spacious home away from home.

Mount Cinnamon Hotel and Beach Club

Perfect for couples and families looking for beach bliss and chilling out

Since Barry Collymore, the new owner of Mount Cinnamon took over this boutique hotel in October, he has refurbished the SPA, upgraded the gym including the addition of Peloton Bikes and equipment.

Mount Cinnamon is a charming 35 suite and villa hotel commanding breathtaking sea views. From Cinnamon Suites for two adults to 3-bedroom villas for families and friends, Mount Cinnamon has a lot of appeal for all types of traveller. Facilities include a spa, gym, daily yoga, croquet, tennis, a dive Centre including PADI courses and complimentary non-motorised watersports.

A must is the Friday' night Beach BBQ and bonfire with steel drums and Caribbean dancing that brings everyone together.

Blue Horizons Garden Resort

Perfect for couples wanting to explore the island and relax

Grenadian owned and managed, Blue Horizons offers a lovely home-from-home atmosphere and an authentic Caribbean experience. The beautiful gardens here are a birdwatcher’s paradise and home to 27 species of indigenous birds. Blue Horizons is an eco-friendly haven tucked away on a sloping hillside just 300 yards from the award-winning Grand Anse Beach.

For further information on any of the hotels featured or to chat about your next holiday, do get in touch .

Viva Las Vegas

Fri, 09 Jun 2023 12:58:00 GMT

Never one to have her feet on the ground for long, Jennie has just returned from a whirlwind 4 night trip to Las Vegas. Her big tip? Take comfy shoes! Here’s what else she had to say:

Las Vegas is an amazing, crazy city in the middle of the desert – the view from the observation deck at the top of the Stratosphere Hotel shows everything is very low rise with mountains in the distance and the airport literally on your doorstep. And then there’s the strip with its huge, impressive full of life hotels.

Las Vegas is an incredible city. It is the city that never sleeps. Wake up at 3am and can’t sleep? No worries, you can go to one of the many bars, casinos or clubs: they are always open!

The hotels are tourist attractions within themselves. My first day was spent exploring. We hopped on the monorail down to MGM Grand and had a go at the slot machines – I won $80. Woo hoo! We had a go on the roulette table too – I wasn’t so lucky there. We then went to the New York New York hotel, which has a roller coaster winding through the outside buildings which we went on. It offers amazing views before plummeting and turn upside down. The inside of the hotel is like a film set of all the New York inspired films with lots of different backdrops as well as New York inspired restaurants and bars – the Coyote Ugly bar is located here too. In the evening, we headed to Napoleon’s Bar in the Paris Hotel which is a famous duelling piano bar where the pianists play all your requests… and we did test them!

On Friday, we ventured to one of the famous Vegas pool parties which was an amazing experience. We enjoyed the Bare Pool in the Mirage Hotel, where we had our own ‘bungalow’ with sunbeds and our own pool. That evening we headed to a fabulous Mexican restaurant located in the Linq Promenade and had a great table outside soaking up the Vegas atmosphere.

On Saturday, we all headed to Fremont Street in downtown Las Vegas, home to the original famous casinos and hotels such as Binion’s Horseshoe and Golden Nugget. The Fremont Street Experience is a covered mall and attraction located in the same area which incorporates most of these hotels and casinos. It is buzzing with activity: showgirls, dancers, DJs, live music and the famous Slotzilla Zipline – which I braved! We visited the fascinating Mob Museum and learnt about rise of the Mafia and connections with Las Vegas and after lunch, headed to the Stratosphere Hotel and the famous observation tower which is taller than the Eiffel Tower – the views are incredible. We had fun in the casinos that evening then headed to a lovely steak restaurant. The food was incredible and the portions were huge!

Sunday was our last day before flying home that evening. There were still so many hotels and highlight to visit so we went to Treasure Island to see the Pirate Ships. We also went on the gondolas at the Venetian and visited St Mark’s Square for an amazing ice cream. Onto the MGM Grand for one of their famous buffet lunches: – you can literally have anything from cereals, fruit, pizza, roasts, fajitas, salad…… the list is endless and that’s before mentioning the huge array of desserts. Our last visit was to the Bellagio to burn off lunch: we visited the secret garden and watched the famous fountain show. We made time for a quick drink at the bar before jumping in a taxi back to the airport.

We really packed it in but what a fabulous few days. My feet still hurt but I’m aching to go back and see what we didn’t manage to fit in!

I would love to chat to you about Las Vegas so do get in touch .

June 2023

The post Viva Las Vegas appeared first on Greenstar .

Chicago, Music and the Deep South self drive

Wed, 07 Jun 2023 13:43:00 GMT

This super self drive itinerary takes in Chicago, St Louis, Nashville and the music and history sensations of the Deep South.

Day One

Fly from London Heathrow to Chicago, or the ‘Windy City’ as it is known.

Chicago boasts one of the world’s most spectacular skylines and is home to one of the tallest buildings: the 108 story Willis Tower.

It is worth visiting the Sky Deck in Chicago , which features a glass ledge protruding straight out into the sky which, on a good day, offers views across four states. The city has 29 miles of lakeshore frontage and a huge variety of attractions. Music is a big part of life here with the Chicago Symphony Orchestra, the star-studded performances of the Lyric Opera of Chicago and the massive jazz and blues scene taking centre stage. Chicago is also a shoppers paradise: start your shopping safari on centrally located and elegant Michigan Avenue: the Magnificent Mile houses some 240 stores including Bloomingdales and Tiffany.

Suggested hotel: Stay for two nights at the Knickerbocker.

Day Three

Take the Amtrak train from Chicago to St Louis – a 5 hour, 20 minute journey.

Known as the gateway to the American West, St. Louis is a 200 year old city with a young spirit. This spirit of St Louis is evident on the riverfront where the 630 ft Gateway Arch watches over the Mississippi River and a vibrant downtown. Take a boat trip or visit the interactive National Blues Museum offering visitors a chance to create Blues music in a mixing booth.

There is plenty of shopping, dining and nightlife in St Louis such as Laclede’s Landing , Union Station, the Soulard area and the Central West End.

Suggested hotel: Stay two nights at the Union Station.

Day Five

Drive to Nashville – 320 miles, approximately a 5 hour drive.

Pick up your hire car (a Ford Edge SUV or similar) from St Louis Downtown to Nashville.

Nashville, or ‘Music City USA’ is the home of country music and some of America’s biggest recording companies. Trawl the outstanding music venues of Second and Broadway or head out to the Grand Ole Opry , the ‘church’ of country music. You may also like to visit the famous Ryman Auditorium , the Country Music Hall of Fame or RCA’s Studio ‘B’ where Elvis Presley recorded over 200 of his best-loved hits. Perhaps choose to wander Music Row, hoping – like thousands before you – to be ‘spotted’ by a talent scout!

Suggested hotel: Stay three nights at the Holston House Hotel.

Day Eight

Drive to Muscle Shoals – 135 miles, approximately a 2 hour 30 minute drive.

Located on the banks of the Tennessee River, Muscle Shoals Alabama is the unlikely breeding ground of some of the most creative music in American history. Soul artists such as Aretha Franklin and rock bands like Lynyrd Skynard made some of their most famous records here, specifically at the FAME studio. ‘Sweet Home Alabama’ includes a tribute to the ‘Swampers’, a group of American soul, R&B and country studio musicians who have appeared on more than 75 gold and platinum hits. Local attractions include the Alabama Music Hall of Fame , Ivy Green-Home of Helen Keller, Natchez Trace Parkway, Wilson Lock and Dam, Indian Mound and the Birthplace of W.C. Handy to name but a few.

Suggested Hotel: Stay one night in the Gun Runner Boutique Hotel.

Day Nine

Drive to Memphis – 151 miles, approximately a 2 hours 30 minute drive

Memphis is the famous home of the King of Rock ‘n’ Roll, Elvis Presley so take the opportunity to visit his home, Graceland whilst you are there. You can also explore Sun Studios, the place where legends such as Johnny Cash, BB King, Roy Orbison and Elvis himself have all recorded their music. Memphis is also the location of the Lorraine Motel , the sight of Martin Luther King’s assassination in 1968 and part of the renowned Civil Rights Museum . Make sure you stroll down iconic Beale Street and take in the atmosphere over a drink.

Suggested hotel: Stay two nights at the Peabody Hotel.

Day Eleven

Drive to Clarksdale – 58 miles, approximately a 1 hour drive.

Clarksdale is America’s most significant blues town. Illustrious one-time Clarksdale residents include John Lee Hooker, Muddy Waters and Ike Turner. You may also want to visit the outstanding Delta Blues Museum and drive out to Stovall Plantation where Muddy Waters grew up. In the evening, why not tour the town’s many ‘juke joints’ – authentic blues bars – or dine at Hollywood star and local resident Morgan Freeman’s restaurant, Ground Zero .

Suggested hotel: Stay one night at the Clark House.

Day Twelve

Drive to Montgomery, MI – 340 miles, approximately a 5 hours 30 minute drive.

Montgomery is the capital city of the U.S. state of Alabama and the county seat of Montgomery County. Named after the Irish soldier Richard Montgomery, the city stands beside the Alabama River, on the coastal Plain of the Gulf of Mexico.

Suggested hotel: Stay one night at the Renaissance Montgomery and Spa.

Day Thirteen

Drive to Jackson, MI – 247 miles, approximately a 4 hour drive.

Continue to Jackson, the state capital of Mississippi. If you are history and culture buff there are many museums and attractions, Civil War and Civil Rights sights for you to explore. A music lover? Stir your soul with great blues, gospel, jazz and more. Explore Farish Street, where the likes of Sonny Boy Williamson II and Robert Johnson were discovered as well as the city’s many blues clubs. And the food! Bring along your appetite and savour the ‘down home’ southern cooking, gourmet southern fusion. There are over 300 restaurants to choose from!

Suggested hotel: Stay one night at the Westin.

Day Fourteen

Drive to New Orleans and drop your car at the downtown depot – 186 miles, approximately a 3 hour drive.

Explore New Orleans including the US Mint Jazz Museum, Jackson Square, Bourbon Street and the French Quarter. No other city in America boasts such intrigue or romance. Festivals abound throughout the year from Mardi Gras in February to the film festival in October and one of the USA’s largest street party on New Years. Perhaps take a steamboat trip along the Mississippi or sample the city’s Creole cuisine: New Orleans is famous for its food, from gumbo to oysters and po’boys to beignets.

Suggested hotel: Stay two nights at the Monteleone.

Day Sixteen

Transfer to New Orleans Airport for your flight to London Heathrow

Our clients travelled with our partners, AmeriCan and Worldwide Travel. To chat through your holiday dreams or for more information on the above itinerary, do get in touch .

June 2023

The post Chicago, Music and the Deep South self drive appeared first on Greenstar .

Exploring Los Cabos, Mexico

Fri, 02 Jun 2023 09:03:00 GMT

Jennie recently returned from a busy trip familiarising herself with Los Cabos, Mexico.

Los Cabos is located in northwest Mexico, where the Sea of Cortes meets the Pacific Ocean. Los Cabos is naturally beautiful with desert landscapes of cacti and ochre mountains to stunning shorelines. There is lots to do in Los Cabos from marine activities such as surfing, fishing and whale watching to desert adventures including discovering various cacti, dune adventures and breathtaking stargazing. Many fabulous resorts, sun washed beaches and charming villages make Los Cabos a really lovely holiday destination. This is what Jennie got up to:

One&Only Palmilla

My first stop was the iconic One&Only Palmilla where I spent two nights. I enjoyed the first day exploring the glorious facilities at the resort, delicious cuisine, a massage at the spa and a beachfront yoga session. Dinner at Animalón , Mexico’s first and only floating restaurant, was a treat. The restaurant enjoys views out to the famous Arch: the gateway between the Pacific Ocean and Sea of Cortez. I had an amazing couple of days at the beautiful One&Only Palmilla…. the hotel is stunning, the service is attentive with excellent attention to detail from all the staff and the views from the hotel are something else! I could never get tired of the view from my balcony first thing in the morning. You could even be lucky enough to spot a pod of whales from your balcony (from mid December through to April).

Viceroy Los Cabos

Our next stop was Viceroy Los Cabos for two nights – the hotel is architecturally stunning, quirky and minimalist with amazing artwork throughout the hotel and really has the ‘wow’ factor. I enjoyed tequila and mezcal tasting, rooftop dining and a special gastronomy tour of nearby San José del Cabo. Views of the beach and the sound of the crashing waves are just beautiful.

Nobu Los Cabos

We spent the final two nights at the super stylish Nobu Los Cabos . The hotel adopts Japanese contemporary minimalism set on a beautiful beach with fabulous relaxing pool areas: the swim out rooms were my favourite. The main attraction is the incredible food at Nobu’s Japanese fusion restaurant – try the wagyu beef sliders and lychee cocktail, just delicious. We enjoyed a snorkelling boat trip and a visit to the coastal town of Todos Santos, spattered with colonial buildings and Mexican arts and crafts. We also enjoyed an amazing lunch at Oysteria.

The trip came to an end with special dinner at Las Ventanas al Paraiso, A Rosewood Resort….. and wow this hotel is absolutely incredible. It oozes luxury and the beach villas are out of this world.

Other hotels visited I visited on the trip were:

Montage Los Cabos

This spot has the feeling of being in a desert but with amazing sea views and swimmable beach. It is a great location for visiting waterfalls in the hotel’s dune buggy. The hotel also offers activities such as paintballing and snorkelling to name a few.

Here’s the hotel’s own description:

Blending natural beauty with authentic Mexican culture, Montage Los Cabos is an idyllic sanctuary perched upon the premier beachfront in Cabo. Spanning 39 acres along the gentle azure waters of Santa Maria Bay, the resort features walk-in access to the finest swimming, snorkelling and diving in the region.

Rancho Pescadero

This is a beautiful rural hotel that leads to the beach. The hotel gardens are just magical to walk around and they grow most of their vegetables and herbs on site. Rancho Pescadero combines the luxury of Los Cabos with the privacy of La Paz. A truly ‘escape-from-everything’ resort.

This is what the hotel has to say:

Rancho Pescadero is an awakening – an exploration that encompasses the free spirit, rich culture, and lyrical beauty of Baja California, Mexico. Where wellness is experienced in its most complete sense: the joy of living well. This 30-acre oceanfront escape near the artist haven of Todos Santos—less than an hour’s drive from Cabo—offers a refreshing departure from the norm, with a focus on world-class wellness, sustainability, culinary experiences, and exemplary guest-centric hospitality. Travel with purpose and find our one-of-a-kind, soul-stirring resort retreat inspired by the free spirit, rich culture, and lyrical beauty of Baja California Sur, Mexico.

Paradero Todos Santos

This lovely hotel offers hikes to the beach, dune buggy riding, yoga, meditation and ocean safari as well as freshly prepared healthy cuisine – get back to nature and ready for adventure at Paradero Todos Santos .

Here is the hotel’s own overview:

We’re less of a hotel than we are a high-design landscaping project with luxurious suites. We’ve broken from convention to imagine spaces that inspire and astonish, paving the way for sensory experiences like no other. Our suites are places to reflect and revitalize, with sanctuary-like interiors that flow into contemplative outdoor seating areas and cactus-studded desert and farmland.

Thank you to our parties at Caribtours for hosting this fabulous trip. Los Cabos is a great destination with only about 9 days of rain a year and perfect to twin with San Francisco or LA.

I would be delighted to chat to you about Los Cabos so do get in touch .

The post Exploring Los Cabos, Mexico appeared first on Greenstar .

Honeymoon in Mauritius

Wed, 05 Apr 2023 12:48:00 GMT

I have just returned from a blissful long awaited two week honeymoon staying at the stunning Trou Aux Biches Beachcomber Resort and Spa in Mauritius.

We stayed in a beachfront suite with pool on an all-inclusive basis.

From the moment we arrived at the hotel we were looked after with impeccable service. We sat on comfy chairs in reception whilst checking in and were brought cold flannels and cocktails whilst we waited. The moment we entered our room we were wowed; our room was huge with a massive bathroom and an extra outdoor shower! We had a lovely big terrace with table and chairs, sunbeds and our very own plunge pool – which was bigger than we thought it would be. We were steps away from the beach and more importantly even fewer steps to the beach bar.

The hotel lived up to every expectation and the restaurants and food were amazing with plenty of choice. The main Oasis Bar served lovely cocktails; there was a great lunch menu (the pizzas were great) which was a great alternative to the main buffet restaurant. There were á la carte restaurants to choose from for dinner too.

The beach was beautiful with lovely soft white sand, plenty of sunbeds and stunning sunsets.

We had plenty of days out. We visited the south of the island taking in Black River Gorges National Park, the coloured earth at Chamarel and Chamarel Rum Distillery. We also visited Pamplemousses Botanical Gardens and the capital Port Louis, Grand Baie. We took a speedboat to Ile Aux Cerfs where we stopped for snorkelling and visited a disused lighthouse, seeing many of the monkeys that live on the island. We also explored the ocean on a sub scooter which for me was terrifying but amazing at the same time…I even managed to feed the fish. Probably my favourite experience was the sunset boat cruise from our hotel; the sunsets are just beautiful!

The hotel staff truly treated us like royalty, nothing was too much trouble and they were all so happy and friendly. We had so many treats brought to our room; sparkling wine, flowers and canapés every night before dinner.

Mauritius is an exquisite emerald gem in the turquoise Indian Ocean – a true tropical paradise with beautiful palm-fringed beaches. The island and the hotel lived up to both our expectations and we 100% recommend you visit too.

If you want to find out more, get in touch with Jennie on jennie@greenstartravel.co.uk.

The post Honeymoon in Mauritius appeared first on Greenstar .

Travelling with teens

Fri, 31 Mar 2023 15:56:00 GMT

If it’s unique selfie spots and Tik Tok backdrops you’re after, you may be travelling with teens. Teenagers have been kept inside for much of the past 3 years so have had their sense of adventure and desire to explore somewhat curbed. We’ve come up with some family holiday ideas to satisfy even the most curious and active teenagers and may just encourage them to put their phones away and soak up some incredible experiences.

Costa Rica

Make memories amongst the evergreen forest, towering volcanos and pristine beaches of Costa Rica. Costa Rica is incredibly biodiverse and offers a land of discovery and tropical wilderness for families with older children.

Pick produce and make dinner with a local family during an agricultural homestay, look for three-toed sloths in the thickets of the Manuel Antonio National Park and walk through the canopy of Monteverde’s cloud forest on a suspended bridge. Take a break from active adventure by soaking in springs heated by Arenal Volcano and lying beneath swaying palms on pristine beaches. A Costa Rican adventure takes you and your family into the wild heart of a country many visit but few truly know.

Bali

What about a volunteering holiday? As family holidays go, this could be a life changer.

Take a two to four week trip to Bali and give something back whilst discovering the country you are in. Engage with the local community through teaching, childcare or perhaps helping with marine conservation. There is still plenty of time to snorkel, take a surf lesson, cycle through rice paddies. Or perhaps you may want to hire a fisherman to take you dolphin watching. This is a true meaningful adventure.

Iceland

Take a week long adventure to Iceland where even the most screen hungry teens will want to put their phones away. Highlights include swimming and soaking in the thermal waters of the Blue Lagoon, snowmobile across Iceland’s beautiful natural landscape at Langjökull Glacier and descend into Vantnshellir’s 8000 year old lava tube.

Cuba

Havana is the ideal place for creative phone use. It’s an ideal destination for families with teenagers looking for adventure and immersive travel. Go to a baseball game, roll a cigar in a cigar factory or visit the Museum of Revolution with its mannequins of Che Guevara and Fidel Castro. Teens will love taking a taxi ride in a 1950s Cadillac along the Malecon seawall too.

Japan

Japan is captivating. The pastimes of the people of Japan, such as anime, kawaii culture and gaming are fascinating to teens. Neon and noise are everywhere in Japan and so too are temples, teahouses and traditions of the country. Travel to Kyoto from Tokyo by bullet train and hopefully you’ll get a clear view of Mount Fuji en route.

St Lucia

St Lucia may be a laid back Caribbean island but an array of adventures pursuits and watersports make it a great destination for the adventurous traveller, as well as for active families looking for more than just a beach holiday. And if you can’t decide between a villa holiday or a fully inclusive resort, Windjammer Landing in St Lucia offers the best of both worlds.

Teenagers will love the independence and freedom of the resort as well as the endless activities on offer including a secluded beach, 6 swimming pools (including 2 for children), 2 floodlit tennis courts, games room and fully equipped gym. Complimentary watersports are also available: sailing, windsurfing, kayaking, snorkelling and tube rides. Waterskiing, knee boarding and wake boarding are also included for guests staying on an all inclusive basis.

The in-water hammocks just off the beach are the perfect spot for some downtime and Toppers Ice Cream Shack will be a hit with the entire family; young or old.

Windjammer is the ideal spot to explore, be active and to make friends.

South Africa

There is nothing quite like a South Africa for a wildlife adventure. Whilst some lodges will accept children under the age of 12, many lodges and rangers say “Never before their 12 ^th birthday”. So, once your children reach the grand old age of 12, take them to South Africa. The fact that much of South Africa is malaria free and the time difference is only one hour between March and October, makes South Africa and even more attractive option.

Travel through South Africa and Eswatini (Swaziland), combining cultural and wildlife experiences. Visit South Africa’s most famous township, Soweto, before heading out into the wilderness. Once on the road stop at a Zulu village and experience activities such as hiking, kayaking and rafting before arriving at Kruger National Park for unbelievable wildlife watching.

We hope this has given you some inspiration for your next family adventure. The truth is, the options for family voyages of discovery are endless. If any of these destinations appeal or if you would like to chat through any other ideas, do get in touch. We always love to hear from you.

Inspired by an article in The Sunday Times , 8 ^th January 2023.

The post Travelling with teens appeared first on Greenstar .

Who’s Who of Tour Operators

Mon, 27 Mar 2023 16:38:00 GMT

Jennie will be holding the first Greenstar Travel Show on Saturday 22 ^nd April in her old patch in Cheam Village. We are delighted to have the support of several excellent travel partners, all of which we have worked with for a number of years. So, who are they? Well, here’s a who’s who of which experts will be there on the day.

A-Rosa Cruises

A-Rosa offer cruises through the rivers, cities, towns and villages of Europe. Each cruises is designed around the need of the traveller enabling you to dine at time you prefer and explore destinations independently or on one of their excellent optional excursions. A-Rosa like to think their cruises are more like a floating hotel, perfect for multi generational or family travel and children under the age of 15 travel free. A-Rosa has over 18 years of experience on the rivers of Europe and leads the way in sustainable river cruising. We like them for their more tailormade approach to cruising and their sizeable cabins.

Cyplon

Cyplon is a well established family run tour operator specialising in luxury holidays across the Mediterranean, North Africa and the Middle East. Each holiday is tailormade and we find they offer great service delivered by friendly and knowledgeable staff. They are often competitive on price too.

Classic Collection

Classic Collection is a long standing partner of Greenstar Travel, offering luxury holidays to many worldwide destinations, predominantly Europe. We have worked with Classic Collection for many years and like their variety of product, professional service, expertise and value for money. We also work with their sister company, Classic Package Holidays, through whom we are able to book more value options with the same level of service and expertise.

Caribtours

Caribtours has been arranging bespoke holidays to the Caribbean since 1979 and now spread their expertise to the Indian Ocean, Europe, Arabia, South Africa and Costa Rica. Their passion for luxury travel is reflected in their knowledge and attention to detail and they always bend over backwards to secure the perfect holiday for our clients.

Sandals and Beaches Resorts

Sandals and Beaches Resorts are world renowned for all inclusive holidays in the Caribbean having begun with one resort in Montego Bay in Jamaica, now the company’s flagship property. Sandals offers Luxury All Inclusive Caribbean holidays and Beaches offers All Inclusive family holidays to the Caribbean. Chairman and Founder Gordon “Butch” Stewart has always looked to exceed expectations at all 24 hotels across 8 countries including Antigua, the Bahamas, Grenada, Barbados, Jamaica, Saint Lucia, Curaçao and Turks and Caicos. We love the consistency of Sandals and Beaches and the fact they always offer excellent client experiences time after time.

Scenic

Scenic promises to offer more than a 5 star river cruise. Their attention to detail and dedication to taking all feedback seriously means that they always offer our clients an exceptional experience. Scenic is an innovative company having started out offering land journeys in Australia in 1986 followed by New Zealand, Canada, Alaska, South America and Europe. They then expanded eventually expanded into river cruises in 2006 and now offer ocean cruising too. Their all inclusive promise means that flights, transfers and on board tipping is all included. They are one of our go-to cruise companies.

Emerald Cruises

Emerald Cruises also offer river cruises in Europe but in addition, their programme to South East Asia is fabulous. Vietnam, Cambodia and Mekong River cruising takes guests on a journey of discovery through traditional villages and fascinating history. Emerald’s luxury yachts Azzurra and Zakara both offer cruising to the heart of some of the most exciting parts of the Mediterranean, Adriatic, Caribbean and Central America.

Constantinou Bros

The four Constantinou Bros Hotels are all situated in Paphos on the west coast of Cyprus. Catering for families as well as adults and couples, Constantinou Bros are all about high standards of service, elegant rooms, extensive activities and excellent food. Every hotel has a beachfront location and a relaxing Elixir Spa – local restaurants, bars and cultural attractions are just a short drive away. We have a close relationship with Constantinou Bros who always go the extra mile for our clients.

Premier Holidays

Premier Holidays is a privately owned, independent tour operator and part of the Premier Travel Group which was established in 1936. They are specialists in affordable, tailor-made holidays and often offer added-value offers such as free nights, free room upgrades and free meals. We like their no nonsense approach and value for money luxury product.

Come along to our Travel Show on Saturday 22 ^nd April at the Parochial Rooms in Cheam Village from 10am until 2pm. You will have a chance to meet and chat to our excellent travel partners and plan your next trip.

Of course, we always love to hear from you so do give us a ring, send us an email or pop into the office in Claygate .

The post Who’s Who of Tour Operators appeared first on Greenstar .

Family Atlas Mountain and Sahara Adventure

Thu, 09 Feb 2023 17:37:00 GMT

Experiencing the love of travel and passing on the bug to your family is priceless. This 8 day small group family adventure to Morocco combines fun, must see sights and once in a lifetime experiences. ExploreNorth Africa’s highest mountains and the world’s largest desert. Ride mules in the High Atlas and cycle the southern mountain slopes. Explore the great Sahara Desert by camel and sleep in a traditional Berber tent among the dunes. Finally discover the ancient city of Marrakech and experience the evening street entertainment of the atmospheric Djemma el Fna Square. The trip has been created by our partners at Exodus, group sizes are usually between 12 and 16 people.

Day One – Arrive Marrakech

Morocco’s famous Red City, Marrakech is the spiritual heart of the country, a cultural melting pot of the mountain Berbers and the desert peoples of the south. Blessed with some of the most stunning architecture in Morocco its mix of tradition, colour and history makes it the ideal starting point.

There are no activities planned today, so you are free to arrive in Marrakech at any time. If your flight arrives earlier in the day, perhaps you might choose to relax beside the hotel’s swimming pool or take a stroll around Djemma El Fna Square. The hotel is located in the heart of the new town surrounded by many restaurants with easy access to the main avenue to the old town.

Day Two – Drive to Anmiter and ride mules to the remote Atlas village of Tighza

Head south from Marrakech after breakfast, crossing over the Tizi ‘n Tichka Pass (2260m) following a meandering course that takes you deep into the towering peaks of the Atlas Mountains.

North Africa’s greatest mountain range, the High Atlas presents us with some of the country’s wildest landscapes, a region culturally removed from the rest of Morocco and one that has provided a barrier between the northern plains and the pre-Sahara for centuries. This is the land of the fiercely independent Berbers, the ‘Lords of the Atlas’, whose traditions and ways still hold sway up here in their mountain strongholds far away from the cities below. The Berbers present us with a unique view of a way of life lost to the rest of North Africa, where music and dance, even language and religion, are far removed from their Arab neighbours.

Our morning’s journey brings you past the ruined Glaoui Kasbah of Telouet to the fortified village of Anmiter. Here you’ll meet your mules and at a relaxed pace, follow a winding track with stunning views onto the small village of Tighza where you’ll spend the night in a remote, local gite high above the valley.

Your base for tonight is a family owned village house in the outskirts of Tighza. This small property features traditional decor throughout and offers large panoramic terraces for you to enjoy views across the village and the High Atlas mountains. There is a small restaurant and tea room where you can enjoy Berber cuisine; made from fruit and vegetables grown in their own garden. Bathrooms are shared facilities. It’s a very peaceful place to stay allowing you to fully appreciate the tranquillity of our surroundings.

Day Three – Morning Valley hike, drive to Ait Ben Haddou for a tour of the historic Kasbah

After breakfast you will head out out for a hike through the valley in this remote corner of the Atlas. Walking along cultivated fields, learn about the traditional irrigation used in this arid region with channels built to divert the snow melt waters into the terraces and mud built villages. Heading down the southern slopes of the High Atlas, reach the trailhead in Anmiter where you will be reunited with your vehicle. The total hike duration is between two and three hours.

The chef will prepare a deserved picnic lunch under the shade of almond trees before you continue our journey.

After a drive along the picturesque Ounila Valley, with its barren slopes in sharp contrast to the rich green valley floor, you’ll reach your hotel located opposite the famous Kasbah of Ait Ben Haddou.

The rest of the afternoon is free to relax and enjoy the swimming pool. Late afternoon when the lights are better suited for photos, take a guided tour of Ait Ben Haddou. This UNESCO Heritage Site presents you with one of Morocco’s most famous locations, a once important stop along the old trading routes between Marrakech and the Sahara during the 16th century and a superb example of a typical fortified ksar.

Day Four – Bike ride to Ouarzazate, visit film studios and drive to Tamnougalt

This morning you’ll take to the saddle and cycle from Ait Ben Haddou down towards the fertile landscapes of the Draa Valley and the town of Ouarzazate. Helmets are supplied in two sizes or you can bring your own for a better fit. The total duration is 21km, a support vehicle is also in attendance and available for non-cyclists. During the summer months, you’ll will set off early to avoid the midday heat.

Known as the ‘Doorway to the Desert’ this fascinating outpost lies to the south of the High Atlas and is sandwiched between the high mountains and the expansive sands of the Sahara. It is home to one of the largest movie studios in the world. The Atlas Film Studios boasts an impressive array of productions including The Mummy, Gladiator, Babel, Kingdom of Heaven and Lawrence of Arabia. Pay a visit to the studios, taking a tour of some of these famous film sets before continuing through the beautiful Draa Valley.

Your drive takes you across a landscape lined with palm groves, Kasbahs and traditional ksours (villages), as you make your way to the village of Tamnougalt to explore what was once the capital of this remote desert region. The village’s name translates as ‘meeting point’ and its history has been interwoven with the ruling qaids (masters) of the Mezguita region for centuries. Even today it hosts an annual festival in October when all the surrounding villages gather for a celebration of the religious and cultural traditions of these hardy people.

Your kasbah style accommodation is located in the middle of the Draa Valley with its green palm groves. It has a swimming pool and easy access to the valley for nice walks in the fields. The rooms are air conditioned.

Day Five – Drive vi Zagora to Tiraf dunes in the desert, afternoon camel ride

Turning south today, you will follow the course of the Draa River, spending the morning driving through the ever-changing scenery as you make our way towards the vast oasis of Zagora, referred to by many as ‘The Gate of the Desert’. Once a major outpost along the caravan routes, it takes 52 days by camel from here to Timbuktu, or so a nearby sign indicates! Continue on to Tagounite, which lies at the outer fringes of a line of undulating sand dunes that provide a taste of the immense grandeur of the Saharan Desert beyond. Amidst this seemingly inhospitable landscape the desert heat causes the air to blur and quiver, creating mirages that shimmer in the soaring temperatures, the ideal setting to explore in the time honoured manner of the Tuareg nomads.

Taking to camels, you’ll form your own caravan from the oasis of Tiraf dunes (the camel ride may take place in the late afternoon on summer departures).

Stopping to enjoy the quiet desolation of the setting and to learn something of desert life, you will eventually reach your overnight camp in time for a late afternoon of bread making. Your evening meal tonight is a hearty Berber style dish which you’ll enjoy into under the vast desert sky.

Your desert camp for the night consists of a combination of twin person tents and some 3 and 4 person family tents with a central communal tent where our evening meal and breakfast is served. Rather than sleeping in tents, you may choose simply to sleep out in the open, enjoying the rare majesty of the setting and watching out for shooting stars across the horizon.

Day Six – Visit Tamegroute, drive to Ouazazate

Retracing your steps this morning head north once more by camel for a couple of hours back to the road. You’ll make a stop at the settlement of Tamegroute to visit its famous 17th century zaouia, one of the most important in the Moroccan Sahara. This was once a centre of great learning and the base of the Naciri Brotherhood, who for centuries held sway over the tribes of the Draa Valley. The holy leaders of Tamegroute were traditionally (up until quite recent times) the arbitrators of desert disputes, settling differences amongst the residents of the surrounding kours and the traders that passed through these lands on the great camel caravans that journeyed through Zagora. Pay a visit to the local potters’ cooperative, before continuing back to Ouarzazate later this afternoon.

Located in the main avenue of Ouarzazate and close to the main market, the hotel has a swimming pool and the rooms are air conditioned.

Day Seven – Drive to Marrakech, afternoon city tour

A morning drive takes you northwest back to Marrakech, where you’ll have the rest of the day to explore a city that has for centuries been a meeting place for the mountain Berbers and the desert peoples of the south. This afternoon there is the opportunity to explore its rich heritage with a sightseeing tour of this famed Red City. Renowned for its beautiful architecture, pass the rose-coloured Koutoubia ‘booksellers’ Mosque and enter the Saadian tombs, a magnificent complex, showcasing intricate Moroccan design at its finest. Your next stop is the Bahia Palace, a fusion of Moroccan and Islamic styles that is an excellently preserved open-air museum, and is naturally cool, making it a pleasure to wander around!

Munching on fresh pastries from a traditional bakery, continue into the Medina on foot. Being guided through the labyrinth of colourful spice-scented souks serves up a feast for the senses. Rugs, leather goods, silverware and crockery of all shapes and sizes are on offer. Have a true Marrakech experience by getting stuck in, haggling with one of the local traders to come away with an authentic souvenir. Visit a spice shop and see the variety of mouth-watering food on offer, sampling ripe dates with almonds from the stall sellers. Navigating your way out of the souks, find yourselves in the midst of the frantic Djemma el-Fna Square. Watch the street performers up close or head to a rooftop cafe to sip freshly squeezed orange juice and marvel at the spectacle unfolding below.

After your tour you may like to enjoy more of the remarkable Medina, by haggling for a bargain or two, or simply sit at one of the rooftop cafés and watch the street tableaux unfold before you. Do remember that many of the mosques may be forbidden to non- Muslims and be careful of photographing women, as this may be unacceptable, it is always best to ask.

Day Eight – Depart Marrakech

Price from £760 per person including flights, accommodation, transport in destination, breakfast, lunch on 4 days, dinner on 2 nights, explore tour leader/guide.

To find out more about this family adventure to Marrakech, get in touch.

The post Family Atlas Mountain and Sahara Adventure appeared first on Greenstar .

Art in Europe

Mon, 06 Feb 2023 15:03:00 GMT

A short break to Europe in spring or summer is the perfect antidote to the winter blues. To add to the draw, there are several exciting new art exhibitions happening around Europe this year. Together with the help from our friends at Kirker, we have highlighted some of the best from the landmark Vermeer perspective at the Rijksmuseum to Dürer in Berlin and several more including an exhibition at the Prado in Madrid to mark the 50 ^th anniversary of the death of Pablo Picasso.

Dürer, Berlin – 12 th May to 27 th August 2023

Berlin’s Kupferstichkabinett (Museum of Prints and Drawings) is the repository of a priceless and vast collection encompassing more than half a million prints and drawings including masterpieces by Botticelli, Rembrandt, Van Gogh, Picasso, Warhol and Richter. Amongst its highlights is one of the most important collections of works by Albrecht Dürer. This collection is rarely displayed and will open this summer with over 120 exhibits of engravings, woodcuts and drawings.

Stay 3 nights at the five star Hotel de Rome between now and 30 th April and 1 st July to 31 st August and only pay for 2 (including a Sunday night)

Price from £899 per person including flights, transfers, accommodation, breakfast and a 72 hour Berlin Museum Pass.

Vermeer, Amsterdam – 10 th February to 4 th June 2023

In one of the most important exhibitions of 2023, the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam will host the largest Johannes Vermeer retrospective ever held. Little more than 30 works by the artist exist today and the Rijksmuseum will complement its own 4 paintings by Vermeer with 24 loans from around the world.

Stay 3 nights at the five star deluxe Hotel Ambassade

Price from £898 per person including flights, transfers, accommodation, breakfast and free entrance to the Rijksmuseum.

Van Gogh, Rome – until 26 th March 2023

Displaying more than 50 works by Van Gogh inclusion his 1887 self portrait, this new exhibition is on display at the Palazzo Bonaparte; the former residence of Napoleon’s mother. Letizia Bonaparte’s apartments have also been beautifully preserved on the first floor of this grand mansion located on the Piazza Venezia, in the very heart of Rome, facing the monument to Emanual I.

Stay 3 nights at the four star superior L’Orologio Roma until 23 rd March and only pay for 2

Price from £598 per person including flights, transfers, accommodation, breakfast, entrance to the Vatican Museum and Sistine Chapel or Villa Borghese and a complimentary aperitivo.

Giovanni Bellini, Paris – 3 rd March to 17 th July 2023

The father of Venetian painting, Giovanni Bellini pioneered the style which was taken up by Giorgione, Veronese and Titian. This new exhibition in the elegant mansion of the late collectors Edouard André and his wife Nélie Jacquemart includes 80 works by Bellini and those who inspired him. The best time to visit the exhibition is in the morning, allowing you time to linger for lunch in the beautiful café and tea rooms.

Stay 3 nights at the three star deluxe Le Senat until 31 st March and only pay for 2

Price from £728 per person including flights, transfers, accommodation, breakfast and a 48 hour Paris Museum Pass.

Picasso, Madrid – 13th June to 17th September 2023

To mark the 50 ^th anniversary of Pablo Picasso’s death in 1973, exhibitions and events have been planned in cities such as Malaga (his birthplace), Paris, Antibes, Barcelona and A Coruna in Galicia. One of the highlights will be at the Prado Museum in Madrid which is exhibiting his works alongside paintings by El Greco, one of the artists that influenced him the most. You can also see Picasso’s masterpiece ‘Guernica’ at the nearby Reina Sofia Museum.

Stay 3 nights at the five star deluxe Villa Real

Price from £876 per person including flights, transfers, accommodation, breakfast and a Paseo del Arte Card providing entrance to the Prado, Thyssen and Reina Sofia.

If you would like any more information on any of these offers do get in touch.

The post Art in Europe appeared first on Greenstar .

Holidays with children

Wed, 18 Jan 2023 17:53:00 GMT

Planning a family holiday is all about striking the perfect balance for every generation. In the first of our 2023 series of family holiday blogs we have highlighted some of the best destinations, in our view, for happy holidays when travelling with younger children.

Princesa Yaiza Suite Hotel Resort, Lanzarote

Princesa Yaiza Suite Hotel resort caters exceptionally well for both adults and children with a range of facilities and activities aimed at keeping both happy. The hotel is located on the balmy island of Lanzarote which enjoys a temperate climate year round making it an ideal spot for term time travels with younger children.

The hotel’s soft sandy beach is ideal too. The children’s park, Kikoland, offer 10,000 square metres of space filled with sporting facilities for children of all ages including the Cooky House which caters for babies and if you’re travelling with teens, they will have lots of fun hanging out at the Teeny Club.

Whilst the children are busy, adults can enjoy the Thalasso Spa Centre and a romantic dinner at one of the hotel’s eight restaurants.

St Peter’s Bay Resort, Barbados

St Peter’s Bay Resort is set on a tranquil beach on the north west coast of Barbados. Each stylish beachfront residence offers a home away from home. Here is a choice of one, two, three of five bedroom residences, perfect for families of all sizes.

The freshwater lagoon style pool is a draw throughout the day and a generous array of watersports includes kayaking and paddleboarding. The children’s activity centre is fantastic.

Grand Velas Riviera Maya, Mexico

The all inclusive Grand Velas is an easy going and carefree spot to relax, play and unwind. It’s not just the pristine white beach or the sparkling infinity pool with waiter service that everyone will like.

There’s a magnificent 85 acres surrounded by the Caribbean Sea and lush Yucatán jungle to explore as well as a full programme of activities to suit every member of the family from beach volleyball to pilates, from bike tours to eco tours.

Of course, the baby to teens clubs will entertain the children if the adults are looking for some peace and quiet.

Porto Sani Halkidiki

Greece is a summer holiday dream when it comes to family travel. With a flight time of just over 3 hours, mainland Greece, specifically Halkidiki in the north is a winner known for its mountainous landscape, fragrant pine forests, Blue Flag beaches and turquoise waters.

Porto Sani, Halkidiki overlooks Sani Marina and is just a short walk to the hotel’s two beaches. Take advantage of the ‘Babe Club’ where trained staff will look after your little ones on the beach for up to 30 minutes at a time. Here are several academies for older children during the summer including a football academy for 5 to 14 year olds and dance academy for 4 to 17 year olds.

An enclave of low rise bungalows give the resort a village feel yet similar to a private club. The wider Sani resort includes 23 restaurants and 13 bars so there is plenty of choice for a two week holiday.

Kili Safari, Kenya

An African safari is perceived as one of life’s ultimate travel experiences which is extremely special when enjoyed safely by children. There are many lodges that will not take very young children for valid reasons however by carefully choosing a lodge dedicated to family safari travel, you can enjoy a really fantastic holiday.

We like Kili Safari in Kenya which offers a 5 night itinerary packed with interest and an exciting overview of Kenya and her wildlife. The lodge can also offer exclusive safari vehicles for sole use of families at an additional charge. Horseriding and cycling are also on offer.

Whilst game drives will involve some early starts, Amboseli is home to an abundance of mammals and over 400 species of birds, bound to inspire the youngest conservationist. The plains allow the wandering of lions, cheetahs and vast herds of elephants and the backdrop of Kilimanjaro is stunning. During your stay you will venture into the world-famous Masai Mara, one of the world’s most enthralling wildlife theatres. The reserve plays host to countless species, including the ‘big five’ (lion, leopard, elephant, rhino and buffalo) and the incredible spectacle of the annual wildebeest migration.

From the bush consider extending your family adventure to a beach destination such as Mombasa, Lamu, Zanzibar and Mauritius are available.

For more information on any of the destinations featured in this blog or to chat about your next family holiday, do get in touch or pop in and see us at 23 The Parade, Claygate.

The post Holidays with children appeared first on Greenstar .

September at Elounda

Wed, 02 Nov 2022 15:21:00 GMT

We flew out to Crete at the end of September. I was not expecting to land in such wonderful weather however temperatures were in the high 20s. It got cool towards the beginning of October but that time of year is still a wonderful time to go.

On arrival at Heraklion Airport we had a painless passport control experience and were soon in our transfer car for the 50 minute drive to Elounda. On arrival at the Elounda Bay Palace we were met at our car and taken to a lounge area to be checked in. No queuing at reception – a nice touch after a 4 hour flight.

The sea view rooms at Elounda Bay Palace are definitely worth paying for. Looking out at Elounda Bay is a wonderful way to start each day of your holiday. As is the case in most hotels now, dinner is buffet style at Elounda Bay. The hotel tries very hard to vary it by having “themed evenings”. Dinner on our second night was Asian themed followed by an Italian evening the next day. The hotel does have a variety of restaurants and guests of the hotel are welcome to dine at any of the restaurants at the Elounda Beach Hotel. If you should eat at another restaurant you are given a 30 Euros credit per person. It is advisable to plan ahead and make a reservation and the restaurants can get busy.

One of the benefits of both Elounda hotels is that you can use a credit from your half board of currently 30 Euros per person in one of the “a la carte” restaurants. On one evening we dined at the lovely Thalassa Restaurant. The restaurant is directly by the sea, ideal for enjoying the views whilst enjoying Cretan Seafood. It was open from 7.30 till late when we were there and we were encouraged to book when we were checking in. We are glad we did. On another evening we walked across to the Elounda Beach and had dinner at the Kafenion Greek Restaurant. The half board credit of 30 Euros per person was deducted from both these meals.

Facilities at the hotel are varied. There are 2 outdoor pools, an indoor pool and a gym. At the neighbouring Elounda Beach there is a world class spa and the hotel has tennis courts, basketball and football areas and has access to a golf course. Each hotel has its own beach and the bay is perfect for swimming or taking part in numerous watersports. The village of Elounda is just a short 15 minute stroll away with its plentiful restaurants, bars and shops. From Elounda you can take the ferry to Spinalonga and the Minoan Palace of Knossos is an hour away.

Also while in Crete you should take the Samaria Gorge Guided Hike. It’s a long day – 13 hours – but well worth the experience. You need some good walking shoes/boots and the hike takes 6 hours. We can book all this for you including all transport and a lunch from £108 pp depending on the season. Definitely one for the bucket list. We also found a wonderful 4 hour cooking class just 30 minutes out of Heraklion. We can book all these activities for you to make sure you get the best out of your trip.

It had been 20 odd years since I visited Crete and it was lovely to go back and experience the island. We work with a number of operators who feature Crete and would be delighted to chat through some options with you. Do pop in and see us or get in touch .

The post September at Elounda appeared first on Greenstar .

Berlin – a lesson in GCSE History

Wed, 19 Oct 2022 16:42:00 GMT

When my daughter expressed her disappointment at not being offered a place on the school GCSE History trip to Berlin, I jumped at the opportunity to suggest a mother- daughter trip during half term. To my delight, she agreed and off we went on a two night, two and a half day whistle stop tour of the city.

We took an early flight with Easyjet from Gatwick to Berlin Brandenburg Airport followed by a short train journey on the S-Bahn to Friedrichstrasse. The train and underground networks in Berlin are excellent – efficient, clean and easy to navigate. In just 33 minutes we were in the centre of the city and conveniently, just a 5 minute walk from our hotel.

We stayed at the four star Leonardo Hotel Berlin Mitte (bookable via Greenstar Travel through Kirker), superbly located in the Mitte and within easy reach of all the sights of Berlin. We were lucky enough to secure an early check in so headed to our room to drop our bags and then out again to find some lunch and start exploring the city.

Top tip: Download the S-Bahn app for quick and easy travel help around the city.

A wander up the wide, tree lined Unter den Linden took us to Brandenburg Gate. The gate, one of the former city gates and the only one remaining of its era, is one of the most recognisable icons of Berlin and, in fact, Europe. The gate has been witness to victory, peace, war, division and unity. It’s a touristy spot but you can’t miss a visit when in Berlin.

Just the other side of the gate into the old west of the city sits the Reichstag. The Reichstag has been the seat of the German Brundestag since 1990, the year of German reunification following the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989. At the top of the building rises the majestic dome, designed by Norman Foster and offering gorgeous views of the whole city. Berlin is low rise, being built on marshland, and the dome offers one of the best few 360 degree aerial views.

Top tip: Visiting the dome is free of charge but to enter the building it’s necessary to register before you go, which you can do on the Deutscher Bundestag website .

The other aerial view that may appeal is from the top of the Berliner Fernsehturm in Alexanderplatz, the original broadcasting system for East Berlin. The tower stands at 368m, the tallest building in Berlin; the visitor platform is at 203m.

Following our visit to the dome we wandered along to the Memorial to the Murdered Jews of Europe. Occupying a prime real estate plot in Berlin, this incredible stone memorial is open to wander through and interpret, as the artist wanted, in your own way. What was evident throughout our whole stay was how much the German people are still so repenting of the atrocities their predecessors carried out and how much they want this period of history to be explored. For this reason, all memorials and museums dedicated to the holocaust are free of charge. Under the memorial is an underground museum explaining the history behind the terrible atrocities of World War II. It is believed 6 million Jewish people were murdered during the holocaust; as you wander through the museum, victims’ names are read out and projected onto a wall one by one – it is estimated that it takes 7 years to read the entire list. This was an incredibly thought provoking and educational visit.

We had had an early start so we strolled back to our hotel and found a lovely local German restaurant for dinner, Boulevard Freidrichstrasse – the Wiener Schnitzel was delicious! To walk off our dinner we wandered back to the Brandenburg Gate to see the last light shows of the annual Festival of Lights which looked incredible against the backdrop off the gate.

The next morning, after a hearty breakfast (the hotel buffet breakfast was excellent), we walked towards the meeting point for our walking tour of Berlin. We had been advised this was a must when in Berlin and what great advice. We booked a 4 hour Discover Berlin tour with Original Berlin Walks to give us an overview of the city’s history. Meeting near Museum Island we met our guide, Rebecca, a half German Canadian who emigrated to Berlin due to her love of the city several years ago. She was excellent. She was incredibly knowledgeable, as you would expect, but also delivered her knowledge with eloquence and humour (where appropriate). Our tour took us to Checkpoint Charlie via a detailed history of World War II and the Cold War and certainly helped secure tons of GCSE revision!

That afternoon, short of time to go to the Sachsenhausen Concentration Camp (45 minutes by train north of the city) we explored the DDR Museum . The museum is definitely one of the best in Berlin and gives a fascinating insight into life in East Germany.

That evening we had reserved a table at Katz Orange in the Mitte. It was absolutely lovely with great food and friendly service in a pretty setting too.

If you fancy shopping, there’s lots of opportunity in Berlin however luxury department store KaDeWe is worth a visit purely for the food halls on the top floor. Ampelmann is a fun stop to buy memorabilia of the most famous little guy in town (find out the history behind him here ) and there are many small boutiques to be discovered around Neue Schönhauser Strasse and Müzstrasse in Mitte and between Kantstrasse and Ku’damm in Charlottenburg. We spent our last morning mostly eating our way around the food halls in KaDeWe before taking the train back to the airport.

Our whistlestop tour had been absolutely brilliant – fascinating, educational, thought provoking and incredibly interesting. Over two and a half days we walked over 40,000 steps, ate several pretzels and bratwurst learned a huge amount about one the most important a periods in recent history. We were both struck by the warm welcome we received and how relaxed and easy going the city is and how easy it was to get around. It wasn’t hugely busy either and October is lovely month to go.

Other places to stay

If you’re looking for a luxury stay in Berlin, stay at Hotel Adlon Kempinski Berlin . Situated in a prime position on the Under den Linden, opposite the Brandenburg Gate, Hotel Adlon is the height of luxury and exemplary service. The hotel is unfortunately known for the Michael Jackson baby dangling incident in 2002 however more importantly has been host to many celebrities in its time, particularly during the ‘Golden Twenties’. Marlene Dietrich, Albert Einstein, Thomas Mann, Charlie Chaplain….. the list is impressive. The hotel has retained this historic glamour whilst embracing modern day luxury and forward thinking.

As always, we love hearing from you so do get in touch if you want to chat through your next adventure.

The post Berlin – a lesson in GCSE History appeared first on Greenstar .

Beautiful Bolivia

Thu, 06 Oct 2022 11:36:00 GMT

The landlocked country of Bolivia in west central South America is known for breathtaking sites, in particular the Salar de Uyuni (salt flats) which are the largest in the world. This 2 week itinerary takes in some of the best this fascinating country has to offer.

Day One – Lima

Arrive in Lima and head to your hotel for one night before taking your flight to Santa Cruz in Bolivia.

Stay at the Wyndham Costa de Sol, conveniently located opposite the terminal.

Day Two – Santa Cruz

Santa Cruz for 2 nights

Settle in after a night flight before enjoying a private afternoon tour of Santa Cruz, Boliviua’s largest city.

Santa Cruz is the commercial centre of the country. As such it oozes modern charms however the city and its inhabitants remain clung to their traditions. The architecture and culture are evident of the city’s history. The historic core of Santa Cruz is centred around the rose-brick Metropolitan Cathedral. Around this there is a myriad of museums, restaurants, shops and cafés to explore. Visit the main square, the Cathedral Museum, the handicrafts expo ‘La Recoba’ and ‘Arte-Campo’ as well as the principal monuments of Santa Cruz.

Stay at the Cosmopolitano Hotel in the historic centre of Santa Cruz.

Day Three – Santa Cruz

The next morning after breakfast, head off on a private excursion to Samaipata.

The Ruins of Samaipata is about 120km from Santa Cruz. The road to the ancient Fort leads through the mountainous Andean area called ‘Volcanes’. This archeological site was built for magic rites by a pre-Incan culture. Visit the archaeological museum and bath between the waterfalls: Las Cuevas and el Chorro.

After a morning of exploration head back to the hotel for a relaxed afternoon.

Stay at the Cosmopolitano Hotel in the historic centre of Santa Cruz.

Day Four – Sucre

Sucre for 1 night

Today, fly to Sucre, also known as La Plata, Charcas or Ciudad Blanca (the ‘White City’).

Take a half day tour of the city.

Whatever you call Sucre, the city has a rich and varied history with a wealth of historical architecture. The city is relatively small so a delight to discover on foot. The older parts of the city with white colonial buildings with their distinctive red-tiled roofs and balconies offer interesting nooks and crannies to explore.

The city is home to a large indigenous population who maintain their traditional clothing and customs and sell their crafts and goods in the city’s markets and fairs. Sucre is more than a charming colonial city – it is a major agricultural centre and supplies the mining communities of the barren altiplano.

The tour includes visits to the cathedral, churches and cloisters of La Recoleta and the San Felipe Nery. It also takes in the House of Liberty where Simon Bolivar signed the Declaration of Independence, the ASUR museum, the second oldest university of the continent San Francisco Xavier and the colourful local market.

Stay at El Hostel De Su Merced, a beautiful colonial hotel built in the 18h century. The hotel is well located in the centre of Sucre and renowned for its beautiful antique furniture and the roof terrace which offers the best panoramic views over the ‘White City’.

Day Four – Potosi

Potosi for 1 night

Take an early overland journey to Potosi, the famous Colonial City and source of silver during Colonial times. The city has been declared by UNESCO ‘The Historical and Cultural Legacy of Mankind’. The rich mountain towers over the city – according to legend, it has produced enough silver to build a solid bridge from Potosi to Madrid. Visit the Santa Teresa Convent. Also visit Casa de la Moneda (Royal Mint) with its wooden machinery used to make the silver coins for Spain during colonial times.

Stay at Hotel Coloso.

Day Five – Uyuni

Uyuni for 2 nights

Transfer to Uyuni and on the way visit the salt mine and miner’s market before reaching the hotel.

Stay at Luna Salada. The Luna Salada Hotel is built entirely of salt, situated on the edge of the Uyuni Salt Lake with sweeping vistas of the surreal salt desert landscape.

Day Six – Uyuni

Enjoy a full day excursion to the Uyuni Salt Lake.

Uyuni is located on the Bolivian Andean Altiplano covering 12,000sqkm, the largest salt flat on Earth. The Bolivian Andes offers incomparable stunning scenery. The sound of silence makes the heart beat faster and the surreal pentagons of crystalline salt, the clear sky, the coloured lagoons, the cacti and the flamingo residents make you feel like there is no other place like this on Earth.

Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant after which visit Isla Incawasi, an oasis of formations of algae and fossils. The area is covered by thousands of giant columnar cacti, some of which stand over 12 metres tall and many over 100 years old. The landscape against the background of the salt pans extends to the horizon making it an ideal place for keen photographers.

Stay at a local hotel in Uyuni.

Day Seven – La Paz

La Paz for 1 night

This morning, fly to La Paz. The city has a unique and beautiful setting situated 300m below the altiplano, sprawling upwards around the steep sides of this canyon. La Paz is an interesting architectural mix of modern and colonial styles. The city is home to a number of good museums and some weird and wonderful traditional markets.

Enjoy a private tour of the city including a 1.5 hour ride in the longest, safest and highest cable car in the world. This new excursion gives an unmatched panorama of the city. Ride uphill to El Alto and take in the views before riding back downhill.

A short distance outside the city of the ‘Valley of the Moon’ where rocks have eroded into deep gulleys and fantastic shapes.

Stay at the Presidente Hotel. Located in the heart of the city a few minutes’ walk away from colonial streets, museums and the city’s historical monuments.

Day Eight – Lake Titicaca

Lake Titicaca for 2 nights

Enjoy a private morning excursion to the archaeological site of Tiwanaku, what is left of one of the oldest civilisations in the Americas. The Sun Gate, the Temple of Kalasasaya and the Pyramid of Akapana are just a sample of Tiwanaku’s glorious past. The culture of Tiwanaku was an agrarian based economy with an estimated population of 115,000 inhabitants. The state-controlled agriculture produced the surplus wealth to support the urban centre and administrative system. They were outstanding in agriculture, architecture and medicine as well as in social organisation. Due to an economic crisis caused by a long, dry season, Tiwakanu collapsed around 1,000AD.

During the afternoon, continue to Huatajata, located on the shores of Lake Titicana, Once in Huatajata, visit the Andean Roots Eco-Village, the Altiplan Museum, the handicrafts village, the mud igloos and the mortuary towers of the Urus Chipayas.

Meet the Limachi family, builders of the RAII and Tigris for epic expeditions across the Atlantic Ocean. Enjoy the elegant vicuñas, llamas, alpacas and the mythical Suri. There is also an opportunity to watch an audiovisual and night experience of ‘The Mystic World of the Kallawayas’, natural healers of Bolivia. They believe you first have to heal the soul in order to heal your body.

Stay at the Inca Utama Hotel & Spa on the shores of Lake Titicaca offering fabulous sunset views over the lake.

Day Nine – Lake Titicaca

Today, visit Lake Titicana. Take a hydrofoil cruise to Moon Island and visit the Sun Virgins Temple, ‘Iñak Uyu’. Continue to Sun Island. Visit the Inca ‘Grand Stairs’ and the Sacred Fountain; taste the water believed to give eternal youth and happiness. Enjoy lunch at the Uma Kollu archaeological restaurant followed by a visit to the handicraft market. Take a cruise to Copacabana, located on the shores of Lake Titicaca. Once in Copacabana, visit the shrine and the Dark Indian Virgin before an overland journey back to Huatajata. By night, visit the Native Observatory Alajpacha, learn from the Aymaras Cosmovision and watch the southern constellations.

Stay at the Inca Utama Hotel & Spa.

Day Ten – La Paz

La Paz for 1 night

Head back to La Paz, following the road running parallel to the mighty peaks of the Andes.

Enjoy an afternoon at leisure.

Stay at the Presidente Hotel.

Day Eleven – Santa Cruz

Santa Cruz for 1 night

Leave La Paz to fly back to Lima via Santa Cruz

Stay at the Wyndham Costa del Sol.

Day Twelve – Lima

Day in Lima

Leave Lima for your overnight flight back to London Heathrow

Day Thirteen – London

Arrive home

This journey is just an example of excursions and accommodation in Bolivia. Each journey is tailor-made to ensure you get the most out of your trip in line with your budget. As always, we love to hear from you so do get in touch if you want to chat through some options.

The post Beautiful Bolivia appeared first on Greenstar .

Jennie’s weekend escape to Fuerteventura

Wed, 28 Sep 2022 12:02:00 GMT

My husband and I decided to book a short break to Fuerteventura over the August bank holiday weekend. We had the perfect excuse of visiting friends who live there and with a three day weekend stretching ahead of us, jetting off was a very welcome change of scene.

The August bank holiday weekends are notoriously busy in the Canary Islands. We found accommodation at the four star H10 Ocean Dunas Hotel in Corralejo – the hotel was just perfect.

The rooms are bright, contemporary and spacious with lovely bathrooms. The pool area area is relaxed and quiet. The attentive hotel staff came to the pool every afternoon offering snacks to everyone and the hotel bar was open all day; the barman made a wicked Piña Colada! The location of the hotel is ideal: just minutes from the beach in one direction with plentiful shops, bars and excellent restaurants in another. There are many lovely restaurants and bars on the beach where we found ourselves wandering to at lunchtime. In the evenings, we headed to the music square which had a lovely vibe with live music and lots of fabulous bars and restaurants.

I expected the airports to be really busy as we were flying over the bank holiday weekend but the queues weren’t too long, were well managed and moved quickly. It only took us about 15 minutes to go through security and our flights all left on time despite the thunder and lightening we were leaving behind.

It was the perfect short break and destination to recharge our batteries!

The post Jennie’s weekend escape to Fuerteventura appeared first on Greenstar .

Highlights and hidden gems of Vietnam

Fri, 16 Sep 2022 12:09:00 GMT

Helping a tea plucker, exploring hidden alleyways, cruising the Mekong Delta, taking a city tour by jeep, taking tea on your balcony with a beautiful view: whatever you want to get out of your trip to Vietnam there is an itinerary for you. We work closely with our partners to ensure you get the most out of every trip. This 3 week journey, created with the help of our trusted partners, The Experience Group, will give you a wonderful feeling of discovery in one of the most fascinating of the South East Asian countries.

Days One and Two

Fly to Hanoi via Ho Chi Minh City

Stay for 3 nights

Hanoi

Hanoi, the capital of Vietnam has stayed remarkably intact despite several periods of war. It’s this history of conquest which has created an interesting cultural melting pot, from the early Chinese invaders to the impact of the French colonial era. Walking around the city itself is no easy task as motorbikes hurtle in all directions but if you make it to the “Old Quarter” you will find a charming maze of streets each named after the trade it supplies such as jewellery, medicines, clothing and much more. Hanoi is one of Asia’s great cities.

Head out lin the afternoon for a half day jeep tour with your private guide and driver which will take you to the Westlake area. You will see and learn about contrasting traditional residential villages and new architecture in the developing areas. Visit rarely seen pagodas where daily worship is still practiced and enjoy the ambience and culture of these religious sites. After visiting a traditional Ao Dai Fashion House you will continue driving through the city to the Museum of Ethnology where there is a chance to explore the cultural heritage and diversity of Vietnam. From here, experience Hoang Hoa Tham Street which is full of bonsai, flower and pet shops, before enjoying the Old Quarter from a unique perspective. After stopping for a coffee at a great vantage point, you will drive back to your hotel via the lake and Opera House.

Day Three

Depart from your hotel towards Hoan Kiem Lake where you can sample a traditional Vietnamese coffee before starting a fascinating walking ‘voyage of discovery’ amongst the labyrinth of hidden alleyways that intersperse the 36 Streets of the Old Quarter. This is ‘secret’ Hanoi; far from public view where a dark single file passage opens to a secret pagoda or a unique historical gem. Discover hidden water wells, ancient staircases, delight at the fascinating and innovative architecture and enjoy a refreshing drink at a ‘locals only’ store. Photo opportunities abound as your guide will share with you not only the history but daily rituals and regimes that will intrigue and amaze. Getting lost… and found again in these hidden alleyways is a truly rewarding and special experience.

Following on from your exploration of the alleyways, meet a local street food guide and explore the bustling markets of the Old Quarter. A walk through the early afternoon market presents ample opportunities to experience the real taste of Vietnam – let your curiosity and your appetite lead the way. Your guide is on hand to offer advice and recommendations on some of the exotic delicacies on offer but make sure you come with an open mind and a healthy appetite as this may well prove one of the best culinary experiences of your entire trip. With a seemingly endless choice of sweet and savory snacks available, as well as a dizzying range of drinks, be prepared to eat a lot!

Head back to your hotel around 3pm and enjoy a relaxed afternoon.

Day Four

This guided walking tour around Hanoi’s urban tracks provides the opportunity to immerse yourself in the daily life of those who live and work along the city’s main railway line. The tour navigates the narrow streets of the old town, which are dissected by Hanoi’s main railway artery. Accustomed to the deafening noise of the passing trains, the residents go about their daily chores – cooking, cleaning and raising their families – almost oblivious to the slow moving trains.

The walk leads you to the historic Long Bien Bridge, built at the beginning of the 20th century. It was severely damaged by bombardments during the Vietnam War due to its strategic position (it was the only bridge at that time across the Red River and connecting Hanoi to other provinces). You will pass the ageing Long Bien railway station and enjoy a bit of interaction with the street vendors before sitting back to enjoy a cold drink.

Day five

Journey from Hanoi to Tam Coc

Stay for 1 night

Ninh Binh is just inland from the famous Halong Bay and a useful base for exploring the Vietnamese countryside. The town itself is rather dusty and unattractive however to the south, lies the nearby village of Tam Coc which is famous for its limestone cliffs and karst scenery. In the opposite direction sits one of Vietnam’s ancient capitals, Hoa Lu. Not much remains of this 10th century royal city apart from some intricate archways and the atmospheric dynastic temples of Dinh Tien Hoang, Nhat Tru Temple and Le Dai Hanh.

Van Long

On arrival to Ninh Binh take a gentle cycle ride through the beautiful Van Long Nature Reserve and be mesmerised by the beautiful landscape of mountains, caves, green rice fields and small villages.

In the Van Long forest, there are 457 species of plants and 39 species of animals including the languor, Tibetan bear, loris and red-faced monkey so keep your eyes peeled! Peddle through the countryside visiting temples, pagodas, local homes and markets along the way.

Before returning to your hotel in the afternoon take the option of climbing the stairs to the Hang Mua summit for aerial views of the incredible limestone karst scenery. Explore Bai Dinh Pagoda, one of the largest Buddhist pagodas in South East Asia.

Day Six

Ninh Binh to Ha Long Bay Pier

Stay for 2 nights (cruise)

Ha Long Bay

Ha Long Bay, an impressive UNESCO World Heritage site, is steeped in myth and legend. Ha Long means the ‘descending dragon’. The story goes that Vietnam was sent a family of dragons as protection against invaders. The dragons spat out jewels and jade from their mouths which transformed into the islands and islets you can now see spanning the bay. The best way to appreciate the famous picturesque ocean karst topography of this area is to board a boat and cruise around the bay.

After boarding your boat at Hon Gai international harbor enjoy a welcome drink and have a cruise briefing. Set sail through the stunning Bai Tu Long Bay cruising past striking rock formations and tiny islands. You can enjoy lunch at Yen Duc local village before visiting the dazzling Thien Canh Son Cave; a secluded cavern carpeted with glittering stalactites.

You will also have the chance to visit Hon Co Island where you can kayak or simply relax on the white sandy beach. Dinner will be served on board where you can sit back, relax and watch the sun set behind the karst peaks of the bay.

Day Seven

The next morning breakfast will be taken on deck so that you can fully enjoy the tranquil atmosphere of Halong Bay in the early morning. You’ll set sail around the beautiful waters of Bai Tu Long Bay, discovering hidden lagoons and have the chance to kayak if you wish.

Lunch is a BBQ served on Wild Beach, before your journey to the dazzling Thien Canh Son Cave; a secluded cavern carpeted with glittering stalactites.

Dinner again will be served on board, where you can sit back, relax and watch the sun set behind the karst peaks of the bay.

Day Eight

Enjoy your final breakfast on deck with a glorious backdrop before your visit to Vung Vieng fishing village by rustic row boat. Later, an a la carte lunch will be served on board as you sail back to the harbour, where you will disembark at midday.

Fly to Hue

Stay for 2 nights

Hue

Hue, the national capital between 1802 and 1945, is one of Vietnam’s most engaging cities. Despite many of its best buildings being destroyed during the Vietnam War, Hue still retains the feel of a small and relatively peaceful town with its canals, lakes and lavish gardens. For historical insight head to the once formidable Imperial City along the north bank of the Perfume River. To the east is Phu Cat, the original merchants’ quarter now filled with ‘shophouses’ and pagodas.

Day Nine

This morning you will take in three of Hue’s most iconic landmarks; the Perfume River, the Imperial Citadel and the Thien Mu Pagoda. Travelling by boat presents the perfect mode of transport to enjoy these famous sights and provides some lovely views of the city. After a chance to explore both sites, the afternoon then sees you transferring by road to the imperial tombs of the Nguyen Dynasty lying on the outskirts of the city.

Day Ten

Hoi An

Stay for 3 nights

Hoi An

This private transfer takes you to Hoi An by the spectacular Hai Van Pass (Cloud Pass), the highest traversable road in the country. The three and a half hour journey traverses some of the most spectacular scenery in the region, as you climb above the rice fields and fishing villages of Hué before descending towards the beaches and coastline of Danang.

Hoi An is a delightful, charming town just south of Da Nang. Many foreign influences can be detected from when this ancient town was the main port of the Cham kingdom and a major player in international trade. Today, the Old Town is a beguiling place for a stroll – you’ll find a maze of shops, art galleries, restaurants and literally dozens of tailors. One of the highpoints of Hoi An is when the sun goes down and handmade hanging lanterns start to light up the sky.

Day Eleven

Hoi An gets very busy in the afternoon so an early morning visit is the best way to get a feel for the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Old Town without the crowds. Start out at around 8am today with a call into a rooftop café to enjoy a coffee whilst watching the ancient town come to life below.

Take in the atmosphere as you weave in and out the streets and alleys lined with preserved old merchant houses, bougainvillea, temples and markets. You will visit the iconic 400-year-old Japanese Bridge and the waterfront, where colourful fishing boats bob up and down on the Thu Bon River. Visit a local house located in a hidden alleyway where you can try one of best known cakes in Hoi An – Banh It la Gai. There will also be time to peruse the numerous boutiques and galleries. Before returning to your hotel, stop for lunch at Morning Glory Restaurant, one of the town’s top restaurants.

The afternoon is free for you to relax at leisure at your hotel.

Day Twelve

Enjoy a day at leisure at your hotel

Day Thirteen

Fly to Ho Chi Minh City

Stay for 1 night

Ho Chi Minh City

Ho Chi Minh City (still commonly known as Saigon) is the largest and most contemporary city in Vietnam. It’s a city of stark contrasts where you’ll find yourself navigating through bustling, local markets in the shadow of modern skyscrapers. Once you have tackled crossing the shoals of beeping motorbikes – no easy task – there are many sights to see. Despite Vietnam’s turbulent past, Ho Chi Minh City retains a number of historic buildings which show the combination of Vietnamese, Chinese and European influenced architecture.

The bustling Ben Thanh Market provides an authentic taste of Saigon life. One of the city’s most iconic symbols, it is a lively mass of character and colour with market stalls piled high with all manner of fruit, veg, meats and spices. A vast array of goods are for sale including colourful flowers, exotic fruits and beautiful Vietnamese cloths and silks. Joining your local guide for a stroll through the bustling streets, enjoy exploring the market, bargaining for souvenirs and tasting the local food before returning to your hotel later in the evening.

Day Fourteen

The Mekong Delta

Stay for 1 night (cruise)

The Mekong Delta

One-third of Vietnam’s annual food yield comes from the Mekong Delta even though the flatlands are only a small portion of the country’s overall land area. As well as providing sustenance, the river is teeming with all forms of transportation ranging from huge sampans to easy rowing boats. The region as a whole is a hive of activity, commerce and Vietnamese ingenuity.

Board the Bassac Boat at Ninh Kieu pier, check into your cabins and enjoy a welcome drink as you are introduced to the ship and crew. You will depart downstream of the Hau river, with lunch served en route. Your first stop will be the Tra On floating market where local hawkers sell a colourful variety of fruits, vegetables and other goods. The boat will then turn into the Nicolai canal heading towards Mang Thit and Co Chien. Enjoy the stunning scenery of rice and sugar cane fields and lush woodland along the banks of the river, with a drink on deck or at the bar as the sun sets. Dinner will be served before the boat anchors for the night on the Mang Thit river

Day Fifteen

This morning the boat will continue on its journey towards Cai Be. Breakfast is taken on deck to make the most of the beautiful riverside scenery. Crossing the Co Chien river, the boat will head along the Cho Lach canal, weaving through the traffic of sand and rice barges and cruising past fruit-drying stalls and historic wooden shipbuilding yards.

Transfer to Saigon

Day Sixteen

Saigon

This morning, journey out of the city centre to the Cu Chi region, where you will visit the vast underground network of tunnels. These tunnels were first built as a defence against the French and later expanded during the American war. See secret trapdoors, underground kitchens, living areas and meeting rooms. Explore deeper tunnels still or, if you prefer, there is ample opportunity to view excavated areas from above.

Lunch will be at Quan An Ngon in Saigon, where you will have the opportunity to try many Vietnamese street food dishes. In the afternoon, visit the former Presidential Palace which served as the headquarters for the Saigon Government during the American War. Continue to the Notre Dame, an impressive neo-Romanesque cathedral in the city centre, and other historic buildings around the city including the History Museum and War Remnant Museum.

After a chance to relax and freshen up at your hotel, your guide will take you to one of the most hip bars in Saigon where you can relax with drinks and take in some great views of the city.

Day Seventeen

Along the coastal road to Nha Trang in south-eastern Vietnam, the coastal towns Mui Ne and Phan Thiet have both been transformed by tourism in recent years. Strong winds from the sea make Mui Ne an ideal spot for windsurfing and kitesurfing, whilst Phan Thiet city is known as the ‘land of dragon fruit’. The most notable sight in both these seaside spots however is the colourful fishing boats bobbing about in their harbours.

Enjoy the resort and your last couple of days in Vietnam.

Days Eighteen to Twenty

At leisure

Day Twenty One

Transfer to Ho Chi Minh airport for your flight to London

Day Twenty Two

Arrive in London

This itinerary is an example of how you could experience Vietnam. We can of course tailormake your ideal trip so do pop in and see us or get in touch to chat through what you would like to do.

The post Highlights and hidden gems of Vietnam appeared first on Greenstar .

Greece’s Epirus Coast

Thu, 01 Sep 2022 12:02:00 GMT

Piercing blue skies and balmy, clear waters meld with sun bleached ruins and a passionate culture. Greece is mesmerising so it’s no wonder the country is in the top 5 countries UK travellers wanted to visit this year. It’s not just the islands of Greece either that offer these skies and waters alongside stunning coastlines, beautiful beaches, excellent local cuisine and thrilling activities. The Greek mainland, in particular the Epirus coast, is particularly alluring.

Epirus

Reaching from Sivota in the north to the mouth of the River Acheron further south, the short 60 mile long Epirus region packs a punch in terms of beauty and a warm, Greek welcome and is in keeping with the Ionian islands of Corfu, Paxos and Anti-Paxos. This was the destination for our week long family holiday this year which, as for so many families, was our first overseas summer escape for 3 years.

Home for the week

We chose to travel with Ionian Island Holidays , a small specialist UK tour operator who knows a thing or two about the Greek Islands and Epirus having operated there for 20 years. We stayed at the Agios Nikolaos Hotel , a small hotel situated in beautiful gardens overlooking the channel between the mainland and the offshore islets of Agios Nikolaos and Mourtos. The food here was fabulous – an excellent and extensive buffet and a la carte breakfast as well as an incredibly creative and delicious lunch and dinner menu in the hotel’s restaurant. Two pools, including an adult only infinity pool overlooking the channel, provide plenty of space as well as the small semi private beach with warm gently lapping water and relaxing beach bar. The rooms were very spacious – we had a two bedroom, two bathroom suite – contemporary and stylish, most with lovely sea views. The hotel is just 1 km up the hill from Sivota and an hour and a half by car north of the airport in Preveza.

Sivota

Sivota offers beautiful scenery and a bustling harbour. Fishermen tend to their boats by day, bringing their catch to shore to sell to the local tavernas situated along the waterfront. The tempo picks up at sunset with overnight yachts moored along the promenade where locals and tourists wander, eat and drink. Sivota is a great place to spot some incredible luxury boats and the area is popular for sailing holidays. We found several lovely family owned restaurants along the waterfront where we spent a few leisurely evenings during the week.

Take to the water

Travelling with 2 teenagers, rest and relaxation came in the form of exploring so we were keen to see more of the area and hiring a boat, as we have done on previous holidays, was high up on the list. There are several companies, all based in Sivota, that offer daily small motor boat hire and we were lucky enough to have our boat delivered to the hotel’s jetty from where we started our trip. Loaded with water and snacks we explored the local waters; dropping anchor next to small bays and empty beaches, we spent some time swimming, snorkelling and enjoying the space and tranquillity the area offers. It is also possible to hire a private boat to Paxos and Anti-Paxos however there is also a passenger ferry to the islands including Corfu. A twin centre holiday with Corfu, Paxos or Anti Paxos and the mainland would work well. As well as boat hire, the hotel hired SUPs and kayaks which the children enjoyed and there were also opportunities to waterski and take out a jetski (over 18s only much to the dismay of our children!)

Parga

Parga, a few kilometres south of Sivota, is known as the jewel of mainland Greece. Known for its scenic beauty, Parga lies between the cities of Preveza and Igoumenitsa, uniquely combining both the mountains and the sea. Parga is the Cote d’Azur without high rise hotels, rows of millionaires’ yachts, traffic jams and crowds of people. Parga is a lovely space to spend some time in the day, to enjoy a leisurely lunch, as well as a stroll and dinner in the evening. From here you can take the ferries to Corfu, Paxos and Anti-Paxos and smaller roads out of the village lead to traditional villages where rush hour means donkeys not cars.

Glyki and the Acheron River

Not far from Parga is the small village of Glyki and the springs of the Acheron River. The name Acheron means ‘a strong flow of sorrow’. According to Greek mythology, the river was believed to be crossed on a daily basis by Charon or ‘Death’ in order to transport souls from the world on earth to the underworld. The deceased were obliged to pay Charon two coins to ferry them to the gates of Hades. Here you can walk along the shallow waters of the river that spring out from the rocks in the river bank. The water is cold, but refreshing and it was hugely enjoyable to walk in the natural springs and beautiful clear water. Also available is kayaking, rafting and a zip wire, if you need the adrenalin hit. On the way back from Glyki we ventured into the pretty hillside village of Perdika, great for a traditional Greek gyro lunch. Gyros were a big hit with the children – they consist of meat cooked on a vertical rotisserie (kebab style) stuffed into a tortilla or pitta bread with tomato, onion, fried potatoes and tzatziki.

Further down the river where it widens and deepens is an eco paradise suitable for kayaking. We enjoyed a guided kayak ‘safari’ along the peaceful river and saw watersnakes, turtles and jumping fish. We kayaked all the way down to the mouth of the river at Ammoudia, a quiet Greek beachfront village with a gorgeous sandy beach and very good ice creams!

A gorgeous family holiday

We had a great week exploring the area by foot, car, kayak and boat, spending lots of time on and in the water, playing the obligatory family games of cards and water polo and eating lots of delicious Greek food. It was a perfect spot to recharge and spend time together as a family and we would thoroughly recommend it – our only regret was packing to come home rather than moving on to a second week on one of the Greek islands.

Where else to stay

As well as Agios Nikolaos Hotel we also love the Marbella Elix . The Marbella Elix sits on top of a pine forested hill, with gorgeous views of the Ionian sea and the islands as well as the beach of Karavostasi below. Luxurious and stylish, this award winning hotel is a real gem on this beautiful coastline and offers a warm welcome as well as exceptional service.

Get in touch

We are more than delighted to chat about your next holiday and always love to hear from you. Do get in touch with us via email , telephone or pop into the office in Claygate for a chat.

The post Greece’s Epirus Coast appeared first on Greenstar .

Knight Inlet Lodge, British Columbia

Wed, 27 Jul 2022 17:03:00 GMT

Located 80kms north of Campbell River, British Columbia, is a wild and remote area of the Pacific Northwest known as Knight Inlet.

As the longest fjord on the British Columbian coast, Knight Inlet offers visitors spectacular scenery set against a backdrop of dramatic mountain peaks plunging into the Pacific Ocean. Variegated hues of blues and greens seamlessly blend forest, ocean and sky. It can be a place of immense silence in the calm of the temperate rainforest and of immense power in the face of the many thundering glacier-fed waterfalls.

Knight Inlet Lodge

60kms from the mouth of the inlet lies Knight Inlet Lodge . This floating lodge is tucked into Glendale Cove which offers one of the few protected anchorages in the inlet and it is here that you begin each day’s adventure.

The lodge is an assortment of five modern cement floats containing 18 guest rooms, dining room, lounge, interpretive centre and support buildings. All rooms have two queen beds with private washroom and shower except the lodge’s family rooms which have one queen and two twin beds. The dining room has ample seating for 50 plus a separate common area with comfortable seating and gas fireplaces to mingle before and after dinner. At full capacity the lodge will hold 36 guests but during the summer the average capacity is between 32–38 including children.

Glendale Cove

Glendale Cove is home to one of the largest concentrations of grizzly (brown) bears in British Columbia. It is not uncommon for there to be up to 50 bears within 10 =kms of the lodge in the peak autumn season, just when the salmon are returning to the river.

Although they are abundant in the autumn, it is not the only season that grizzly bears can be found in Glendale Cove.

Bear sightings

Starting in late April, the bears return to the estuary from winter dens and start the year feeding on sedges, succulents, grasses and barnacles that thrive in the estuary. This luxuriant spring growth provides the basic nutritional needs for the bears which draws them from the mountains down to the estuary. This is the time to see, at close proximity, the tiny cubs emerge with their ever-cautious mothers.

In the summer, the berry crop is very heavy and this helps keeps the bears in the general area. The lodge do not get the high numbers of the spring and late summer/fall season viewing however bears are usually seen every day.

Bears are viewed differently in different seasons at Knight Inlet Lodge. In the spring and summer, guests and guides set out in boats to get close to the shore (about 50 metres) for a good view of the bears feeding. Boats will still remain far enough away so as to not disturb them.

River wildlife

The early summer programme at the lodge continues on the water as well but if the opportunity arises there may be a chance to use the lodges tree stands. By late August the lodge moves the platforms at the spawning channel although they continue to use the tree and river stands. In all the viewing programmes at Knight Inlet Lodge, guest safety is of the utmost importance. They strive to see the bears in their natural environment without having a negative impact on them.

Tours at Knight Inlet Lodge

As well as bear-viewing, Knight Inlet Lodge also offers a number of other tours. The marine wildlife tour is offered in all seasons the lodge operates but it changes greatly as the seasons change. In the spring, guests and guides travel throughout the inlet viewing seals, sea lions, porpoises, dolphins and the occasional minke whale that may travel though the local waters.

From July onwards, tours at the lodge have the added attraction of the orca (killer) whale and when journeying to the world famous Johnstone Strait, guests are almost assured of spending some great viewing time with these magnificent marine mammals. Not only do guests view the whales but tour include all of the spring marine viewing as well. The programme can last up to ten hours.

In addition, the lodge offers estuary tours, excursions to the upper reaches of Knight Inlet, and walking tours in the local area. Guided kayaking tours re also available in Glendale Cove. These tours are great for the novice as double and single kayaks are available and excellent guides to take guests through a brief lesson and then get going on the water. Great photographic tours are available on all tours with the opportunity to see a large variety of birds, bears and other wildlife or scenery.

Get in touch

For more information on Knight Inlet Lodge and to chat about including the lodge in a Canada itinerary, do get in touch .

The post Knight Inlet Lodge, British Columbia appeared first on Greenstar .

Explore Venice

Thu, 23 Jun 2022 15:33:00 GMT

There are days in Venice when the small city is teeming with tourists, mostly outnumbering the locals and getting to the city highlights may seem like a battle. The best times to visit, to avoid the worst of the crowds, are Spring and Autumn. That said however Venice is a jewel box waiting to be discovered. Here are a few ideas;

Begin in the Piazza San Marco

Begin at the heart of the city in the Piazza San Marco and St Mark’s Basilica, which opens at 9.30am every day. The Museum of St Mark’s is worth a visit afterwards too with its spectacular views over the piazza.

Enjoy a leisurely lunch before strolling through the Castello district. Leave the crowds behind and visit Scuola san Giorgio degli Schiavoni. The Venetian scuoles (schools) were founded as early as the 13 ^th century as charitable and religious organisations for the laity. Sculoa san Giorgio degli Schiavoni is the HQ of the Dalmation community and decorated by Vittore Carpaccio.

Take in some window shopping, or maybe some real shopping, on Calle Larga XXII Marzo, the most upmarket street in the city.

Saunter along the shopping streets of the Mercerie towards Rialto Bridge. Cross over and have an aperitif and dinner in the market district.

Where to stay

Stay at Ca’Sagredo , an historic palazzo on the Grand Canal dating from the 15th Century. Close enough to the city but far enough away to enjoy a tranquil stay, Ca’Sagredo is not only a wonderful place to stay but a museum in itself, demonstrating 5 centuries of Venetian history.

See Venice on the water

Venice is situated over 120 islands so a trip to one or two should feature in any itinerary. The most popular islands to visit are Torcello, Burano and Murano, a tour of which brings many characteristics of Venice to life. The hour long trip out to Torcello is a treat in itself and the cathedral is well worth a visit. Burano is the lace making island, easily visited on the way back from Torcello, with its picturesque canals and colourful houses. Murano, with its colourful glass factories, is the most popular of the islands amongst tourists. In the past, all glassmakers were required to live on the island to protect the secrets of the glass making industry. The tradition of making traditional multicoloured glass continues and many pieces are available to buy from showrooms on the island.

Perhaps consider visiting some of the smaller islands too. Take the number 2 vaporetto from San Marco to San Giorgio Maggiore, head to the 18 ^th Century church and take the lift to the top of the campanile for an incredible view of Venice and the lagoon. Hop back on the number 2 vaporetto and get off at Zattere to visit the Accademia Gallery where you can see Vittore Carpaccio’s Miracle of the Cross at the Rialto.

Palazzi Ducale, or Doges Palace, is an impressive 15 ^th Century palazzo typical of the myriad of meeting rooms and formal reception rooms where Venice’s dukes would conduct their commercial activities. This is certainly worth a visit whilst in Venice. Explore the narrow chambers where these aristocrats would work away in cramped darkness.

Wander into Cannaregio for dinner – the bars and restaurants of northern Cannaregio are amongst the best in Venice.

Top tips

Save time and money by booking a vaporetto travel pass and entry to galleries and attractions. We can of course help you with booking passes and entry tickets.

The Rialto market is the city’s principal spot for fresh produce. There are also two boat market stalls in Venice – one in campo San Barnaba and the other at the end of via Garibaldi.

Consider a secret itineraries tour of the inquisitors’ courts and dungeons behind the splendid façade of the Doges Palace.

To chat through your trip to Venice, do get in touch .

The post Explore Venice appeared first on Greenstar .

Journey from Peru to Brazil

Mon, 06 Jun 2022 17:46:00 GMT

Having been out of travel bounds for so long and as one of the last destinations to safely welcome visitors, South America offers travellers an incredible adventure.

We’ve been able to arrange some lovely itineraries recently for travellers wanting real adventure and to explore a little further afield – this one is fabulous.

Lima

This 21 day itinerary starts in the lovely city of Lima. Lima may not wear its treasures on its sleeve but peel back the layers and you’ll find pre-Columbian temples sitting silently amid condominium high-rises and a lively beating heart. Vestiges of colonial mansions proudly display lavish, Moorish-style balconies. Here and there, graceful modernist structures channel architecture’s most hopeful era. What Lima lacks in attractiveness it makes up for with a huge array of downright literary experiences. Stately museums display sublime pottery and edgy art spaces host multimedia installations. Solemn religious processions date back to the 18th century and crowded nightclubs sway to tropical beats.

Stay at Hotel B , Barranco for one night. Lima’s only Relais & Chateaux hotel is a restored Belle Epoque mansion, with beautiful individually designed rooms and suites and perfectly located to explore Barranco.

Peruvian Amazon

The Amazon is a huge area of rainforest and waterways that covers large areas of Brazil, Peru, Ecuador and Colombia, amongst other countries. A fabulous way to experience the Amazon is by staying at one of the many eco lodges located along the river. They range from the simple and rustic to the luxurious and stylish, each offering a range of activities such as jungle safaris and canoeing as well as excellent guides. A cruise along the Amazon is the stuff of adventurers and the best way to access some of the deepest parts of the rainforest.

Stay at Refugio Amazonas for three nights. The eco friendly lodge can only reached by taking a scenic boat ride along the Madre Dios River into the Amazon Basin. It sits in a 200 hectare private reserve in the buffer zone of the Tambopata National Park and works closely with local communities to help preserve the surrounding environment.

Cusco

Cusco in Quechua lies at an altitude of around 3,300 metres above sea level. It is a fascinating city that was once the capital of the Inca Empire. The city of Cusco is a UNESCO World Heritage Site with its well preserved colonial architecture; evidence of a rich and complex history. By merely walking the streets you can admire the many layers of indigenous Quechua culture; Spanish colonial buildings erected atop Inca walls while the modern tourist nightlife flourishes in their midst. The city offers the perfect base to explore Machu Picchu, the Sacred Valley of the Incas, as well as other Inca sites in the region.

Stay at Costa del Sol Ramada in Cusco for three nights. The hotel is housed in a 17th-century Spanish Colonial mansion in the Centro Historico district of the city. It is a two minute walk from the famed fountain of Plaza de Armas and just eleven minutes on foot to the Coricancha Inca temple ruins.

During your stay enjoy a private full day walking tour to Vinicunca.

Vinicunca, or the mountain of 7 colours, is a natural work of art which sits at 5,200 metres above sea level. Its ‘rainbow-like’ tonalities are due to the accumulation of minerals over time. Start the adventure by leaving your hotel in Cusco early in the morning and head towards Cusipata where you will have breakfast before continuing your journey to the starting point of the trek. The trail is surrounded by beautiful Andes landscapes and guarded by the majestic Ausangate Mountain, one of the most important mountains in the region and considered sacred by the Incas. Upon reaching the viewpoint, the full drama and natural beauty of the mountain is revealed. This is the perfect time to take photographs and appreciate the views before resuming the hike back to Phullawasipata. From there, continue by car to Cusipata for lunch and then return to your hotel in Cusco.

Machu Picchu

Leave your hotel early and head to the Poroy Train Station in Cusco for the train to Aguas Calientes, or Machu Picchu Pueblo. This is the last stop before the entrance to the Machu Picchu citadel. This scenic train journey takes about 3 hours 45 minutes.

Meet a local guide on arrival into Aguas Calientes and take the bus journey to the archaeological complex of Machu Picchu. Enjoy a guided tour of the marvellous citadel, an awe-inspiring experience where your guide will explain the different areas of and theories behind Machu Picchu. In the afternoon, take the bus back down to Machu Picchu Pueblo and enjoy a spot of lunch at one of the restaurants in town.

Stay at The Belmond Sanctuary Lodge for one night. The hotel has an unrivalled location just a few steps away from the entrance of the Inca citadel of Machu Picchu. The hotel has some beautifully landscaped gardens which boast stunning views over the surrounding jungle-covered mountains and the valley below.

The next morning, return to the citadel and explore at your leisure or wander the streets of Aguas Calientes before taking the bus back to the station for your train back to Poroy.

Back in Cusco stay at Costa del Sol Ramada for one night.

Buenos Aires

Founded in 1580, Buenos Aires is one of the largest cities in South America today. Also known as the city that never sleeps, its many and varied around-the-clock attractions never fail to surprise and impress first-time visitors and are a source of ongoing pleasure for those returning to the city.

Stay at Carles Hotel for three nights. Carles Hotels is a smart, boutique hotel in the heart of the upmarket Retiro area of the city, just a short walk to the restaurants and boutiques of the famous Recoleta district. This is a great base from which to explore the city.

Puerto Iguazu

Iguazú Falls are known throughout the world as one of the most beautiful and majestic natural waterfalls ever seen. The falls divide the waterway into the Upper and Lower Iguazu River. The northern bank of the falls is in the Brazilian State of Parana while the southern bank sits in the Argentinean Province of Misiones. The falls themselves actually consist of over 270 separate falls that stretch for more than one and a half miles and most of the individual waterfalls are about 200 feet in height. The most famous of them all is known as the Devil’s Throat which is a U-shaped waterfall, almost 500 feet across and well over 2,000 feet in length. When appearing in films, on postcards and elsewhere, the Devil’s Throat is usually the section of Iguazú Falls that is pictured the most.

Stay at LOI Suites Iguazu Hotel for three nights. The hotel is set in the heart of the sub-tropical jungle deeply in touch with nature and only fifteen minutes from the Iguazu Falls. One of the best spaces in the hotel has to be the pool area that consists of a series of pools in amongst the trees with infinity edges and great views into the surrounding jungle and over the Iguazu River.

Of course, you are here to see the majestic Iguazu Falls. On a full day excursion, escorted by an English speaking guide, stroll along the lower circuit of the Argentine Falls, just over a kilometre long. The circuit consists of paths running along the basin of the Devil’s Gorge that take you under small splashing waterfalls or hopping over small streams into the heart of the cascades. The walkways are only a few metres from the edge of the main falls and you will be enveloped in the clouds overlooking the raging torrent. Continue on the small ecological train which chugs cheerfully through the rainforest, under the thick foliage inhabited by languid butterflies and lizards, while the sounds of birds and monkeys fill the air. At Estacion Garganta there is another pathway rising above the other end of the Devil’s Gorge which leads to a panoramic point with stunning views of the broad upper lip of the Falls. The 90-metre Garganta del Diablo (Devil’s Gorge) and the sight of vast curtains of white froth that seem to hang suspended in mid-air before plunging far down into distant spray, instil you with a strong sense of vertigo, a terrifying attraction that draws you ever closer to the fragile rails of the balcony overhanging the main falls.

During your visit, enjoy a thrilling ride on the river taking you as close as possible to the waterfalls themselves. The boats are equipped with two 150 HP engines, powerful enough to drive a yacht but necessary to beat the current of the Iguazu River. It is a great fun addition to your visit to the falls and do expect to get wet!

On a half day tour, discover the Brazilian side of the Falls for a more panoramic view, compared to the more close up views that you get on the Argentine side. Take the walkway that descends past several overhangs to a catwalk over the falls, allowing guests to really get a sense of the power of the rushing water (prepare for a soaking if you choose to go all the way out). From the end of the main walkway an elevator whisks guests back up to street level at the top of the cliff (there is also a trail up to the street for those who prefer not to wait in line for the lift).

Rio de Janeiro

The last stop on this epic tour of South America is Rio de Janeiro, or River of January in English. Rio de Janeiro was the capital of the Portuguese empire and Brazil until 1960. Nicknamed A Cidade Maravilhosa (The Marvellous City) Rio de Janeiro is world renowned for its breath-taking landscapes and location nestled between steep, green mountains and crystal clear seas. Rio is one of the most important cultural and economic cities in Brazil and features some of the country’s most famous attractions such as Christ the Redeemer (Corcovado), Sugarloaf Mountain and Copacabana and Ipanema beaches. The city is full of energy and Cariocas, the locals of Rio, are known for their carefree spirit and charm. Whether you are looking to experience Carnival, relax in a natural environment or enjoy all the luxuries of a cosmopolitan city, Rio de Janeiro has it all!

Stay at the Miramar Hotel for three nights. Part of the Windsor Hotel group, this stylish hotel enjoys a great location opposite Copacabana beach so is the perfect spot to enjoy Rio. It has a fantastic rooftop pool where you can take advantage of the fabulous views as well as a beach area.

Take a full day jeep tour to see Rio de Janeiro’s 4 wonders; 4 unique landmarks that make up the identity of the city. Start with the beautiful Botanical Gardens followed by the Tijuca Forest, stopping at the Chinese View belvedere to admire incredible landscapes of Rio. Visit the Emperor’s Table and Pepino Beach. Founded in 1808, the Botanical Garden of Rio de Janeiro is one of the most important global research centres in the conservation of biodiversity. Huge trees decked with orchids contrasting with giant water lilies, bromeliads and tropical foliage make this place a favourite hideaway for nature lovers or for anyone seeking peace and tranquillity. Tijuca Forest is the largest urban forest in the world. Many trails are available within the forest providing a route to lookouts with stunning natural landscapes of Rio and an intense connection to nature. Corcovado Mountain is where you’ll find the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer. Corcovado, along with the D.Marta Tower, offers one of the most spectacular views of the city and is a must do for tourists visiting Rio de Janeiro. Sugar Loaf Mountain is located in Guanabara Bay and is a visual reference for sailors and pilots. Due to its curved shape, its location, its significance in the city’s history and the unique way of getting to the top, Sugarloaf is touristic hallmark of Rio de Janeiro.

Enjoy the last day of your trip at leisure in this amazing city.

We tailormade this bespoke 21 day tour for a family of seven through Latin Routes. There are plenty of different options when touring South America so ring us or pop in for a chat through the best options for you.

The post Journey from Peru to Brazil appeared first on Greenstar .

Alaska Inside Passage Cruise

Wed, 18 May 2022 11:25:00 GMT

Cruising has never been particularly on my radar. I remember as a young boy taking an infamous school cruise on the SS Nevasa (late 60’s) and being violently ill going through the Bay of Biscay. That probably sparked my love and interest in travel. Not the Bay of Biscay obviously!

My wife and I had planned a trip to Vancouver Island to attend a family wedding. A lot of our friends, including the bride and groom, were taking this trip after the wedding so we thought, why not? Alaska is always somewhere I had wanted to visit and being on a ship is the best way to explore the area.

The trip was on the Koningsdam operated by Holland America. This is the ship’s premier season in Alaska and this was her first trip.

It’s true to say therefore that the crew were as excited about cruising the Inside Passage as we were and the scenery is just spectacular. I have often taken the ferry from Vancouver to Victoria and I would say it is one of the most beautiful ferry trips of all.

Our check in at Vancouver Cruise Terminal was straightforward. You tag your baggage in advance and when you are dropped off a bag handler takes your bags away. They are scanned and the next time you see them they are in your cabin. They are sometimes even there before you or arrive a little later. An important travel tip in these days of contactless payments is to take some local currency with you.

Getting through security was challenging as you enter the USA. You have to make sure you have all the necessary paperwork both in the apps that are used as well as a paper copy, for safety and speed. Holland America use their app Navigator and VeriFLY is an app used by most airlines.

Our cabin was a fairly good size. We had gone for the restricted view balcony and the lifeboats were just below our line of vision so we were able to look at the fabulous scenery as we cruised out of Vancouver Harbour and under Lions Gate Bridge.

Onboard you have a variety of meal options. The Lido Buffet is open from early till late and serves breakfast, lunch, afternoon teas and dinner. There are also 4 or 5 more dining opportunities where for a small additional cost you can have table service.

There are a variety of activities to enjoy onboard whilst you are at sea; a large gym and fitness studios where they have yoga, stretch and pilates. More leisurely activities take place in a number of locations. You have music and trivia quizzes, talks on various subjects, a large library with a coffee shop, an outdoor pool (heated), a hot tub and an indoor pool.

We visited Skagway, Ketchikan and Juneau all of which had interesting excursions planned. The highlight for me and all onboard the ship was cruising into Glacier Bay and up to the furthest point to marvel at the Margerie Glacier. Only one cruise ship at a time is allowed in the vicinity of the Glacier and only two ships a day. The ship gets to within a few hundred metres of the Glacier and engines are turned off as the Captain cruises around in a circular motion so everyone can view the stunning landscape. Most passengers will come outside and in the silence you can almost hear the cracking of the ice. If you are lucky you will witness the glacier calving as huge chunks fall into the ocean. It’s a four hour cruise into Glacier Bay and it was at the furthest most northerly part of our cruise.

I would highly recommend this cruise to anyone. The waters are very calm so even the worst sailor should not suffer. If anyone would like to talk to me about this trip please get in touch .

The post Alaska Inside Passage Cruise appeared first on Greenstar .

New England and The Freedom Trail

Thu, 12 May 2022 10:29:00 GMT

New England is historic, relaxed and friendly. The six states of New England are fabulous for discovering quintessential villages and small towns, picturesque village greens, covered bridges, lighthouses and fishing harbours. New England offers distinctive opportunities to seek out artists’ colonies and museums. For seafood lovers, the clam chowder and fresh lobster are great too!

Boston

This 15 day trip starts in Boston, a city which combines the old and new like no other city in America. Explore the Freedom Trail, a 3 mile walking tour of 16 historic sites from the colonial and revolutionary era. Hop on the famous Old Town Trolley Tour which brings Boston’s history to life while offering an excellent way to traverse the city. Maybe take in a whale watch cruise from Boston’s spectacular Aquarium or enjoy Quincy Market with all its great shops and irresistible food stalls. Take the ‘T’, the MBTA subway, to Harvard Yard and Cambridge if you fancy a spot of shopping in the 100 stores in Cambridgeside Galleria.

Stay at The Bostonian for 3 nights

Pick up a hire car and drive for about 1 hour 50 minutes to Portland.

Portland

Portland is the largest city in Maine and utterly enchanting. Ornate mansions and ocean views are synonymous with the city’s landscape. Saunter down the brick sidewalks and cobblestone streets of the revitalized Old Port District where you can browse bookstores, explore craft shops and find eateries aplenty. The Portland Head Light dates back to 1791. It is the oldest lighthouse in the US and still in use. Visit the childhood home of Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the great poet and take the opportunity to hop on the ferry to the islands in Casco Bay.

Stay at the Westin Portland Harbourview for 2 nights.

Drive to Jackson, about an hour and 45 minute drive.

Jackson

Jackson is located on the edge of the 750,000 acre White Mountain National Forest and offers spectacular natural beauty as well as many opportunities for outdoor activities: enjoy hiking, biking, canoeing, kayaking, fishing, horseback riding and golfing. The crystal-clear waterfalls, winding rivers and relaxing lakes offer a superb landscape for a wide variety of watersport experiences. Visit Mount Washington and experience a 3-hour guided train journey on the Cog Railway, to the highest peak in the North East. At the summit, take in the view which spans the mountains and valleys of New Hampshire, Maine and Vermont. Look up to the sky at night and see incredible star filled skies.

Stay at the Inn at Ellis River for 2 nights

Drive to Stowe, Vermont, a journey or 2 hours 30 minutes.

Stowe, Vermont

Stowe is known as America’s most welcoming resort, spread put beneath one of Eastern America’s famous ski resorts on Mount Masfield, the state’s highest mountain. Drive the Mount Masfield toll road or take the gondola up the 4393 foot peak for a bird’s eye view of the forests and rugged terrain. Summer concerts are held at the Trapp Family Lodge west of town. Other places of interest are the Historical Society Museum, the Bloody Brook School House and the alpine slide at Spruce Peak.

Stay at Stowe Vermont Trapp Family Lodge for 2 nights.

Drive to Manchester, Vermont, a journey of about 2 hours 30 minutes

Manchester

The town of Manchester is small yet trendy. Manchester embodies the quintessential Vermont town with white steeples, local breweries, fantastic restaurants, amazing art galleries and many other attractions. Visit the Southern Vermont Arts Center, open all year-round and which exhibits a diverse range of work from outdoor sculptures to photographs, abstract paintings, Cubist portraits and classical landscapes. Manchester is not known for its raucous party scene but you can catch live music at the Equinox Resort’s Falcon Bar or rock back and forth on a porch chair and take in some stargazing back at the Copper Grouse.

Stay at The Reluctant Panther Inn & Restaurant for 2 nights

Drive to Cape Cod, a journey of about 4 hours.

Cape Cod

Cape Cod is famous for its white sandy beaches, picturesque harbours, art galleries, varied shopping, plentiful restaurants and an abundance of attractions. Visit the John F. Kennedy Museum in Hyannis. Visit Sandwich, the Cape’s oldest town and a small community with a town green and a village centre. Sandwich is home to the Hoxie House, built circa 1637 and therefore the oldest house on the Cape. The Sandwich Glass Museum celebrates the town’s superb 19 ^th century glassmaking and is well worth visiting. Take a ferry across to Martha’s Vineyard or Nantucket or spend the day taking in one of the many beaches located along Cape Cod’s 300 mile long coastline.

Stay at the Sea Crest Beach Hotel for 3 nights.

There are of course lots of different options for discovering New England and plenty of lovely places to stay depending on location, time and budget. Do get in touch to find out more.

The post New England and The Freedom Trail appeared first on Greenstar .

WWII Normandy – a whistle stop tour

Tue, 03 May 2022 15:10:00 GMT

Following a few days in Paris, we headed to Normandy for the last 2 nights of our trip. The drive was easy, as is usually the case on brilliant French roads. The idea was to visit the D-Day landing beaches, the cemeteries, Arromanches and Bayeaux and to learn some more about the area and a monumental part of our history.

We stayed at a small hotel in Port en Bessin, a small working harbour village just 15 minutes drive west of Arromanches and the same distance north west of Bayeaux. Port en Bessin is perfectly located to enable exploration of the principal memorial sites as well as the charming and historic town of Bayeaux.

We only had one and a half days in Normandy so our tour was always going to be a whistle stop. We wanted to get the most out of our stay so here’s what we did;

The WWII sites

Arriving in Port en Bessin after lunch, we checked in to our hotel and headed to the Normandy American Cemetery and Memorial at Colleville sur Mer. It is a breathtakingly beautiful cemetery, located along the shores of Gold Beach where the first troops landed on 6 ^th June 1944. It is striking in its enormity too as over 9,000 graves are marked by pristine white crosses on immaculate lawns. The memorial is quite beautiful and incredibly detailed in its description of the landings and the Battle of Normandy. We spent some time there, walking under the glorious sunshine and absorbing the incredible history of the place.

The harbour in Port en Bessin has a vibrant bar and some good restaurants. We had dinner (on both nights!) at Restaurant L’Ecailler which offers excellent seafood, some other dishes too, and very good desserts.

Our plan the next day was to visit Arromanches and Gold Beach, the Bayeaux War Cemetery and Bayeaux itself, via lunch of course.

The Bayeaux War Cemetery is the largest Second World War cemetery of Commonwealth soldiers in France. Located just outside Bayeaux, the cemetery is not as manicured as the American cemetery however it is still pretty and extremely evocative. Although there was no actual fighting in Bayeaux, it was the first French town to be liberated so it is particularly poignant that 4,144 commonwealth soldiers are laid to rest here as well as over 500 of other nationalities. The Bayeaux Memorial, opposite the cemetery, bears the names of more than 1,800 men of the Commonwealth land forces who have no known grave. They all died during the landings in Normandy, during the intense fighting at the start of the campaign. More poignantly, 338 of the soldiers buried there are unidentified.

On our arrival in Arromanches, we found an ice cream and strolled amongst the remaining German defences, along Gold Beach. Gold Beach is the middle of the 5 beaches targeted by the allies as D-Day landing sites at the start of Operation Overlord, the code name for the battle of Normandy. It is a beautiful, sweeping beach, even lovelier in the glorious sunshine and so hard to imagine what happened there less than 100 years ago. Whilst in Arromanches, Arromanches360 , a circular cinema experience, is well worth a visit. On the day we visited, Arromanches360 was showing a 20 minute film detailing the first 100 days of the Battle of Normandy, which was incredibly interesting.

During longer stays there are the other beaches worth visiting that were historic D-Day landing sites for the US, Canadian and British forces on 6 ^th June 1944. We managed to see Omaha (US) and Gold (British) beaches but there are also Utah (US), Juno (Canadian) and Sword (British) beaches to visit as well as the famous Pegasus Bridge. There are several museums throughout the area and you can almost sense the impact of the war on the surrounding countryside and rebuilt towns and villages. It is a beautiful and thought provoking place to visit and even the most avid historian would learn something about WWII and leave with a sense of utter gratitude and respect. The short time we spent in Normandy really brought such an important part of our history to life and taught us all, interested teenagers included, so much more about these defining days of the Second World War.

Bayeaux

Having previously visited the Bayeaux Tapestry as a teenager on a school trip, us adults were keen to visit it again and enable the teens to enjoy the same experience so we headed there on our second afternoon in Normandy. It’s a simple but very well done interactive experience complete with audio guides explaining what you are looking at as you move along the tapestry. We also visited the cathedral in Bayeaux which is very beautiful inside and thankfully completely intact having not witnessed any fighting during the war. Quaint shops line the cobbled streets where you can buy artwork and plenty of chocolate! There are several good eateries in Bayeaux – we found possibly the best bagels we have ever eaten at a colourful, retro café called Chez Paulette.

Returning to Port en Bessin that evening, we felt we had made the most of our short time in Calvados country.

Do get in touch if you would like to know more about visiting Normandy.

The post WWII Normandy – a whistle stop tour appeared first on Greenstar .

Springtime in Paris

Wed, 20 Apr 2022 17:23:00 GMT

Dipping our toes back into the world of travel we headed to Paris during the Easter holidays. With a 17 and 14 year old in tow, we planned a busy trip making sure we included some sights, fun, history and great food with shopping and sweet treats thrown in too. We had visited Paris before but not for over 20 years so it was exciting to return with the children.

Montmartre

We stayed in Montmartre, the romantic quarter, famed for its association with the great artists such as Renoir, Degas and Picasso. We drove to France so we chose to stay in the north, rather than driving too far into the city. It is also an area of Paris we hadn’t explored before. Parking is easy. It’s best to book a space with Interparking; Interparking has underground, secure car parks all over Paris and spaces can be booked and paid for in advance.

We arrived in Paris two and a half hours after leaving Calais and wasted no time – we spent the rest of our first afternoon wandering through cobbled streets and ogling the view over Paris from the Butte of Montmartre, in front of the Sacré-Coeur. It was busy, as expected however we avoided the tourist trap of Place du Tertre and soaked up the bustling vibe of the area in the spring sunshine. It was a great start to our stay in the city and a short walk away from our hotel in the area of Lemarck, on the outskirts of Montmartre.

Where to eat in Paris

We relied on the Michelin Guide for restaurant recommendations and had prebooked a couple of restaurants before we arrived. We certainly ate well and would definitely recommend an element of pre planning to ensure no disappointments – there are so many restaurants in Paris: many are fabulous with excellent set price dejeuner and dîner menus and you want to make sure those are the ones you head for. On our first evening we enjoyed dinner at the Bistrot du Maquis , a chef owned wonder just a short walk from our hotel.

Les Passages

The next morning we walked from Montmartre, through the 9 ^th Arrondissement to Boulevard Hausmann and Galeries Lafayette. Whilst this wasn’t a shopping trip, we did have a 14 year old fashionista with us so an amble through the Galeries was well received. The central atrium of the building is beautiful and the view from the top is well worth the effort. Wandering a little east we found the passage Jouffrey, a traditional passage of which there are several in Paris. Conceived by town planners in the early 19 ^th century to protect pedestrians from mud and horse drawn vehicles, these elegant glass roofed shopping arcades, names ‘passages’, were for decades left to crumble and decay. Many have now been renovated and restored to something approaching their former glory. We explored passages Jouffroy and Verdeau, off Boulevard Montmartre, which were full of quirky stores offering antique and modern walking canes, antiquarian books, fittings for dolls houses and collections of old film posters.

The Eiffel Tower

Our final destination that morning was the Eiffel Tower. The queue is always enormous so booking in advance is a must. The view from the 2nd floor is probably the best however it’s definitely worth going all the way to the summit. Standing at 300 metres tall, the Eiffel Tower was only supposed to be a temporary structure for the 1889 Exposition Universelle but is now one of the most, if not THE most visited landmark in Europe.

Cruise the Seine

Close to the Eiffel Tower, on the north bank of the Seine, is the Port de la Conference, home of the Bateaux Mouches river boats. Seeing Paris from the water gives a different perspective and your feet a rest from all the walking! We took a boat trip which went as far as the National Library and back again to the Eiffel Tower. We were able to see the sad state of Notre Dame, on Ile de la Cité, without its trademark spire however all the scaffolding indicated that work is motoring ahead to restore the cathedral to its former glory.

That evening we headed to the Marais and ate superbly at Les Enfants Rouges . Located in the heart of the Haut Marais, Les Enfants rouges offers excellent market fresh French cuisine, cooked by a talented Japanese chef.

Musée D’Orsay

On our second full day in Paris, we started with a trip to the Musée D’Orsay and the great impressionists. Again, it’s worth booking in advance although you will still have to queue to pass through security. The building itself is worth a look – it’s a former railway station and architecturally fascinating inside.

Avenue des Champs Elysées

We walked passed the Louvre and through the Jardin des Tuileries on our way to the Musée D’Orsay with it’s grand vista towards Place de la Concorde and the Avenue des Champs Elysées and the Arc de Triomphe lying majestically beyond. We clearly saw the Champs Elysées and the Arc de Triomphe from the Eiffel Tower so did not explore on foot. We also wanted to try and incorporate the more traditional elements of Paris into our itinerary so avoided the obvious tourist highlights. With just 2 and a half days in the city, time was limited too.

It’s worth taking time to wander along the Parcs Rives de Seine, the path along the river, frequented by local walkers and runner and fortunately, not many tourists. We found a great little crepe shack for lunch after our visit to the Musée D’Orsay and enjoyed some time by the tranquillity of the river in the much welcome sunshine.

Le Marais

We wanted to spend some time in the Marais on the north bank so made sure we spent our last afternoon wandering the small streets, browsing the specialist shops and people watching from pavement cafés. We passed the colourful Centre Pompidou on the way to Place des Vosges, at the heart of the district. You’re allowed to sit on the grass here in the Place des Vosges, unusual for Paris, and many locals were doing just that. We picked up some patisseries and ate them in the Place which is surrounded by brick and stone mansions and arcades housing chic boutiques, antique shops and al fresco restaurants. We found a sweet little restaurant where we caught an early dinner before returning to our hotel. It was full of locals with a lovely buzz. If you’re in the Marais at lunchtime, the covered Marché des Enfants Rouges in Haut Marais offers eclectic street food as well as fresh produce to buy and take home. Sadly, we didn’t have time for the Picasso Museum but it’s definitely on our list for next time.

Where to stay

We stayed in a small 3 star hotel which offered bed and breakfast, spotlessly clean rooms and friendly staff. There are of course plenty of good hotels to choose from in Paris and we can help find you the perfect location and standard of hotel for your stay. Of course, Four Seasons Hotel George V and Hôtel de Crillon, A Rosewood Hotel are the best places to stay however there are many other excellent small boutique hotels across the city.

Do get in touch to chat about your next trip.

The post Springtime in Paris appeared first on Greenstar .

The striking Amalfi Coast

Thu, 31 Mar 2022 07:18:00 GMT

Italy’s Amalfi Coast (Costiera Amalfitana) is one of Europe’s most striking and memorable destinations. Deemed an area of great physical and natural beauty by UNESCO, the Amalfi Coast boasts a unique landscape. Dramatic precipitous mountains, adorned with woodland and terraced allotments of abundant produce, plunge into the Tyrrehenian Sea below. Crystal azure waters, beautiful mountaintop villages and some of the finest hotels and restaurants in Europe are all typical of the Amalfi Coast which in the main, has evaded mass tourism.

There are countless highlights of the Amalfi Coast, so many that one trip is not enough. Here we have touched the surface with a few suggestions of what to do when you are there.

Explore Positano

Positano is incredibly picturesque. It could be mistaken for a stage set from the buildings cascading down to the shingle beach, which in the summer months, is buzzing with people who are looking to be seen. Chez Black , on the beach, is good for a people watching lunch. If you are looking for some beach time, wander along the cliff path to Fornillo, smaller and less busy, with some good bars and restaurants.

Wander round Praiano and Marina di Praia

Just east of Positano lies Praiano, a sleepy coastal village and home to one of our favourite hotels, Casa Angelina . Marina di Praia is lodged between towering cliffs and is a pretty base for the day. Gavitella beach, accessed via steps from the village and the hotel has a bar and restaurant and is a lovely sundowner spot.

Catch a concert at Villa Rufolo, Ravello

The gardens and ground of Villa Rufolo are open all year round but at certain times of year, dawn concerts are performed from a spectacular stage, jutting out over the sea from the terraces. The villa itself is an eclectic mix of classical and Moorish architecture and the gardens are beautiful.

The village of Ravello is pretty, romantic and peaceful and lovely to explore in its own right. Stop in the main piazza infront of the 11 ^th century cathedral for a glass of prosecco.

Go ceramic shopping in Vietri Sul Mare

It is impossible not to see the vibrant coloured ceramics in this part of the world, mostly produced in Vietri. Venture into the town to source that coveted fruit bowl or presents to take home.

Take a day trip to Capri

Mega yachts, jet set glamour and white washed villages adorned with beautiful bougainvillea are what you expect to see when visiting Capri. There are also interesting and historical sights such as the Grotta Azzurra and Emperor Tiberius’s clifftop villa. The island is easy to reach by hydrofoil from Positano but don’t leave before you’ve had a well deserved Campari in the Piazzetta.

To experience Capri in its tranquil glory, once the day trippers have left, stay overnight.

Take a boat ride along the coast

Renting a boat is the best way to appreciate the beauty of the dramatic coast line. Heading either direction from Positano, you’ll see small dwellings tucked into the cliffs, majestic villas with terraces over the sea, pretty pebble beaches and waterside restaurants, ideal for a leisurely fish lunch. You could also take yourselves over to Capri for the day.

Visit the Cattedrale di Sant’Andrea

Situated in the busiest town on the coast, Amalfi, is the Cattedrale di Sant’Andrea Amalfi. The beautiful building is accessed by a steep flight of steps and dates back to the 9 ^th century. It is entered through the most magnificent bronze doors. Inside the crypt, lie the mortal remains of Saint Andrew – his sarcophagus sometimes oozes a mysterious yet ‘miracle’ liquid.

Learn about the soul of Italian cooking

For those that want to get stuck in to Italian cookery, a cookery class is a great way to spend a day. Situated high on a clifftop, 1,000 feet above sea level in the village of Ravello lives Mamma Agata. Mamma Agata has been offering cookery classes for many years from her home and has cooked for Hollywood greats such as Fred Astaire and Humphrey Bogart. The house is surrounded by beautiful terraces and spacious gardens full of lemon trees, flowers, vegetables and poultry. She produces almost all the food she cooks for the cookery school and her family.

You will be greeted on arrival by Mamma Agata and her daughter Chiara, together with a piece of Mamma Agata’s famous lemon cake. During the day you will learn to cook dishes such as eggplant parmigiana, stuffed courgette flowers and fried meatballs before taking a break to explore the garden and view followed by a lunch of your morning’s endeavours facing the sparkling sea.

It is hard to find a better taste of Italian cookery than Mamma Agata’s classes on the Amalfi Coast.

Further field there are of course the historical sights of Pompeii at the base of Mount Vesuvius and a day trip to Naples is worth it if you have time too. Hiking is popular in this area.

Where to stay

It’s hard to give a shortlist as there are so many wonderful hotels to stay in on the Amalfi Coast however here are a few of our favourites.

Palazzo Avino

Tucked away in the medieval village of Ravello is Palazzo Avino, a 12 ^th century former Palazzo, with splendour throughout, one Michelin star dining and of course, that view.

Casa Angelina

Superbly minimalistic but with a warm welcome, Casa Angelina in Praiano is a gem of a hotel. Close enough to Positano but far enough to enjoy the tranquillity of the coast, Casa Angelina offers excellent dining, a fabulous pool, a spa and the friendliest and most helpful concierge service.

Monastero Santa Rosa

Monastero Santa Rosa is a converted 17 ^th century Dominican Monastery, located between Amalfi and Positano. The hotel offers one Michelin star dining, an incredible spa and a sensitive combination of history and understated luxury.

J.K Place, Capri

If you do decide to spend some time on Capri, J.K Place is the place to stay. Everywhere you stay on Capri oozes glamour and J.K Place is no exception. The hotel is incredibly stylish and perfectly located for exploring the island.

We know that coast well so do get in touch to chat through your next holiday. We are always happy to hear from you.

The post The striking Amalfi Coast appeared first on Greenstar .

Exploring Poland with Jennie

Fri, 18 Mar 2022 14:39:00 GMT

Jennie and her new husband recently travelled to Poland for a long awaited short haul break. Here’s what they got up to:

My trip to Krakow was, like for so many, my first overseas trip since January. Oh how I’ve missed travel – even the airport was exciting!

To be honest, I didn’t really know what to expect. Many people were apprehensive when I told them I was travelling to Poland and there was an obvious concern that everything was going to go smoothly and that we would be safe.

We had an absolutely amazing weekend. The Ukraine flag was flying everywhere and blue and yellow flowers decorated the city however other than that, no one would have known of the current conflict and Poland’s humanitarian involvement. It was no different to being in any other city and the Polish people are lovely and were so welcoming.

We packed as much into our 3 days in Krakow as we could, starting with lunch in the main market square. It was such good value – a few cocktails, beers and food for both of us came to about £30!

We stayed in a lovely, small hotel call the M29 . It is located in the Jewish Old Town (Kazimierz) and is quiet and welcoming. We were there to sightsee so we started by visiting Oskar Schindler’s Factory, Ghetto Heroes Square and the Ghetto Walls. The exhibition at Oskar Schindler’s factory was fascinating. It was really interesting to learn so much more about the persecution of the Jewish people and gain more in depth understanding of the history and atrocities.

We made the decision to take a tour of Auschwitz-Birkenau during our stay. Our private driver picked us up from our hotel and drive us an hour and a half to the historical camp. It was an early start as we opted for the morning tour but the best way to do it as we could take some time during the afternoon to reflect on our visit. Our guide took us around both camps and was really knowledgeable and informative. It is obviously a shocking experience but incredibly interesting and humbling and in my view, so important to keep the memory of those that suffered alive

Other sights not to miss in Krakow are Cloth Hall in the main square (great for souvenirs and Christmas decoration shopping!) as well as Town Hall Tower, St Mary’s Basilicia. The latter is famous for its daily trumpet call from the taller tower, which had been used as the city watchtower for centuries. The trumpet call is played every hour, four times in succession in each of the four cardinal directions, it always breaks as though unfinished to commemorate the trumpeter who tried to alarm the city of approaching invaders but was hit by an arrow mid call.

We also visited Wawel Royal Castle and saw the statue of the mythical dragon that breaths real fire, Wawel Cathedral, the Church of Saint’s Peter and Paul and a Saturday local flea market. We explored the Jewish Old Town and stumbled across a historic alleyway and stair case both of which were used for scenes in the film Schindler’s list. The alleyway is now known as Schindler’s List Passage. We found a fabulous coffee bar called the ‘ Leaky Cauldron ’ which is hidden down an alleyway in a basement. It’s a Harry Potter themed coffee bar decorated from top to bottom in all things Harry Potter; Hogwarts House flags, broomsticks, character paintings and sketches. Try the butter beer; warm toffee flavoured milk with winter spices and lots of cream. The café also makes the most amazing carrot cake.

We were so lucky with the weather. The temperatures were around -5 degrees when we set out each morning, rising to around 8 degrees during the day. Brilliant blue skies and sunshine every day added to the enjoyment. Krakow is a fabulous city to explore and I would love to chat to you about it so do get in touch to find out more.

The post Exploring Poland with Jennie appeared first on Greenstar .

AITO Conference

Mon, 07 Mar 2022 17:15:00 GMT

Last week I attended the Association of Independent Tour Operators (AITO) one day conference to discuss all things travel with colleagues and industry professionals. The mood was generally upbeat and optimistic tempered of course by the last two years and the current situation in Ukraine.

It is generally felt that travel life is returning to a situation where we will be able to travel freely around the world although there will be restrictions for some countries and situations will develop where care will have to be taken.

2022 is turning out to be remarkedly busy although we must remember that many clients have pushed forward their trips and reservations from 2020 and 2021. Coupled with airline schedules not being fully back to 100% or even close to it, availability in certain key periods will be very difficult and prices will be higher than is normal or expected.

There is a demand for generational holidays where two and three generations of a family go on holidays together and villa stays are very much in vogue giving clients a certain amount of ‘space’ away from other families, as we have become used to over the last couple of years. Small group adventure trips are back with companies offering UK, Europe and worldwide trips with group sizes around 12-15. Another of our tour operator partners

Brochures are very scarce. Many companies did not print any in 2020 and 2021 for obvious reasons. We do however have access to many of their products online in the form of pdf’s which we can either print or email to you. I met and had meetings with 22 key tour operators and learnt about their plans going forward. The mood that came out of my meetings was one of optimism and positivity. Holidays are back and the PCR testing regime will get better as we go forward with many destinations relaxing their testing requirements on a daily basis.

Amongst those I talked to were some of our key partners who have been arranging trips for our clients for a while; for example, we work closely with Travel Gallery who specialise in tailormade holidays to Sri Lanka and the Maldives. Beachcomber Resorts and Hotels is another company we have been working with for many years and whose hotels in Mauritius are such crowd pleasers. All these Indian Ocean destinations are happily back on the travel map as restrictions are eased.

Africa is another destination which is experiencing long awaited renewed interest as restrictions are relaxed. I chatted to African Pride who have been tailor making incredible experiences in Africa for the past 21 years from luxury safaris to beach holidays and trips of cultural and historical interest. Audley Travel is another partner who we use for wonderful worldwide tailormade adventures.

Sunvil, Kirker and Cyplon Holidays were all there busy with travellers looking to dip their toes back into travel with a short haul trip before they venture further afield.

We are always happy to chat through holiday ideas to wherever it is in the world you want to venture back to. Do get in touch or pop in and visit us at 23 The Parade, Claygate.

The post AITO Conference appeared first on Greenstar .

Discover the historic cradle of Canada

Tue, 22 Feb 2022 14:58:00 GMT

The world’s second biggest country offers extraordinary touring opportunities. This lovely itinerary takes you on a comprehensive tour of the historic cradle of Canada, to colonial and present day capitals, combining the excitement and romance of rail travel with an incredible cruise from Kingston to Québec City.

Toronto

Begin your tour of Canada’s east coast by discovering the cosmopolitan city of Toronto. Highlights of touring the city include seeing the provincial Parliament Buildings, City Hall, the financial district, Chinatown, the residential areas and the waterfront. Ride the glass-fronted elevators to the top of the CN Tower, standing at 335.33 metres tall, and take in unforgettable views of Toronto and Lake Ontario. Take some time to soak up the city’s easy going vibe and maybe do a spot of shopping too.

Stay 2 nights in Toronto.

Kingston

From Union Station in Toronto, board VIA Rail’s The Corridor train to Kingston. This scenic journey will take you through the townships and villages north of the shores of Lake Ontario and onto the historic city of Kingston and the 1,000 Islands region. Once in Kingston, transfer to the port lands and to a St Lawrence River Cruises full service cruising vessel. Witness green riverbanks, small villages and towering cathedrals from one of the most significant waterways on Canada and experience a taste of Canadian culture in several ports of call along the way.

Spend 2 nights on board.

Montréal

Pass along the northern shore of the St Lawrence River, through historic Trois-Rivières and charming Cap-de-la-Madeleine with its national shrine to the Virgin Mary. When you reach the bustling metropolis of Montréal get ready to explore the second largest French speaking city in the world after Paris. Whilst in Montréal, walk down lively St. Catherine Street with its numerous shops and cafés. A sightseeing tour of the city is well worth doing – you will see many landmarks and highlights including the Notre Dame Basilica, the financial district, historic Old Montréal and the charming Latin Quarter. Visit the Olympic Complex and travel through the campus of McGill University to experience the incredible panoramic views from the observation point on top of Mont Royal.

Stay 3 nights in Montreal.

Québec

On arrival in Québec take a sightseeing tour, experiencing the modern and historic elements of the city. Québec City is the only metropolis in North America with city walls and gates, earning it United Nations World Heritage Site status. The city harbours many historical treasures and has a joyful atmosphere – your own private guide will take you on an interesting journey through many areas including the Latin Quarter, the Plains of Abraham, the Fortifications, the National Assembly, Place Royale and the Basilica. Québec has many fine restaurants so make sure you take advantage of what is on offer whilst you are there.

Stay 2 nights in Québec City.

Ottowa

There is lots to see in Ottowa so once you have settled, spend a couple of hours exploring the city’s many sights such as Embassy Row, the National Gallery of Canada and the parliament Buildings. Make sure you spend an afternoon perusing the city’s many museums, galleries and boutiques too.

Stay 2 nights in Ottowa.

Niagara Falls

No trip to this part of Canada is complete without experiencing the incredible Niagara Falls. Enjoy a full day excursion, traversing through the lush fruit-growing district and wine region of the Niagara Peninsula. Marvel at the spectacle of the famous Niagara Falls and step aboard the Hornblower Niagara Cruises ‘Voyage to The Falls’ boat tour for a fantastic trip to the foot of the Horseshoe Falls. Take plenty of pictures, admire the sheer volume and velocity of the water and perhaps take a stroll into town. Take a trip along the beautiful Niagara Highway, which winds its way along the Niagara Gorge. On one evening in the area, pass through the historic community of Niagara-on-the-Lake before returning to Toronto for dinner.

Stay 2 nights in Niagara Falls before returning home.

This is of course a taster of what we could include in a tailormade itinerary touring the east of Canada. To discuss what you want to get out of your trip, do get in touch . We are always happy to hear from you.

The post Discover the historic cradle of Canada appeared first on Greenstar .

Adventure to Costa Rica

Thu, 27 Jan 2022 17:14:00 GMT

Why Costa Rica?

There are many reasons why Costa Rica is an exciting holiday destination for many visitors whether travelling as a family or with friends. Not only is Costa Rica the happiest place on the, planet according to the Happy Planet Index (Great Britain is currently at number 34), but is renowned for its biodiversity, abundant wildlife and endless opportunities for adventure. The country also has beautiful golden beaches and very good coffee!

Below is a sample itinerary giving an overview of how to fill a 16 day trip.

Day One

Fly to San José, the capital of Costa Rica. Relax in your hotel after your flight and get ready for an early start the next day.

Day Two

After breakfast, journey to Tortuguero National Park with its maze of canals and rivers, teaming with wildlife. The route to the park is very scenic and once the roads come to an end, you will take a motor-driven canoe to your lodge for lunch. Go on a guided jungle hike in the afternoon or visit the tiny village of Tortuguero before returning to your lodge for dinner.

Day Three

After a hearty breakfast the next morning, explore the landscape of Tortuguero. Take a boat trip through the flooded forest. With the help of an expert guide, spot wildlife including tropical water birds, howler monkeys and macaws. Perhaps, spot an iguana sitting on a tree branch as you pass by.

Day Four

Enjoy a free day at your lodge, relaxing in the pool or the beautiful gardens. Perhaps take a tour of the canals in the afternoon.

Day Five

Travel to Guapiles today. Pick up your own car rental and drive to Sarapiqui.

Day Six

Get ready for an adrenaline rush with a fun morning of white water rafting along the Rio Sarapiqui. In the afternoon, hike some of the nature trails or take a coffee or chocolate tour nearby.

Day Seven

Drive from Sarapiqui to the highlands and Arenal Volcano.

Day Eight

Explore Arenal Volcano, a natural adventure playground, home to hanging bridges, rainforest walks and lake kayaking. Enjoy one of Costa Rica’s thrilling zip line and canopy tours.

Day Nine

The adventure continues with kayaking on Lake Arenal, zip lining or white water rafting. Maybe you would prefer a trip to the Rio Celeste waterfalls or a hike through one of the park’s trails instead or you may simply prefer to relax by the hotel pool.

Day Ten

Leaving Arenal will take you to the secluded dry forest area around Rio Perdido. If you missed the waterfall the day before, drive via Tenoria National Park to take in the view.

Day Eleven

Enjoy some free time in Rio Perdido and Costa Rica’s only thermal river. For another adrenaline rush, zip line through the Rio Blanco canyon, mountain bike around the extensive network of trails or try river tubing.

Day Twelve

The Pacific coast awaits. Descend from the tropical dry forest to the Guanacaste plains and arrive at your beach resort.

Day Thirteen

Time for the beach. Kick back, relax, take a stroll along the beach, catch the sunset and swim in the sea. The waters are calm and tranquil.

Day Fourteen

This is your final day so make the most of the relaxation. How about a visit to the spa?

Day Fifteen

Drive back to San José for your overnight flight home.

Day Sixteen

Arrive home

When to visit

High season is December to April when you can expect pleasantly high temperatures and less rainfall. Whilst Costa Rica experiences rain all year round, most showers are tropical; typically short and sharp. Easter is generally drier than between June and August.

How much does it cost?

The above trip is purely a guide and any trip to Cost Rica would be tailormade. Prices for this trip are from £3,370 per person for 16 days including accommodation, scheduled international flights, fully insured vehicle hire and 24 hour support whilst you travel.

Want to know more or chat through some options? Get in touch – we are always happy to hear from you.

The post Adventure to Costa Rica appeared first on Greenstar .

Long Haul Family Holidays

Mon, 17 Jan 2022 19:12:00 GMT

Reunite your family with the rest of the world and venture further afield on the all important family holiday. With overseas travel having been so limited for almost 2 years, now is the time to embrace the opening of borders and take advantage of the experiences that will enlighten your children to the world around them. Here are a few of our favourite family holiday spots:

Oman

For families with babies and children

Oman offers luxurious beach holidays and some of the best appointed family hotels in the world. Gently lapping warm, clear water and golden fine sandy beaches as well as a gentle culture make Oman a perfect introduction to the Middle East.

Greenstar recommends Shangri-La’s Barr Jissah Resort and Spa , on the Sea of Oman for families travelling to Oman. One of the three hotels in the resort, Al Waha, is specifically designed for children with a dedicated children’s pool, lazy river, adventure zone, aqua park and mini golf course. Babysitting and the children’s club are on hand to allow parents to take advantage of the adult-only areas of the resort.

For a dip into Omani culture, Muscat is only a short drive from the coast with a grand mosque and the city’s network of souks. For older children there are also some fantastic desert adventures to be enjoyed such as a night at Wahiba Sands complete with camel ride and star gazing.

The best time to visit Oman is between October and April but do avoid the scorching months of June, July and August.

South Africa

For families with children and teenagers

South Africa has so much to offer that one family holiday will undoubtedly not be enough.

If you are visiting South Africa for the first time, start with exploring Cape Town: flea markets, great beaches and gourmet tours give you a great insight into the diversity of the city. Wherever you go, you can see the backdrop of Table Mountain and the views from the top on a clear day are astounding. Older children will enjoy a trip to Robben Island and a chance to learn about the history of apartheid. Include a tour down the Cape Peninsula to check in on the penguins at Boulders Bay and stand on Cape Point. Venture along the Garden Route, watch the whales congregate in Walker Bay (subject to the season) and end your trip with a safari on the Easter Cape or slightly further up the country in Madikwe Game Reserve .

Between September and November and March, April and May are excellent times to visit South Africa making a break in the Easter holidays and October half term well worth some consideration.

Sri Lanka & the Maldives

For families with children and teenagers

Sri Lanka and the Maldives work well for a winter (between December and April) family holiday. A week exploring the temples, tea plantations and wildlife of Sri Lanka ties in nicely with a relaxing time on a Maldivian island. We suggest being organised and booking well in advance to ensure you get the accommodation you want, particularly over Christmas.

It is a good idea to tour the island in a private car with an English speaking guide. This allows you to move at your own pace and your guide will work with you to ensure you get the best out of your trip.

The tea region of Sri Lanka is a web of walking trails and rivers which is ideal for biking as well as white water rafting for adventure seeking families. Greenstar recommends Ceylon Tea Trails , a network of luxurious tea plantation bungalows, each booked on an all inclusive basis with pool, gardens and your own butler.

After a busy few days exploring Sri Lanka, a week in the idyllic Maldives is a great add on. The Conrad Maldives Rangali Island is ideal for families offering cleverly designed family villas with private pools and easy access to the beach. Children will receive their own warm welcome from a member of the children’s club team and they won’t want to miss the Ice Cream Spa where treatments are designed with ice cream smelling products.

Costa Rica

For families with children and teenagers

Family holidays to Costa Rica merit a whole piece by itself however in a nutshell, Costa Rica, compared to other rainforest destinations is extremely accessible. For wildlife-loving children, Costa Rica is heaven and offers the opportunity to experience an exotic ecosystem with ease.

Costa Rica is well developed and offers an array of activities for families. As well as exploring the rainforests and learning about the most incredible wildlife, rafting, canopy walkways, horse riding and many more activities are available. The beaches are good too making Costa Rica an all round family holiday destination.

Whilst Costa Rica experiences rain all year round, most showers are tropical; typically short and sharp. Easter is generally drier than between June and August.

We hope this has given you an idea of some destinations which work so well for long haul family holidays. There are of course many destinations which make fabulous family holidays spots and we are here to help advise and book the best option for you.

The post Long Haul Family Holidays appeared first on Greenstar .

South Africa – The Rainbow Nation

Thu, 25 Nov 2021 17:32:00 GMT

South Africa: a rainbow nation, a world in one country – whichever description you choose, the diversity of South Africa is extraordinary.

All visitors agree that one visit to South Africa is not enough. Whether it be the people, the scenery, the wildlife or the flora it’s hard to find another country as diverse. The itinerary below gives an idea of where to visit on your first trip.

Wherever you start, you will want to return.

Cape Town

Cape Town is the perfect start for any trip to South Africa. It is regarded by many as one of the top city destinations in the world. Table Mountain creates a truly breathtaking setting for the abundance of attractions, world class restaurants and top accommodation to suit all tastes. In the heart of the city’s working harbour, the V&A Waterfront has become one of South Africa’s most visited attractions, offering shopping and entertainment, intermingled with an exciting range of restaurants and bars.

A trip up Table Mountain on the revolving cable car is a must and from here the views over the city and Cape Point will entice you to visit other areas. Immerse yourself in the history of Nelson Mandela’s imprisonment on Robben Island. See the attractions of Cape Peninsula, which take in Chapman’s Peak, Hout Bay, Boulders Beach and Simonstown or the spectacular range of beaches, such as Camps Bay. Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens showcase the finest collection of South African plants set on the slopes of the Table Mountain and are worth a visit.

Finally, escape from the hustle and bustle of the city to the Cape Winelands. All these tours can be easily accessed by self drive hire car, all of which we can easily arrange in advance of your arrival into Cape Town.

Stay at Belmond Mount Nelson for 3 nights.

Franschhoek

Situated just an hour’s drive from Cape Town, the Cape Winelands is able to boast magnificent wine farms, spectacular scenery, attractive towns rich in South African history and the title of ‘Culinary region of South Africa’. The three main towns are Stellenbosch, Franschhoek and Paarl, although the vineyards do extend as far north as Tulbagh and south to the Overberg coast. Stellenbosch is the second oldest town in South Africa and its history is reflected in the range of well-preserved buildings set alongside its oak tree lined streets; a most pleasurable place to stroll.

Over 300 years ago, the French Huguenots settled in a stunning valley and created Franschhoek. Their love of good food and fine wine created what is now the gourmet capital of South Africa. Paarl takes its name from Paarl (pearl) Rock and is located under the second largest granite outcrop in the world. Each of the towns has developed a series of wine routes which encompass the best vineyards each region has to offer and will help you to fully appreciate the beauty of this area. Alternatively, day tours can be arranged so you are able to enjoy a wine tasting experience to the full.

Stay at Avondrood Guesthouse , Franschhoek for 2 nights.

Hermanus

Hermanus sits on the northern shore of Walker Bay, just an hour and 15 minute drive south of Franschhoek. Together with the villages of Gaansbaai and De Kelders situated across the bay, Hermanus offers the best land-based whale watching in the world. Southern Right whales visit from June through to December to calve their young and can be viewed from the shore, aboard a boat or by air. The area is also renowned for spotting the mighty Great White Shark.

Hermanus over the years has grown into a quaint town, offering fine restaurants, comfortable accommodation and a range of upmarket shops. Outside the whale season the area offers stunning beaches and makes an ideal beach destination. There are also a range of vineyards in the area.

The Marine Hotel , Hermanus, for a stay of 2 nights.

Plettenberg Bay and the Garden Route

Along the coast from Hermanus, stretching between Mossel Bay and the Tsitsikamma Forests, is the Garden Route. The region derives its name from the lush vegetation and scenery featuring lakes, mountains, indigenous forests and golden beaches, interspersed by some of South Africa’s most charming towns. At the gateway is the town of George, a golfer’s paradise and offering many historical landmarks. Soon the road leads to the town of Wilderness and Wilderness National Park, giving protection to five lakes set amongst scenic river valleys. The park offers a range of activities for all ages and abilities, but most noted is a visit to observe dolphins from Dolphin Point.

Knysna is one of the Southern Cape’s best known holiday destinations, not only as an attractive town with a range of shops, fine restaurants serving locally grown fresh-water oysters and quality accommodation, but also for the ‘Knysna Heads’ – two great sandstone cliffs that guard the mouth of the beautiful Knysna Lagoon. The surrounding Knysna Forest comprises of soaring and ancient yellowwood trees and is one of the country’s largest indigenous forests. Nearby Plettenberg Bay, is dubbed the ‘Jewel of the Garden Route’ and proves a popular tourist destination.

Aside from the three beaches, Central, Robberg and Keurbooms, there are many opportunities for a range of activities, including angling in the Keurbooms River, deep sea fishing, dolphin cruises in the bay, diving, horse riding, a visit to Monkeyland or the Birds of Eden sanctuaries. Tsitsikamma National Park has ancient forests stretching down to one of the largest and oldest Marine National Parks in Africa. A range of activities are available, including tree top walks, zip wiring, mountain biking or the highest bungee jump in the world (216m)!

Stay at Hog Hollow Country Lodge , Plettenberg Bay, for a stay of 2 nights.

The Eastern Cape

Head up to the Eastern Cape and the region’s outstanding selection of private concessions and award winning private game reserves, most of which are 45 minutes to a one hour drive from Port Elizabeth.

Safari in the Eastern Cape is exciting due and variety of animals to be see here from elephant, lion and rhino to lizards, frogs and colourful birds.

Stay at Pumba Water Lodge , Pumba Game Reserve for 2 nights.

Your stay at Pumba includes two game activities per day. This will start with an afternoon game drive which continues into the early evening giving the opportunity to view nocturnal animals and birds by spotlight. Morning game drives depart as the sun rises to observe early animal activity before they settle down under the midday heat.

Wilderness

Finish your journey with couple more nights on the Garden Route before heading back to Cape Town and your flight home.

Stay at Views Boutique Hotel and Spa set on the cliffs overlooking Wilderness Beach for 1 night.

For more information on travelling in South Africa do give us a ring , email us or pop in and see us .

The post South Africa – The Rainbow Nation appeared first on Greenstar .

The Draw of The Deep South

Fri, 05 Nov 2021 10:53:00 GMT

America’s Deep South is bright, bold and exciting.

With a unique rhythm and a cheerful vibe, the region draws visitors time after time. Of course, those with a passion for music will love The Deep South however the area offers an incredible mix of culture and cuisine plus a unique heritage and diverse history that adds to the attraction. The locals are friendly too.

Here we have highlighted a fantastic fly-drive itinerary, taking you on a tour of The Deep South including a cruise along the Mississippi and starting at the heart of country, Nashville.

Nashville

Nashville, or ‘Music City USA’, is the home of country music as well as some of America’s biggest names in the recording world. Head out to the Grand Ole Opry House, the ‘church’ of country music. Visit the famous Ryman Auditorium, tour the Johnny Cash Museum and explore the Country House Hall of Fame or RCA’s Studio ‘B’ where Elvis Presley recorded over 200 of his best loved hits. Spend an evening meandering along Broadway, listening to live music in its honky-tonks or take in a show on a paddle steamer dinner cruise.

Stay 2 or 3 nights at the Sheraton Grand Nashville Downtown.

Memphis

Memphis is the place where blues came of age and where rock and roll was born. Stroll along Beale Street for a night of great music where bluesmen from BB King to Howlin’ Wolf made their names. BB King’s Blues Club is now one of the most renowned clubs on Beale Street. There is plenty to do in Memphis – tour Graceland and Sun Studios, visit the exceptional Rock ‘n’ Soul Museum and the Gibson Guitar factory. You might choose to visit the National Civil Rights Museum housed in the old Lorraine Motel, the place where Dr Martin Luther King was assassinated. It is one of the most moving and insightful museums in the United States.

Stay 3 nights at The Guesthouse in Graceland

Cruise the Mississippi

Cruise the Mississippi from Memphis to New Orleans. Join a 7 night cruise aboard the American Jazz and visit Vicksburg, Natchez, St Francisville, Baton Rouge and Houmas House.

New Orleans

Explore New Orleans including the US Mint Jazz Museum, Jackson Square, Bourbon Street and the French Quarter. No other city in America can boast such intrigue or romance. Festivals abound throughout the year from Mardi Gras in February to the film festival in October and one of the USA’s largest annual street parties, New Year’s Eve. Return to the Mississippi, taking a steamboat trip or sample the city’s Creole cuisine. New Orleans is famous for its food; savour some traditional dishes such as gumbo, oysters, po’boys and beignets at Café du Monde.

Stay 3 nights at the Hotel Monteleone.

Savannah

Fly to Savannah where rows of European townhouses border cobblestone streets and shady squares full of Grecian fountains, obelisks, and towering magnolias. Explore the town on foot and you will see gold domes and Corinthian columns, wrought-iron balustrades and sweeping staircases. A good variety of lively, good-time entertainment is available in Savannah from cultural arts to melancholy karaoke at the bawdy sailors’ dives. Savannah’s answer to Bourbon Street in New Orleans, River Street, fills with partygoers walking along the pedestrian promenade popping into bars and clubs offering live music. A giant party is held on the first Saturday of every month from February to December – an event not to be missed. Savannah is well known for its upscale dining; try ‘gourmet Southern’ concoctions such as broiled flounder in cream, crab and sherry sauce, pecan-almond tart with praline ice cream and Gentleman Jack caramel sauce.

Stay 2 nights at the River Street Inn.

Hilton Head Island, South Carolina

Hilton Head Island in the U.S. state of South Carolina is known for Atlantic Ocean beaches with soft white sand as well as its golf courses and wildlife. The Harbour Town Lighthouse and Museum marks the southwest tip. The Coastal Discovery Museum features heritage buildings, trees and themed gardens. Between the island and mainland, the Pinckney Island National Wildlife Refuge salt marsh hosts deer, alligators and birds. This is a great spot to relax at the end of your Deep South adventure.

Stay 3 to 5 nights at The Inn at Harbour Town.

From here, drive back to Savannah to begin your journey home.

For more information on this trip or to talk to us about tailor making your own unique journey, do get in touch .

The post The Draw of The Deep South appeared first on Greenstar .

Fly Drive California and the South West USA

Wed, 29 Sep 2021 10:22:00 GMT

The size and diversity of the USA makes the destination, re-opening to fully vaccinated travellers in November this year, perfect for a fly-drive adventure.

We work with the best USA specialists to create itineraries that make the most of each area and maximise the opportunities to explore and get the most out of your trip.

It’s sometimes difficult to know where to start as the USA offers so much choice. Feel the thrill of the open road along the famous Californian Highway One, wind your way along the Blues Highway through the Deep South or follow Route 66 from Chicago in the east to Los Angeles in the west. Wherever you decide to go, we can help you choose from a ready-to-go fly drive itinerary or can tailor make your own specific journey.

Below is the low down on California and the South West, one of our favourite areas to explore by car, with an outline of what you can expect to see;

California – The Golden State

California is immense in size and experience and offers an interesting and diverse landscape which is fantastic to explored with the aid of 4 wheels. The world renowned cities of Los Angeles and San Francisco grab the limelight but compete with America’s largest and most beautiful wine regions, lush and tropical landscapes, snow-capped mountains and the longest coastline in the Unites States.

Arizona – The Grand Canyon State

Arizona is a state of Native American and Hispanic heritage and Old West Legends. The state is, of course, home to one of the seven natural wonders of the world; The Grand Canyon and is blessed with sun drenched cities, spas and glittering resorts. The varied landscapes of the state are further enhanced by incredible year round fine weather and glorious sunshine.

Utah – The Beehive State

Known as the Beehive State due to the Utah population’s hardworking and persevering nature, Utah is an exciting state. 42 state parks, 6 national forests, 5 fantastic national parks, 7 national monuments and 13 areas to ski alone provide great reasons to visit Utah. There are plenty of recreational activities to enjoy in Utah and several exciting cities, such as Salt Lake City and Ogden.

Nevada – The Wide Open State

Known predominantly for the bright lights of Las Vegas, Nevada is also gateway to several national parks and the impressive Great Basin National Park in the north east of the state. The 24 hour gaming capital of the world does of course attract visitors so no visit to the state would be complete without 2 or 3 nights in Las Vegas.

New Mexico – The Land of Enchantment State

New Mexico offers a rich mix of culture, natural resources and history as well as a diverse landscape. Tiny village and modern cities, multicultural traditions and a fascinating history ensure that every visit here is enchanting. Visit Santa Fe, America’s oldest capital and exciting Albuquerque, home to the international balloon festival since 1972. Experience the beauty of the White Sands surrounded by the Sacramento, San Andreas and Organ Mountains.

Texas – The Lone Star State

Think cowboy culture, sizzling barbeques and scenic drives and you’ll be in the Lone Star State. Immaculate greens make Texas a golfer’s paradise and the crystal blue waters of the Gulf are an adventurer’s dream. Take a view of the world beyond ours at the McDonald Observatory, paddle through cypress-lined swamps and hike the Guadalupe Mountains of the Big Bend region. Texas is an adventure.

We hope this taste of California and the South West of the USA has whet your appetite to find out more. We are, of course, always happy to chat to you over the phone or see you in the office in Claygate. Get in touch to find out more.

The post Fly Drive California and the South West USA appeared first on Greenstar .

Wish you were here – Canada’s Winter Wonderland

Tue, 24 Aug 2021 07:25:00 GMT

With the imminent opening of Canada’s borders we’re excited about this fascinating destination once more being open to British travellers. Travellers from the UK have been missed in the 2 ^nd largest country in the world so expect a very warm and friendly welcome.

In the next ‘Wish you were here’ series, we visit Canada and explore what there is to do during the exciting winter months. From the snow capped Rocky mountains and winter festivals to world class ski resorts and sleigh rides across frozen lakes, the winter season in Canada is one of the best and offers a host of experiences for all the family.

Ski Whistler

Whistler is one of North America’s largest ski resorts however nestled at the base of Whistler and Blackcomb Mountains, Whistler is not just focused on skiing and snowboarding. Dogsledding, snowmobiling, snowshoeing and sleigh rides are all on offer too. Whistler is a great twin with Vancouver which is just a 2 hour transfer away, so we suggest spending 7 nights in Whistler either before or 2 or 3 nights in the city.

Vancouver and the Northern Lights

Taking advantage of the proximity of Vancouver again, spend time in the vibrant city before flying to Whitehorse in Yukon to experience the incredible Aurora Borealis, or Northern Lights as they are most commonly known. You may want to also tie this in with a week in Whistler, making a longer and more varied itinerary.

Toronto and Niagara Falls

Right across on the other side of the county sits the cosmopolitan city of Toronto. Make the most of a 2 day hop on, hop off pass to see as much as you can before heading to The incredible Niagara Falls. Enjoy a unique view of the Horseshoe Falls also known as the Canadian Falls and one of the 3 falls on the Niagara River.

Rockies winter adventure

Winter in the Rockies is heaven for adventure seekers, not just skiers. Spend 8 nights in this incredible natural winter wonderland enjoying many activities such as Dog sledding, snowmobiling, wildlife viewing and ice walking.

Montréal and Québec City

Combine the energetic city of Montréal with Québec City for a real French-Canadian experience. Visit the old and new centres of Montréal then travel by train to Québec City, Canada’s oldest and only walled city in North America.

To find out more about travelling to Canada and which adventures are best for you, do get in touch .

The post Wish you were here – Canada’s Winter Wonderland appeared first on Greenstar .

Wish you were here – an Arctic TreeHouse winter break

Wed, 04 Aug 2021 14:41:00 GMT

In the latest edition of our ‘Wish you were here’ series, we venture to the northernmost regions of Finland and Sweden, more commonly known as Lapland.

Lapland is an arctic playground, perfect for an adventurous winter break, where the reindeer population outnumbers people and Santa Claus lives. The northern lights are of course a key attraction from late August until mid April with winter lasting around 200 days and the clear night sky a backdrop for this amazing natural phenomenon. The choice of winter activities is extensive too from snowmobile safaris and dog sledding to watching reindeer from around a campfire.

Rovaniemi, the crowned capital of Lapland (and official home of Santa Claus) sits directly on the Arctic Circle. It is an ideal destination for those looking to combine all the city has to offer with the full winter experience found in the surrounding wilderness. This itinerary, with the Arctic TreeHouse Hotel as your base, offers a truly unforgettable Lapland holiday.

Snowmobile safari

Enjoy a thrilling snowmobile ride to a local reindeer farm and receive your very own International Reindeer Driving Licence. Take part in a traditional “Crossing of the Arctic Circle” ceremony in a traditional Lappish tepee and receive a certificate to mark your crossing.

Snowshoe fun

Head into the Lappish wilderness in the hills surrounding Rovaniemi. Learn how to walk with Arctic shoes through beautiful snow covered forests enjoying hot drinks along the way.

Thrill of speed

You’ll know you’re approaching the local farm when you hear the friendly barks of the huskies. As soon as you set off however, the dogs will quieten down and do their work. Enjoy the surrounding nature as you drive the sledge, stopping for a break in the wilderness. Take lots of pictures!

Arctic TreeHouse Hotel

These exhilarating activities are complimented by your accommodation for the duration of your stay, the Arctic TreeHouse Hotel . The hotel’s architecturally fascinating individual suites are cleverly designed in wooden cubes, with one side completely made of glass. The views of the surrounding landscape and the northern skies are mesmerising. These uber cool pod suites are built stilts set into the hillside above the hotel’s reception and restaurant. Why not upgrade to one of the stunning Arctic GlassHouses with two bedrooms, to allow for more travel companions, as well as a fireplace and private sauna. The ArcticScene Suites are even more fabulous and are ideal for groups of up to 5 people; expect an amazing wellness area, scenery sauna and floor to ceiling windows. Delicious Lappish cuisine is served in the panoramic restaurant ensuring you don’t lose a moment away from the incredible view.

This itinerary was originally booked through one of our specialist travel partners, Regent Holidays. For further information on travel to Lapland or other escapes to Northern Europe, do get in touch .

The post Wish you were here – an Arctic TreeHouse winter break appeared first on Greenstar .

Wish you were here – an Oman Odyssey

Wed, 30 Jun 2021 12:43:00 GMT

Travel is complex right now. Navigating the Government’s traffic light system, working out testing and quarantine requirements for different destinations and ticking all the travel boxes all take time and expertise. What is not complex however is dreaming of those adventures we are looking forward to enjoying once the freedom of travel returns. It’s a luxury we should allow ourselves with time to plan that long awaited getaway. In the first of our ‘Wish you were here’ series we visit the mesmerising Sultanate of Oman.

Muscat

This Oman Odyssey starts in Muscat. Muscat is sandwiched between the Arabian Sea and the Al-Hajar Mountains along a golden, sandy coastline. The city is laidback and friendly and across the three districts; the old town, the port and the business district, offers wonderful character and history as well as spectacular sights. The Grand Mosque and the Al Alam Palace (Sultan’s Palace) are a visitor’s must.

Home to dazzling souks and superb seafood, Muscat offers the chance to immerse yourself in Arabian culture. The impressive Gurum Natural Park and the fortresses of Jalali and Al Mirani provide a further opportunity to explore.

Stay at the Grand Hyatt Muscat for five star luxury and beautiful views.

Al-Hajar Mountains and the Anantara Al Jabal Al Akhdar

After a couple of nights in Muscat the Oman Odyssey takes you to the Al-Hajar Mountains and the Anantara Al Jabal Al Akhdar for 2 nights.

The Al-Hajar Mountains rise to over 3,000 metres. The highest peak is Jebel Shams where the hike up there will be rewarded with spectacular mountain views. Al Jabal Al Akhdar, meaning green mountain, is home to traditional mountain villages, fruit orchards and pretty rose gardens, famed for producing Oman’s coveted rose water.

The natural playground of the Al-Hajar Mountains offers a host of activities from rock climbing and canyoning to visiting archaeological sites, ancient forts, UNESCO World Heritage prehistoric settlements and historic towns and villages. The incredible location of the Anantara Al Jabal Al Akhdar isn’t the only attraction of this hotel. High levels of service, true Omani hospitality and authentic cultural experiences are all guaranteed.

Wahiba Sands

Wahiba Sands is the next stop on your Oman Odyssey. On the way, stop at Nizwa; Nizwa Fort is the oldest in the Oman and Nizwa Souq is exciting and bustling. Wahiba Sands, in the east of Oman covers an area of 12,500 square metres; an undulating red and white sea of dunes rising up to 200 metres and host to a variety of flora and fauna as well as being rich in wildlife such as gazelles, mongoose and a variety of birds. Wahiba Sands is a photographers’ paradise!

Desert Nights Camp is the place to stay in the desert. Get a taste of Bedouin life with a touch of Arabian style in comfortable Bedouin style tents. Dine under the stars and immerse yourself in desert life.

Chedi Muscat

After a night in the desert, spend the final few days of your Oman Odyssey next to the crystal waters of the Gulf of Oman and the Chedi Muscat. On the way, visit Bimah sinkhole and Wadi Arbayeen. Along the coastal route to Bimah Sinkhole, a spectacular limestone crater with deep blue water, you will see the fish jetty and the dhow factory and maybe spot a sprightly gazelle sprint across the landscape or sharks in the deep blue water of the crater. Wadi Arbayeen is famed for its refreshing deep pools of water set amongst date palms.

The Chedi Muscat is a contemporary oasis of luxury and calm on the beautiful shores of Oman and the ideal spot for the last relaxing few days of your Oman Odyssey. With exceptional restaurants and stunning facilities, the Chedi Muscat is set in the Al Khuwair area, not far from the city’s commercial district.

Rich in culture, Oman has plenty to offer. Combine the sights of Muscat such as the Grand Mosque and the Sultan’s Palace with the beautiful bays of Bandar al Khiran. Coastal trips and dolphin watching are all on offer and luxury camping in the desert is a must on any Arabian experience.

This is Oman at its best.

Of course, there are many itineraries we can create to ensure you experience Oman in the best way possible. We are always happy to help so do get in touch to chat through your next adventure.

The post Wish you were here – an Oman Odyssey appeared first on Greenstar .

Jennie recommends

Tue, 15 Jun 2021 12:02:00 GMT

Here Jennie recommends some of her all time favourite hotels and destinations she has booked for clients time after time.

Hotel Brunelleschi in Florence

The Brunelleschi is truly stunning. It’s a very special building comprising of a Byzantine Church and ancient water tower which is the oldest standing building in the centre of Florence. I love the luxury of the hotel and the brilliant location – just 20 metres from the Duomo. Several rooms at Hotel Brunelleschi offer incredible views of the Duomo, which is even more striking when lit up at night. This hotel is perfect for romantics and anyone looking to explore one of the most beautiful cities in Europe.

Elysium Hotel in Paphos

The Elysium in Paphos is probably one of my all time favourite hotels and I have been lucky to stay there a few times, both for work and pleasure. The hotel staff really bring this hotel to life with their excellent and attentive service and many clients, from families to solo travellers, have really felt looked after at the hotel. The food at all 8 of the bars and restaurants is divine and I particularly love Café Occidental for its cosmopolitan feel and the most amazing cocktails. There is a beautiful large outside pool and an inside pool with jacuzzi so the hotel works really well as a winter as well as a summer destination. I also really like the gardens with sun loungers facing the sea.

Secrets Akumal, Riviera Maya, Mexico

Secrets Akumal Rivera Maya is an adult-only hotel situated on the most beautiful white sandy Mexican beach. The resort offers their exclusive Unlimited-Luxury plan including a wealth of amenities. A further upgrade to Preferred Club offers dedicated concierge service and access to premium suite accommodation. I love the Preferred Club Junior Suite swim out ocean front rooms for something really special. The hotel is ideal for honeymooners and couples looking for a really special luxury inclusive holiday. I really like Mexico as a destination and having stayed in quite a few hotels, cite Secrets Akumal Riviera Maya as one of my favourites.

Sandals South Coast, Jamaica

Since I stayed at this hotel it has received a huge makeover. All the rooms have been renovated and updated and fabulous new over water bungalow suites have been added to the accommodation. Sandals South Coast is set on a 2 mile stretch of beautiful beach. The staff are attentive and nothing is too much trouble – this is true Jamaican hospitality at its best and you will always be greeted by a smile. Relax around one of the pools drinking rum cocktails and listening to reggae and enjoy one of the 9 restaurants and 7 bars at the hotel. Asian, Mediterranean, sushi, Caribbean and Jamaican – the choice is amazing. All Sandals hotels are for adults only so Sandals South Coast is a great choice for couples and groups of friends. All activities, as well as diving, are included too.

If you want to chat to Jennie about any of these hotels, do get in touch .

The post Jennie recommends appeared first on Greenstar .

Tip inclusive holidays

Tue, 08 Jun 2021 12:51:00 GMT

The team at one of our valued travel partners, Experience Travel Group, has recently taken the considered decision to go tip inclusive on all their holidays. In essence, this means that all tips for guides, drivers and other experience providers are now included in the cost of your trip.

We at Greenstar Travel work closely with Experience Travel Group to tailor make the most incredible tailor made experiential holidays to Asia. Read on for more about why they took this forward thinking decision, the consequential benefits and some answered questions.

In short, this approach completely banishes the stressful nightmare of tipping and means the right people are being correctly remunerated for a good day’s work.

What do you think? Get in touch , we would love to know your thoughts.

The post Tip inclusive holidays appeared first on Greenstar .

Summer in the city

Thu, 13 May 2021 16:32:00 GMT

There are now several destinations you can visit without the need to quarantine on your return to the UK. So, why not dip your toe back into the world of travel with a well earned summer city escape. Here are few the Greenstar team have highlighted as fabulous summer spots and if you are not ready to travel quite yet, they all offer so much for travel later in the year too.

Lapa Palace, Lisbon

Lisbon

Lapa Palace

Lisbon is one of Europe’s most charming cities. Magnificent palaces and grand architecture align with al fresco bars, charming cafés and excellent restaurants. The Lapa Palace is located in a leafy, quiet residential part of the city amongst majestic buildings housing embassies and consulates. During summer months the oasis-like garden and swimming pool are a welcome retreat.

Reykjavik

Hotel Apotek

Reykjavik is the perfect destination for a short summer break or a great twin centre with the highlands of Iceland. Boutique Hotel Apotek is a converted pharmacy in the heart of the city centre within walking distance of the iconic Hallgrimskirja. The hotel has a good restaurant and relaxed cocktail bar and offers the perfect base for exploring the city. If you are looking to venture further afield, take a 4×4 excursion to the waterfalls, hot springs, glaciers and geysers of the Golden Circle.

Oporto

The Yeatman

The Yeatman in Oporto is fabulous. The views are worth a stay in themselves however with a vinotherapy spa and the decanter shaped pool, the focus here is definitely wine.

The hotel is unashamedly luxurious and presides majestically over the charming and historic Gaia district of the city. The Yeatman is the perfect luxurious destination in Oporto.

Tel Aviv

The Norman

Tel Aviv is a modern, cosmopolitan city with an ancient history. Enjoy everything a good break should be: warm sunshine, sandy beaches and lovely al fresco bars and restaurants. The unique Bauhaus architecture and the ancient Jaffa district date back thousand of years and are fascinating to explore. The Norman is easily the city’s most stylish property oozing 1920’s glamour. The rooftop pool, Art Deco bar and excellent restaurant add to the exceptional experience.

Madeira

Jardins de Lago

Madeira enjoys a sub tropical climate ensuring a fabulous holiday destination all year round. A gardener’s paradise, the island of Madeira is lush and beautiful. Jardins de Lago, located in the hills above Funchal, enjoys their very own gardens and is a wonderful place to stay. The island has to be explored – visit the volcanic interior, walk the famous levadas and taste the eponymous wines of Madeira.

Of course, we are here to help you get away on that long awaited holiday and will make sure you have all the information you need to ensure your journey is safe and enjoyable. Do not hesitate to get in touch by phone or via email or pop in to see us in Claygate.

Information correct as of May 2021

The post Summer in the city appeared first on Greenstar .

Making sense of it all

Tue, 20 Apr 2021 16:22:00 GMT

Whilst we aim to bring you up to date travel inspiration and to send you dreaming of that next holiday spot, it is also important, as your travel professional, that we help you make sense of the current UK Government and what the guidance around international travel looks like.

Below we have aimed to explain, simply, the findings of the Global Travel Taskforce report released earlier this month. Here you will find the most relevant details (as we understand them) that will affect the restart of international travel.

We are of course, here to help, guide and advise so do get in touch with any questions.

Q: When will international travel resume?

A: 17 ^th May is the earliest date that international travel will resume without having to provide a valid reason for leaving the country. On this date it will no longer be illegal to travel and there will no longer be a requirement to complete a ‘permission to travel’ form.

Q: Where can I go from 17th May?

A: This is not currently clear however it is expected that a traffic light system will be implemented. Transport Secretary Grant Shapps has indicated it could be 2 or 3 weeks before any decisions will be published. We are staying abreast of these announcements.

Q: What does the traffic light system mean?

A: Once international travel resumes, the expected traffic light system will be implemented meaning that destination countries will be classified as green, amber or red with the addition of a ‘green watchlist’.

Green – Arrivals will need to take a pre-departure test as well as a PCR test on or before day 2 of their arrival back into the UK. The pre-departure test is likely to be a lateral flow test. Travellers will not need to quarantine on their return to the UK (unless they receive a positive test result) or be required to take any additional tests. This will positively reduce the costs of testing and the overall cost of their holiday.

Amber – Arrivals will need to quarantine for a period of ten days and take a pre-departure test as well as two PCR tests. There will be the option of a ‘early release’ test to end self-isolation on day 5.

Red – Arrivals will be subject to restrictions currently in place for “red list” countries which are detailed in the table below.

Green watchlist – To give passengers more certainty when travelling, a “green watchlist” will be introduced to help identify countries most at risk of moving from green to amber and to provide more assurances to travellers. Those countries on the ‘green watchlist” will be kept under constant review with a particular focus on variants of concern in relevant countries.

Q: What about cruising?

A: The UK Government has indicated that domestic and international cruises will resume alongside the wider restart of international travel, in line with the “traffic light” system.

Q: How will the UK Government/scientists decide which countries are on which list?

A: 4 Key factors will be included in the assessment of which list a country falls into:

Q: Where can I get a PCR test and how much will it cost?

A: The cost and availability of PCR tests in the UK compared to the cost and availability in other countries is currently facing much criticism and scrutiny. The UK Government has advised that they are working with the private sector to increase availability and drive the cost of testing down.

If you have a holiday booked with Greenstar Travel and it is necessary for you to take a PCR test, we will provide you with a list of facilities where you can book these before departure. If you book with us we are able to offer a discount on PCR tests through Randox Toxicology, one of the UK Government approved suppliers.

Q: Will I need a ‘vaccine passport’?

A: The UK will play a leading role in the development of international standards around a digital travel certification system. The Department for Transport is working across UK Government to consider the role vaccine passports could play in easing outbound travel to those countries which have certification systems in place.

The UK Government is also continuing to work towards developing a workable system that would facilitate travel certification for inbound international travel.

Q: How often will the restrictions be reviewed?

A: Restrictions will be formally reviewed on the 28th June to take account of the domestic and international health picture and to see whether current measures could be rolled back. Further formal reviews will take place at points no later than 31st July and 1st October.

Q: Will I still need to complete a passenger locator form (PLF)?

A: The UK Government has announced plans to digitise the PLF integrating it into the UK border control system and enabling checks to take place at e-gates by Autumn 2021. This is the ensure the UK’s borders remain safe and efficient once the numbers of passengers travelling through borders increase.

Q: What is the best way to ensure that I am fully informed and my holiday is fully protected?

A: Book with us. We only book and work with ATOL protected tour operators. We are ABTA members and agent members of AITO so your holiday will be fully bonded and financially protected. We will always provide you with honest and impartial advice and expert guidance and advice from the moment you make an initial enquiry to the moment you return home.

“International travel is vital – it boosts businesses and underpins the UK economy – but more than that, it brings people together, connects families who have been kept apart, and allows us to explore new horizons.

“The framework announced today will help allow us to reopen travel safely and sustainably, ensure we protect our hard-won achievements on the vaccine roll out and offer peace of mind to both passengers and industry as we begin to take trips abroad once again.”

Transport Secretary Grant Shapps

Correct at time of publication – 20 ^th April 2021

The post Making sense of it all appeared first on Greenstar .

How can we travel sustainably?

Wed, 31 Mar 2021 15:03:00 GMT

Sustainable travel is all about valuing our environment and looking after our precious natural resources. It means finding a way that tourism can be maintained long-term without harming natural and cultural environments and it is something about which as a professional travel company, we are acutely aware. We promote travel rather than tourism.

We are not just aware of sustainable travel, we are conscious of the contribution we can all make towards protecting our environment whilst exploring the world. As a business we are striving ahead with reducing the amount of paper we use, including the number of brochures we have in the office. We can easily email a copy of a brochure page instead of handing out an entire brochure. We are also committed to recycling as much as possible and are conscious of the companies and resorts we work with and their commitment to more sustainable travel.

We work with a carefully selected portfolio of travel companies that we match to our clients by what they offer, their expertise and their ethos. Here are three travel companies with whom we work and who are getting it right when it comes to sustainable travel.

Greenstar travel companies with an eye on sustainability

The Experience Travel Group

The Experience Travel Group (ETG) holds sustainability at the heart of everything they do, the three pillars of which they mention as environment, society and economy.

ETG are committed to pursuing several initiatives one of which is the ‘One bottle at a time’ initiative. All clients are offered an aluminium bottle on arrival at their destination and all transfer vehicles are fitted with sustainable drinking water refill stations. This small step alone could result in a potential saving of 90,000 plastic single use water bottles in one year.

Kirker

In order for sustainable travel to succeed, it is important that travellers engage with local experiences and the authenticity of the destination. Richer experiences are enjoyed as a result, traditional crafts are preserved and of course communities gain from the investment.

With this in mind, Kirker has committed to helping visitors engage with authentic local experiences, promoting local businesses such as bars, restaurants and shops and suggesting walking tours with local experts. The company has also pledged to raise for local charities such as the Venice in Peril fund to help preserve cultural and social heritage.

Sunvil

The country of Greece is the first love of Sunvil having been travelling to and selling the country since 1969. Waste management in Greece is an ever expanding problem and Sunvil have committed to addressing this.

They have introduced a waste separation and crushing facility at one of Sunvil’s exclusive properties, Kalami Bay on Corfu. Further facilities are due to be introduced as well as educational programmes for those in authority in the destinations Sunvil feature.

Other sustainable travel choices

We are always here to help and look forward to helping you plan your next sustainable journey. Make an appointment or give us a ring .

The post How can we travel sustainably? appeared first on Greenstar .

Karen recommends

Wed, 31 Mar 2021 14:31:00 GMT

Our expertise and first hand knowledge is what we love to share and what attracts clients to trust us with the organisation of their important escapes.

Here Karen has picked some of her most recommended hotels for beach lovers, romantics and city lovers and has highlighted what she loves about each one. Which one will you pick?

For beach lovers

Spice Island Beach Resort – Grenada

I’ve seen a fair few Caribbean hotels but this is by far the one that sticks in my mind as the perfect luxury Caribbean escape.

Set right on Grand Anse Beach, a 2 mile swathe of pure white sand, Spice Island ‘s beachfront suites are quite literally on the beach. There are watersports available to those who are feeling adventurous but the vibe of the hotel is pretty low key.

This 5* hotel oozes charm and sophistication. There’s no evening entertainment, just classy background music whilst you sit and chat in the bar listing to the gentle sound of the waves lapping against the shore.

There may occasionally be a piano or harp player playing.

Yes, this all-inclusive hotel comes at a price, but oh boy, it’s worth every penny.

Constance Moofushi – Maldives

“The Maldives as you imagine it”.

Some hotels in the Maldives may not deliver on that dream picture that you have in your head of the perfect ‘Robinson Crusoe’ island.

Constance Moofushi however delivers on all aspects. The resort has that beautiful idyllic hideaway feel but there is also plenty to do. Let’s face it, some of our other halves just can’t sit on a beach for a week and read 10 books!

This hotel is widely regarded as one of the world’s best diving spots. Manta rays are often spotted in the 32 dive sites which are all within a half hour boat ride from the resort.

This all-inclusive property includes plenty of other activities. Just give us a ring or take a look at their website and you’ll be sold.

Go for the beach villa rather than the costly over water villas. They are more private and what could be better than stepping out of your room into that powder white sand.

For romantics

Hotel Capo d’Orso Thalasso & Spa – Northern Sardinia

Few words can justify this hotel but I will try!

Imagine the Med in the 60’s: the first view I had of this hotel was of their beautiful wooden speed boat (you know, the boat Daniel Craig steered up the Grand Canal in Venice with Vesper in Casino Royale).

Capo d’Orso offers pure adult relaxation in a stunning setting. The rooms are set amongst pines with secluded terraces looking out to such deep turquoise water. Little paths lead through the trees to secluded beaches.

I had lunch with the manager; he is a charming man who made made me feel so comfortable chatting with him (some managers do not have that knack!) Even though this is 5* hotel it’s very relaxed and welcoming. The staff just want you to have a great time.

This is a real ‘pinch me’ hotel and one that I have sold with ease.

For city lovers

Hotel Sant Francesc – Palma Old Town, Mallorca

Bang in the centre of the old town, this 5* ultra urban chic hotel is a marvellous combination of architecture, design and contemporary art.

With a stunning rooftop terrace and pool that offers panoramic views, guests experience an oasis of tranquillity and space after a busy day discovering the hidden beauty of this fascinating city.

I always smile when I think of Hotel Sant Francesc . It brings back such lovely memories of sitting on the roof terrace watching the sun set over the ancient rooftops with cocktail in hand. A true winner if you’re looking for a romantic long weekend away somewhere special.

To chat more about any of these hotels do get in touch .

The post Karen recommends appeared first on Greenstar .

Japan Uncovered

Fri, 12 Mar 2021 11:15:00 GMT

Japan is captivating; an explosion of pink cherry blossom, high tech cities, incredible food, beautiful geisha, the list goes on. Japan has a truly unique culture.

Japan has four distinct seasons making ideal to visit all year round. The weather ranges throughout the year across the 3,000km of archipelago which stretches from the tropical south to the chilly north.

From March to May, the spring brings the famous cherry blossom (sukura). Each year, locals and international travellers are enthused by this sea of beautiful pink flowers.

Japanese sakura

From June to August, the summer is the season for festivals and fireworks. The climate is humid so it’s a great time to head to the mountains to find cooler temperatures. For avid hikers, 1 ^st July to 31 ^st August is the only time permitted to climb Mount Fiji so well worth planning your trip around this time if so.

Japan offers a wealth of experiences. We work closely with expert partners, Wendy Wu Tours, to ensure you get the absolute best out of your trip whether you choose to join a group tour or prefer to embark on your individual tailormade itinerary.

Here we have highlighted a couple of itineraries that enable any traveller to experience this fascinating country in all its glory.

Japan Uncovered

If you are looking for an all in one trip to discover Japan’s classic sights and key cultural activities, this 17 day tour is for you.

Jewels of Japan

For those that have a limited amount of time and just want to see the main highlights of Japan, this is perfect. This 11 day our takes travellers to some of the must-see sights of the country and offers some unmissable experiences.

Of course, you may be looking for your own tailormade, individual journey. Whatever you are looking to get out of your trip we, with our friends at Wendy Wu Tours, can curate the perfect trip for you. Get in touch with us here .

The post Japan Uncovered appeared first on Greenstar .

Embrace the staycation

Mon, 22 Feb 2021 08:27:00 GMT

The UK government have said it’s too early to think about an overseas holiday but there’s every opportunity to enjoy a staycation at some point this year.

Great Little Breaks is one of our trusted partners who offer a diverse range of lovely breaks across the UK from the South Coast to the Scottish Highlands. Here are some ideas of the best the UK has to offer in staycation experiences whether you are looking to go away imminently or are planning a trip later in the year.

UK’s best walking trails

With roughly 19,490 miles of coastline to explore, plus plenty of countryside route,s there are many incredible walking trails to choose from. Take the Cotswolds Way: this 100 mile route starts in Chipping Campden and ends in the UNESCO World Heritage Site city of Bath. Stunning countryside scenery and pretty villages keep you company along the way and of course the Cotswolds is home to many traditional pubs.

The perfect British town

Idyllic towns and villages and incredible landscapes are what define the quintessential essence of the UK. That and the great British pub of course – is there a theme going on here?

From the seaside tradition of Bournemouth to the unbeatable scenery of Windemere and the historic and cultural interest of Stratford upon Avon and Bletchley, UK towns offer staycationers a chance to fully explore their interests at leisure with itineraries crafted to ensure you get the best out of your stay.

Unique outings and attractions

There are many unique spots on our doorstep in the UK; have you ever wanted to know more about the Museum of Witchcraft and Magic in Boscastle or find out how Birmingham taught the world to write at the Pen Museum? Now you can indulge your curiosities and take the time to explore some of the UK attractions that tell the story of our incredible history.

The wonders of the UK’s art scene

We are incredibly fortunate in the UK to be able to enjoy art wherever we go. From small galleries to large museums, the UK is home to some of the world’s most brilliant collections and as a small nation, we have played a huge part in shaping art history. Take a short break in St Ives and visit the Tate St Ives overlooking the beach or the Barbara Hepworth Museum and Sculpture Gardens. Barbara Hepworth claimed the seaside was one of her greatest inspirations and her studio is remains just as she left it.

A weekend in Manchester will entice you to The Lowry in Manchester which is home to a great exhibition of the Lancashire painter, LS Lowry and the Walker Art Gallery in Liverpool houses the biggest art collection in England outside London. That in itself is a reason to visit.

We are of course always here to help so do get in touch via email , give us a ring or make an appointment to chat to us over zoom about your next stay away.

The post Embrace the staycation appeared first on Greenstar .

Morocco – a destination of diversity

Wed, 27 Jan 2021 14:48:00 GMT

Few destinations offer the heady exoticism of Morocco. With an abundance of sights, culture, cuisine and coastlines, Morocco oozes a diverse range of activities that will rejuvenate, excite and impress from the moment you land. So, whether you want to soak up the sun and relax, get to know its culture and history, take part in sports or explore its bustling cities, we’ve highlighted the top things to do when holidaying in Morocco.

Bustling markets, colourful cultures and a mouth-watering cuisine

If Morocco is already on your holiday list, you will probably have been dreaming of the sights, smells and unique atmosphere the markets and souks offer. We think the markets are the perfect place to explore to immerse yourself in Moroccan culture but which ones should you visit? There is a lot of choice so we have listed a couple of our favourites.

Marrakech is a destination steeped in culture and history and most travellers will stay in or pass through Marrakech during their time in Morocco. Marrakech is a destination that at first, might feel a tad overwhelming; the city is full of stalls and teeming with people going around their daily lives. Incredible sights, smells and sounds will transport you to another world. Marrakech has many different souks so you will find everything you are looking for and probably more. If you are a first timer to the city and to the souks, we recommend strolling around and simply taking it all in.

If trying local cuisine is more up your street, then head to the Jemaa el-Fna at dusk. Here you will find a street food market selling just about all the traditional Moroccan dishes you can think of including its famous tagine, and perhaps not-so-famous snail soup. The tables are all communal, so pull up a pew and enjoy the atmosphere with those around you. Once you have eaten, stick around for another highlight – the storytellers. Storytelling is a traditional Moroccan practice that fuses comedy, topical subjects and music into long tales – a form of entertainment unique to Morocco and well worth seeing and listening to.

A huge stretch of coastline

Many think of bustling souks and markets brimming with culture when Morocco comes to mind. This is a typical aspect of Moroccan culture however however look a bit further and you’ll find no less than 1,200 miles of beautiful coastline and a whole host of beach resorts to enjoy some down-time all year round.

Laid-back Essaouira is a Greenstar favourite. The town’s relaxed, hippy and low key vibe stands Essaouria apart from rivalling resorts plus its coastal wind has helped it retain its traditional culture and character. If you’re looking for an authentic beach getaway, away from the typical sunseeker, look no further. As well as its gorgeous stretch of beach, visitors here can’t miss the atmospheric port, spice scented lanes, art galleries and boutiques. Sports-lovers flock here too during the summer and autumn months for a spot of windsurfing which is excellent. It’s not called the Windy City of Africa for nothing!

For those in search of somewhere a little livelier, Agadir is a popular beach resort. Agadir’s six mile stretch of beach is backed by a huge selection of hotels ranging from budget hostels to high end luxury resorts. No matter where you decide to stay, you will enjoy the beach view. Along the buzzing promenade you’ll also find souvenir stalls, street performers and will be spoilt for choice when it comes to restaurants and bars where you can watch the spectacular sunset.

Casablanca is another beach hotspot for those seeking a fun-filled getaway or if you are on the hunt for a family-friendly break, we recommend Tamuda Bay on the less-explored eastern coast. With its own waterpark, family friendly beaches and water sports there’s plenty here to keep all ages happy throughout the day and night.

National parks, sand dunes and mountains

The diverse landscape of Morocco is evident in the country’s 11 national parks as well as the Saharan Desert and mountain ranges.

We recommend a trip to Tazzeka National Park not far from Fez, in the Middle Atlas Mountains. A complete contrast from the bustling cities and beach resorts, the park offers open valleys, walking trails, wildflowers and dense oak forests to explore, as well as deep canyons, hidden cave systems and gushing waterfalls. It’s the perfect spot for nature lovers who will also enjoy the abundance of rare birds and brightly coloured frogs and lizards. It is also a photographer’s paradise.

Then there’s the Sahara Desert. Spread out over nine million square kilometres across north Africa, the Sahara is the largest sand desert in the world and we think a visit to Morocco wouldn’t be complete without a trip here. The sand dunes are spectacular at any time of day, but particularly impressive during sunrise or sunset as the sands change colour with the reflections. For a real desert experience, opt for a desert camp overnight stay giving you the chance to appreciate everything it has to offer. Enjoy camel rides and meeting the locals who will happily recount a traditional tale or two. Overnight stays range from luxurious camps to a more basic accommodation with various pick up points available.

Want to know more?

From bustling markets and beautiful beaches, to scenic landscapes and a unique culture, Morocco is a diverse destination that offers just about everything. Whether you wish to explore the country piece by piece or fancy heading on a comprehensive tour and see it all, it’s all possible. Get in touch and we will help you plan your trip.

The post Morocco – a destination of diversity appeared first on Greenstar .

You can count on us

Mon, 11 Jan 2021 16:46:00 GMT

Any holiday you book this year will probably be the most dreamt about, most looked forward to holiday you have ever booked. It may be 12 months of planning and dreaming all wrapped up in one or two weeks of bliss. You may decide to venture further afield and you may also decide that this year is the one to extend your budget and make this holiday one to remember. Whatever your holiday focus this year, one thing is certain; you will want to make sure you have the best advice, the best value for money and that your money is safe.

With so much choice and a variety of online booking platforms available, many people ask us how travel agents are still in high demand. The reason is simple: with specialist expertise, an unbeatable service and up to date knowledge of the ever-changing Covid-19 rules, we are perfectly placed to offer the personal approach that online providers can’t.

Impartial advice and personal recommendations

It is our job to know the destinations we sell inside out. We have had face to face training on destinations and resorts that we sell to you and have often been lucky enough to experience them first hand. We will also take the time to listen to and understand your holiday wishes and requirements so that together, we will give you the best advice and find the perfect holiday for you and your travel party.

You are in safe hands

We value each and every one of our customers. We don’t just consider ourselves as your local travel agent. Your health and safety are our top priority which is why we’re keeping up to date with testing advice and will help you make sense of travel testing requirements in your chosen destination.

We’re also in the know of the latest travel regulations and should your booking be impacted, we will be in touch straight away to talk you through your options, whether you’re at home or already away on holiday.

Great offers for 2021 and beyond

We have access to 1,000s of great value holiday offers so whether you’re looking for a city break in Europe, a tour of South America or a luxurious getaway to the Maldives, we are on hand to find the right holiday for you at the best price. Not only that, but we only work with carefully selected, reputable tour operators.

Turn your dreams into bookings

We are sure we all agree that 2020 was a difficult year. A new year however brings a new start and we for one hope that it will include more holidays than we saw last year! So, whenever you’re ready, we’re here to book that long-awaiting break that you deserve and give you something to look forward to.

You can make an appointment to meet us over zoom by clicking here . Alternatively, give us a ring on 01372 462226 or send us an email .

The post You can count on us appeared first on Greenstar .

Caribbean Calypso

Thu, 26 Nov 2020 16:33:00 GMT

The Caribbean has long been the archetypal beach holiday destination – wall to wall sunshine, white sand beaches and azure waters. Each island, however, has so much more to offer.

Each Caribbean island oozes its own individual personality. Experience the laid back rhythm and 365 beaches of Antigua or the musical pulse of Jamaica. The outstanding natural beauty of the British Virgin Islands, St Vincent and the Grenadines will blow you away. The picturesque island of St Lucia provides a romantic backdrop to any holiday. Barbados offers a truly relaxed tropical holiday tinged with glamour and elegance.

In addition, wherever you go, you will receive the warmest Caribbean welcome from the most fabulous resorts. We have highlighted a few we know you love.

Bluewaters Resort and Spa, Antigua

Effortlessly luxurious, Blue Waters offers a warm welcome to our clients time after time. The emphasis at Blue Waters is on traditional West Indian hospitality and friendly service and the resort is ideal for couples as well as families. For breathtaking views, space and tranquillity stay in one of the beautiful Cove Suites and dinner at the Cove Restaurant with its clifftop setting is a must.

The Sandpiper, Barbados

Intimate and tranquil, The Sandpiper in Barbados offers our clients a sophisticated and relaxed Caribbean experience. Being family-run, The Sandpiper affords extraordinary attention to detail and the staff really are fantastic. Harold Shepherd has been running Harold’s Beach Bar for years and is renowned for organising relaxed events such as sailing regattas and quiz nights. The restaurant is outstanding too – even if you stay somewhere else on Barbados, let us book you a table for dinner.

Sugar Beach, A Viceroy Resort, St Lucia

The families, spa lovers and food lovers amongst you love Sugar Beach in St Lucia and then there’s the location. The resort was once a sugar mill and is situated on the most beautiful white sand beach between the breathtaking pitons. Our clients can enjoy signature treatments at the resort spa and witness an incredible underwater world in the marine national park just offshore.

Rosewood Little Dix Bay, British Virgin Islands

It’s not just the sweeping crescent-shaped beach that makes Rosewood Little Dix Bay on Virgin Gorda stand out from the crowd. Our clients love the dreamy beachfront accommodation, relaxing spa, gourmet restaurant and the exploration opportunities both on and off the water around Virgin Gorda.

For more information on what to do in the British Virgin Islands, head to our dedicated destination blog here .

Body Holiday September Solos, St Lucia

Body Holiday is the ultimate in Caribbean relaxation. For our clients looking to travel solo and meet new friends, Body Holiday provides the perfect escape.

September Solos at Body Holiday is an entire month dedicated to the solo traveller. Travel solo, with a friend, as a mother and daughter duo or as part of a group and experience the ultimate in health, wellness and fun.

We have excellent relationships with these resorts and they always look after our clients impeccably. For more information on any of the featured resorts or travelling to any other destinations in the Caribbean, do get in touch by calling 01372 462226, emailing martyn@greenstartravel.co.uk or do pop in and see us in Claygate.

The post Caribbean Calypso appeared first on Greenstar .

Where to go now – November 2020

Wed, 28 Oct 2020 16:16:00 GMT

With the welcome news that several destinations have recently opened up for UK travellers those dreams of catching some winter sun and escaping the ‘new normal’ are close to becoming a reality. Whilst there are more than 20 countries you can now visit without having to quarantine when you return to the UK, several of those are not currently welcoming overseas visitors. Some too, whilst being destinations on the ‘green’ list, are not accessible mostly due to available flights and routes as well as quarantine requirements on arrival.

Here’s the low down of some of Greenstar Travel clients’ favourite destinations and the ones you can visit freely now.

Canary Islands

The ideal winter sun destination and the most welcome addition to the UK travel corridor list, the Canary Islands are perfect to visit now. There is no need to self isolate either on arrival on any of the islands or once back in the UK however you will need to do the following:

Maldives

All visitors arriving into the Maldives must present a negative test taken no more than 96 hours prior to departure. Additional testing may be required upon arrival into the Maldives.

Caribbean

Many of the Caribbean Islands are welcoming UK visitors and all have different restrictions in place. The Caribbean islands are coming into their own now so perfect for a pre-Christmas or new year break. St Lucia, Antigua and Bermuda are the most welcoming currently:

St Lucia

You will need to provide a negative test upon arrival into St Lucia that was taken no more than 7 days prior to departure. Travellers will have their temperatures checked on arrival.

Antigua & Barbuda

All passengers over the age of 12 must provide a negative test upon arrival into Antigua and Barbuda taken no more than 7 days prior. A further test may be required upon arrival at VC Bird Airport in Antigua.

Bermuda

All UK visitors will need to provide a negative test upon arrival into Bermuda and will need to apply for Travel Authorisation before travel.

Greece

Some of the Greek Islands have a lovely long season so now is the time to enjoy a tranquil winter break in warm sunshine on islands such as Crete. You must complete a PLF (Passenger Locator Form) at least 24 hours before your arrival in Greece to avoid being refused entry or receiving a fine.

Sweden

Sweden is probably the easiest country to currently visit. There are no requirements on arrival and there is no need to wear a face mask whilst in the country. Sweden offers the ideal land of snow and ice and a wealth of adventures from experiencing the Northern Lights to dog sledding, snowmobiling and wildlife watching. Sweden is the ideal winter escape.

All information is correct at the time of publication – 28 ^th October 2020 – however the situation is changing all the time. For expert help in securing a safe route to the sun and advice on where to stay do get in touch. The office number is 01372 462226. Alternatively, do pop into the shop or email Martyn on martyn@greenstartravel.co.uk . We would be delighted to help.

Photo Credit: Coco Palm Dhuni Kolhi, Maldives

The post Where to go now – November 2020 appeared first on Greenstar .

Safe travels to Palazzo Avino, shining star of the Amalfi Coast

Fri, 04 Sep 2020 10:35:00 GMT

The post Safe travels to Palazzo Avino, shining star of the Amalfi Coast appeared first on Greenstar .

The Best of British

Wed, 05 Aug 2020 11:34:00 GMT

Whilst the world is slowly opening up again and many of you are itching to get away there is no denying the fact that the situation is changing daily and you may be apprehensive about travelling overseas.

However travel doesn’t have to mean getting on a plane – as an independent travel agent, we are best placed to arrange your perfect escape whether that be overseas or closer to home.

We have picked a few favourite UK hideaways we thought may appeal to those looking for a change of scene. We work closely with them all, we know them all well and we know they will look after you. We can also ensure all your spa and dinner reservations are confirmed before you go and make sure you know exactly what’s on offer to guarantee you make the most of that well earned break away.

The Pig – Cornish beach getaway

The Pig group has 7 hotels from Kent to its newest piglet in Cornwall. The Pig at Harlyn Bay is situated in one of the most gorgeous parts of the North Cornwall coast, close to the sweeping beaches of Harlyn Bay and Constantine Bay and just a hop, skip and a jump from Padstow. The hotel itself is a beautiful restored 15 ^th century house offering character and charm and ideally located to enjoy those beautiful beaches, buzzy Cornish towns and some of the best food in the country come rain or shine! There is so much to do. As we write, The Pig has last minute availability in August 2020 and for that much needed Autumn break too.

For further Cornish inspiration check out Hotel Tresanton in St Mawes or The Driftwood Hotel in Portscatho on the south coast.

Limewood – New Forest relaxation and rejuvenation

Set in Lyndhurst in the heart of the New Forest National Park, Limewood offers laid back luxury where guests are encouraged to relax and feel at home. Angela Hartnett and Luke Holder’s Italian inspired seasonal menus provide a stand alone reason to go. Twin that with the most relaxing of spas and you may not even have time to explore the beautiful forest surroundings.

Beaverbrook – English country house experience

Relatively new to the luxury UK hotel scene, Beaverbrook in Surrey offers a quintessentially English Country House experience wrapped up with style and elegance. Beaverbrook is a great escape for retreating couples and families alike with a wealth of experiences on offer. The kids club and Bear Grylls Academy will keep children stimulated and inspired and the adults can choose from a selection of activities and masterclasses from history tours to wine tastings, cookery classes and even a cocktail making masterclass. After dinner, relax with a drink from Sir Frank’s bar or head into the private cinema for a late night movie.

Dormy House – farmhouse chic

Cotswolds farmhouse chic doesn’t come much better than in the form of Dormy House . It’s a really cosy spot with log fires, cosy corners and uber comfortable interiors. Book a hot tub suite for sheer indulgence or take your four legged friend and request one of their dog friendly suites. Dine through the day from the pub style Potting Shed to dinner in the Back Garden via the best of afternoon teas. The hotel chefs present the best of Cotswolds cuisine using home grown vegetables and locally sourced meats and ingredients. Don’t worry, there’s always 400 aces of glorious grounds to walk it all off between feasts.

Another of our favourite spots in the Cotswolds is Thyme offering houses, cottages and bedrooms in a village environment.

Wilderness Reserve – getaway from it all stylish rural living

If you’re looking for an off grid bolthole, Wilderness Reserve could be for you. Wilderness offers the epitome of stylish rural living in a collection of 15 individual private homes set within 5,000 acres nestled in a hidden corner of the Suffolk countryside. Retreats for two up to very special celebratory houses all offer exceptional accommodation and whatever your group size, there is plenty to do : Cycling, rowing boats, paddle boarding, truffle making, archery and clay pigeon shooting and that’s just the beginning! Adventure types can take part in an adult survival challenge, for relaxation there are yoga and pilates classes and the children have oodles of adventures to enjoy.

We hope this whistle stop journey of some of our favourites spots in the UK has given you some inspiration. At the time of writing, all the properties featured here have availability for late summer 2020 and beyond.

There’s nothing quite like talking to someone in the know so embrace the staycation, get in touch and let us book your perfect escape.

The post The Best of British appeared first on Greenstar .

Cruise the British Isles with Hurtigruten

Thu, 09 Jul 2020 10:46:00 GMT

At Greenstar Travel, we are proud to work with many long-standing trusted partners who we know will look after our clients. Small ship expedition cruise company Hurtigruten is one of these companies. We are delighted that as of September this year (2020) Hurtigruten’s Short Break Expedition cruise programme will depart the UK.

Safe and sustainable

With extremely robust health and safety measures in place Hurtigruten will be the first ship to depart a UK port since the country went into lockdown in March this year. Existing measures have been bolstered by local government guidance to ensure each guest enjoys a safe and sustainable cruise around the British Isles. Only 350 guests will occupy the MS Roald Amundsen, Hurtigruten’s expedition cruise ship – this represents just 65% capacity of the ship.

Specially designed for exploring some of the most spectacular polar waters of the planet, MS Roald Amundsen is at the forefront of sustainable cruising too. Specially designed for exploring polar waters, the hybrid-powered expedition cruise ship uses battery packs to support her low-emission engines and will reduce CO2 emissions with more than 20% compared to other cruise ships of the same size. The introduction of the world’s first hybrid powered cruise ships is the latest in several Hurtigruten green initiatives. Hurtigruten celebrated its 125th anniversary by banning all single-use plastics.

Nature, culture and beauty

This groundbreaking hybrid expedition cruise ship will offer guests the chance to visit remote parts of the beautiful British coastline taking in nature and cultural experiences, as well as making use of their expedition landing. Just four exclusive sailings will depart on the following dates:

Portsmouth – 2 ^nd September

Liverpool – 12 ^th September

Glasgow 12 ^th September

Liverpool 17 ^th September

Each cruise itinerary will include handpicked destinations around the UK coastline. The hybrid-powered expedition cruise ship will visit hand-picked destinations such as the Isles of Scilly, Fowey, Rathlin Island, Fort William, Oban, Fishguard and Waterford.

This special series of short breaks will allow guests to the many areas of natural beauty around the shores of the UK. There are so many highlights: St Kilda, the UK’s only dual UNESCO World Heritage Site, is a protected haven for wildlife. It is home to almost one million seabirds including the highest population of Atlantic puffins in the UK. Rathlin Island boasts large seabird colonies and Northern Ireland’s only pair of breeding choughs.

In contrast, the archipelago of the Isles of Scilly invites guests to unwind and to enjoy the stunning surrounding nature at an easy pace. Five habitable yet individual islands all offer their own adventure and guests will take part in beach clean ups during their visit.

On board adventure

On board the adventure continues. Guests can obtain a better understanding of the areas they have explored by taking part in expert led lectures and workshops in the Science Centre. The centre is packed with state-of-the-art technology enabling guests to learn more about the remote locations and areas of natural beauty on their itinerary. For those wanting to practice what they have learned, there is a two-level indoor/outdoor Observation Deck for guests to watch wildlife. It is also the perfect spot to admire the scenic landscape.

The MS Roald Amundsen enjoys three Polar heritage-inspired restaurants. Aune is the ship’s main restaurant whilst Fredheim offers informal street food accompanied by amazing milkshakes. Lindstrøm is a speciality ‘a la carte’ restaurant named after the polar chef chosen by Roald Amundsen himself on his many polar expeditions.

Relax and unwind in the Explorer Lounge after a busy day of exploring. Guests can also take advantage of the large gym, enjoy a treatment at the wellness centre or take a dip in the infinity pool or hot tubs. Of course, the stunning scenery is still there to enjoy too and guests will be able to catch many stunning sunsets.

All cabins are outside, 50% have private balconies and some of the suites feature a private outdoor hot tub with spectacular views.

Health and safety paramount

The health and safety of guests and staff has always been the number one priority for Hurtigruten. Following guidelines recommended by the Norwegian Government and the local Governments of the destinations visited during the UK sailings, the company has built on existing protocols to introduce additional practices to ensure safe, sustainable and enjoyable expedition cruising.

Hurtigruten will always comply with current Covid-19 regulations in the waters, coasts and visited ports. Itineraries and excursions may be subject to change based on local Government advice.

For further information or to enquire about any of these cruises please contact us here at Greenstar Travel.

The post Cruise the British Isles with Hurtigruten appeared first on Greenstar .

An adventure to the Azores, Cascais and Lisbon

Fri, 12 Jun 2020 10:59:00 GMT

As a family, we like to think we are adventurous. We are all very active and have individually taken on different challenges. With this in mind adventure always plays a part when choosing our annual holiday destination however the reality is that relaxation, culture, good food, new experiences and family time are at the top of the list. With seeing and swimming with dolphins in the wild also fairly high up the wish list, the Azores and the Portuguese coast seemed to tick all the boxes this year.

Sao Miguel

We weren’t ready for the positive soporific effect of the tranquil island of Sao Miguel ensuring pure relaxation as soon as we arrived. This was a welcome relief having arrived very late into Ponta Delgada after a 5 hour flight on Azores Airlines. We were staying in the capital so our transfer to the hotel was thankfully swift and we were soon snoring and dreaming of the day ahead. We were staying at the Antilla Hotel Apartments which was an ideal base for exploring the island. We had a very spacious two level family apartment with kitchenette and balcony overlooking the rest of the property, the island and out to the ocean. Whilst we didn’t eat in the restaurant very much we did enjoy an expansive buffet breakfast on a couple of mornings and spent a few afternoons poolside. It was great to have the flexibility to venture out into the town for a coffee and pastry for breakfast on two or three mornings too. Even though the hotel was full, the pool was a relaxing spot and loved by the few resident children who all made friends. With an indoor pool, spa and gym this hotel is a perfect spot for the first time, and indeed returning, visitor to the island. We all agreed we would stay there again.

Activities galore

We had planned to enjoy various activities when we were on Sao Miguel. We had prebooked a boat trip to (hopefully) see whales and dolphins, a chance to swim with dolphins in the wild and canoeing on volcanic Lake Furnas. We could have chosen from endless fabulous activities but we wanted to build in some time to take it slowly and appreciate the island under our own steam. At only 41 miles long and 10 miles wide, driving distances are short and it is easy to see a lot of the island in one day. To this end, we hired a car for the day and headed north. We really didn’t need the car for any longer as we were only staying on the island for one week and many activities were a short walk away. Sao Miguel seems to have been untouched for centuries. It is stunningly beautiful and even driving is a pretty experience as naturally growing hydrangeas line every route. Even the cool vibe of Santa Barbara on thei north coast n holds an underlying tradition ensuring it is sympathetic to its environment whilst offering a chilled beach experience. The beautiful black volcanic sandy beach was half empty and the cool Tuka Tula beach bar offers an excellent menu served by friendly and attentive staff and has been seemingly unaffected by a lackadaisical approach so often associated with beach front joints frequented by transient tourists. We spent a few hours here and also managed to fit in a visit to the Gorreana tea factory as well as a pineapple plantation. The Azores produce the most incredible pineapples that are mouth wateringly delicious – I have never seen the children eat so much fruit on a voluntary basis!

Caldeira Velha

Being a volcanic island, formed with its 8 sister islands as a result of colliding tectonic plates, Sao Miguel is known for its secondary volcanic activity which can be witness bubbling to the surface particularly at one of the island’s thermal pools. Continuing our journey, we spent an hour or so at Caldeira Velha, a beautifully preserved natural park with many hot bathing pools and a pretty waterfall. Don’t wear your best swimsuit as it will take on a yellow tinge and a tangy sulphurous smell. There is a whiff of sulphur in the air however we only really smelt it when we were close to any thermal activity such as Furnas Lake and the thermal pools.

Ponta Delgada

During the week, we found several good restaurants in Ponta Delgada and it was reasonably priced to eat out. We tended to stay away from the marina which is now home to many larger, busier eateries and instead wandered into town each evening. We came across two restaurants in particular that were excellent: Big 21 is slightly more expensive but certainly worth visiting at least once during a week long stay. The other restaurant, the Azores Grill, is a cook-your-own bbq restaurant that the children particularly enjoyed.

Swimming with Dolphins in the wild

One of the main attractions of the Azores was to be able to see wild dolphins in their natural environment and to have the privilege of swimming alongside them. Our 11 year old has been dreaming of swimming with dolphins since she was first able to swim so to be able to make her dream come true was magical. Unfortunately, we had not been lucky enough to spot any whales on our first trip however we had seen a playful pod of bottlenose dolphins, the most popular breed in the Azores, swimming alongside the boat which escalated our excitement for our swimming experience. The company we went out with were very professional and extremely in tune with the sensitivity of these majestic animals and their natural habitat. Our marine biologist and guide, a lovely lady from Spain who is due to return to Spain next year to complete her studies, combined our expectations with compassion and a professional regard for the animals to ensure the experience was fantastic and the animals felt no anxiety. There are only a limited number of boat licenses issued on Sao Miguel as on other islands however sadly they are at saturation point so there is a risk that such activities may be limited in future to ensure the safety of guests and wellbeing of the animals. Unless the dolphins are feeling inquisitive, it is unlikely that dolphins will approach but they certainly swam close enough to us! As we were plunged into the water at the right moment, goggles and snorkels intact, several bottlenose dolphins dived and swam beneath us. Whilst this was incredibly hard to catch on film it will be etched in our memories for a very long time. There is a need here to be a strong swimmer as life jackets aren’t worn when in the water to ease movement. Fortunately, we all are however one lady was not comfortable so decided to stay in the boat.

Lake Furnas

We particularly enjoyed a trip to Lake Furnas one morning to enjoy a spot of kayaking, a particular highlight for our 13 year old son who loves being on the water. Incredibly beautiful and peaceful, Lake Furnas is volcanic crater lake and just part of the scenic tapestry left by the Sao Miguel’s long history of earthquakes and volcanic activity. On our drive the previous day we had also looked down on Lagoa do Fogo: a stunning volcanic crater lake that would be an amazing spot to while a day away if you are happy with the hike down to it and back up again. On the west of the island, Sete Cidades is also worth a visit and a hike to see its majestic beauty and its blue and green lakes.

On the shores of Lake Furnas we witnessed (and smelt) bubbling steam rising up and around the cozido das Furnas being pulled out of the ground and taken back up the village to feed hungry locals and tourists. Cooked in the ground for 8 hours, recipes dating back centuries are used to create these stews which some say taste of sulphur. We didn’t try it but instead wandered up to the pretty village of Furnas and had a picnic.

As a family we all loved Sao Miguel and our taste of the Azores. We enjoyed the relaxed vibe, the natural beauty, the endless activities on offer, the delicious fruit and the easy going people – not to mention the pasteis de nata! Not a family to stay in one place for too long however, we decided to spend the second week of our holiday on the Portuguese coast in Cascais, just north of Lisbon.

Cascais and Lisbon

On arrival into Lisbon we were swiftly transported through Lisbon to the residential suburbs of Cascais. We had booked a villa at Vila Bicuda, a sophisticated villa complex for holiday makers and villa owners. After a relatively busy week, we wanted a more typical week of sun, water and relaxation but not able to sit too still for 7 days, we were also keen to explore Lisbon.

Vila Bicuda

Our spacious and contemporary villa was superbly located about 3 metres away from one of the two pools next to an expanse of beautifully manicured lawn– what felt like our own private garden was ideal for football and cartwheels! The villa was excellently equipped which was welcome as after a week of eating out in Ponta Delgada were keen to cook a little more by ourselves and enjoy some relaxed family evenings in the privacy of our terrace being beaten at cards by our children! The villas felt peaceful and safe and the staff had so much time and were extremely helpful and friendly. The handy supermarket was useful for a few simple items and the bakery was good too – far too good!

Exploring

Rather than hiring a car we took a few taxis into Cascais and the surrounds as to walk was into the town took a good half an hour/40 minutes. For further exploration it would be sensible to hire a car for the duration of any stay here. We found Cascais very busy and not quite the fishing village it used to be. We did spend some time on one of the beaches a little further up the coast towards Estoril and the children did some paddle boarding however our favourite beach spot was watching the surfers on the more dramatic Praia do Guincho. We were lucky enough to swim however that part of the coast is the start of Portugal’s surf mecca so does get incredibly windy – but beautiful at the same time and not at all crowded.

Lisbon

Exploring Lisbon was high on our agenda so we decided to hop onto the train at Cascais and take the easy 40 minute coastal journey into the city. We started our day with a coffee at the Time Out food market, conveniently located next to the train station in the Mercado da Ribeira and a must see for anyone who is remotely interested in good food. We could have gone back for dinner on the way home and wandered amongst the many fabulous food outlets all offering excellent cuisine however a wish to experience more of the city took us to a fabulous seafood restaurant on the way home called Pesqueiro 25. There is no real central tourist zone in Lisbon although there are several churches and museums to explore and the Praca do Comercio is a buzzy, although touristy, spot for an al alfresco coffee. There is a great shopping scene here too for those that are interested. The city is just a joy to walk around, through the personalities and architecture of the Chiado and Baixa districts and up and down the many hills with the help of an elevador or two!

Pasteis de Nata

We climbed up to the village like Alfama district, the reward for which was the best (in fact, award winning) pasteis de nata in town. Pastaleria Alfama is a small unassuming cafe tucked away in this historic district that has stayed traditional for many years. We then continued on up, with the help of historic tram number 28, to the historic heart of Lisbon and Castelo de Sao Jorge. From there we had the best views in town.

We really enjoyed our twin centre holiday and certainly felt as though all our boxes had been ticked. We experienced relaxation, culture, good food, new experiences and family time – with a tiny part of adventure and enough down time to read a couple of books!

This blog originally appeared on the Sunvil website .

The post An adventure to the Azores, Cascais and Lisbon appeared first on Greenstar .

The Armchair Traveller part 3

Thu, 14 May 2020 14:31:00 GMT

As overseas travel is off limits for the moment, some travellers amongst us may be looking for a bit of escapism, a way to immerse ourselves in the stories of far flung destinations and a chance to learn something new. Travel is a tonic for relaxing the mind, escaping the norm and is responsible for boosting happiness. Bust the current stresses by tuning into one of the many travel podcasts available and transport yourselves to another land. Here are a few of our favourites.

Armchair Explorer

For those looking for immersive stories from the world’s greatest adventurers, the Armchair Explorer podcast series is for you. From gorilla trekking in Rwanda to walking in Shackleton’s footsteps in Antarctica and even a space walk, the Armchair Explorer episodes are a real adventure.

The Big Travel Podcast

The Big Travel Podcast explores life stories through travel. With over 95 episodes to choose from there is something for everyone to get their teeth into from travel conservation with travel writer Sophy Roberts to a fascinating insight into the experiences of foreign correspondent and world affairs editor, John Simpson. This is a binge-worthy series.

Rough Guide to Everywhere

As the name suggests, the Rough Guide to Everywhere takes you out of your armchair into the wild through a series of fascinating podcasts. From solo travelling to the extraordinary life of an Aboriginal storyteller, these podcasts are a break from the norm.

Simon Reeve: What makes us human?

The BBC Radio 2 series, What makes us human? invites guests to answer the question through their insights, life experiences and professions. The episode with Simon Reeve is a great listen: the traveller and explorer talks about his life and experiences and ultimately, answers the question.

Desert Island Discs

Whilst not destination focused, these episodes explore the lives of some incredible people and discovers which three items they would take with them to a desert island. Dating back to 1951 right up to the present day, each episode of Desert Island Discs takes you on an individual journey of discovery. By the end, you may feel yourself wanting to be marooned with the subject with sand between your toes and palm trees swaying!

We hope these ideas send you on your way to some armchair travelling through your headphones. Remember, we are still available to chat about your future holidays and would love to hear from you. Call us on 01372 462226.

The post The Armchair Traveller part 3 appeared first on Greenstar .

The Armchair Traveller part 2

Tue, 21 Apr 2020 14:07:00 GMT

As the nation’s heroes continue to work tirelessly to keep us safe, cared for and fed we are of course hugely thankful and are doing our bit by staying at home.

For the travellers amongst us it’s a treat to have the time to revisit past holiday memories, draw up a real bucket list and explore destinations we know little about. For a little escapism let’s take some time out from homeschooling, feeding the troops and redesigning the garden to focus on some travel orientated activities to get us excited about future holidays because one thing is sure; the world will reopen and we need to be ready when it does!

Here are a few ideas to explore during lockdown;

Learn a language

Whether you are looking to brush up on your French or Spanish or are looking for a more linguistic challenge such as learning Swahili or Vietnamese, now is the time to spend a few minutes every day honing a new language. Try a platform like Duolingo for easy, step by step learning.

Organise your holiday snaps

If we’re honest, the majority of us do not arrange our holiday pictures beautifully in frames and albums as soon as we return from holiday. In fact, many holiday pics sit on our phones, cameras or social media accounts seemingly for posterity. Now is the chance to go through all your pictures, whether they be on your phone or camera and store them safely a consider storing more than one copy of each picture in several different areas for increased security. A Spend time perusing your snaps, perhaps select a few to send to family members, frame some for the mantlepiece or wall and be reminded of past happy holidays.

Destination research

This is something we have time to do and loads of independent resources are available to aid our research. A Whether it be watching a travel documentary (see previous Armchair Traveller blog ), heading to individual tourist board websites or chatting to your travel agent there is a wealth of enjoyable media out there to help you decide where you may like to go next, which destinations make your bucket list and why.

Take an online photography course

Ensure the next holiday pictures you take will be family treasures, perfectly capturing the essence of the subject by taking an online photography course. There are several options available whether you are looking for a simple solution to taking better pictures on a smartphone or are looking to take gallery worthy pics on a DSLR camera. Low cost courses with an online platform such as Udemy are worth a look or maybe try an all singing, all dancing professional course with a pro such as Annie Leibovitz .

Do an online fitness course

Whether you are looking for full on HIIT to tone that beach body or a yoga class to encourage more confidence when taking part in the yoga class at your next holiday destination, sign up to one of the many fitness courses that are available for free on YouTube. Try Joe Wicks , Annie Deadman Training or Cola Chance Yoga .

Cook a favourite dish from overseas

So often we return home from holiday, keen to recreate a delicious dish we have enjoyed however life takes over, we lose the recipe or we simply run out of inclination. Draw up a memory of those dishes you have really enjoyed, that you want to become nestled amongst your family staples and have a go. Several of our favourite hotels such as the gorgeous Jamaica Inn, are also offering quick, fun cookery videos online head over to their Facebook page to watch Chef recreate some of their amazing dishes such as ackee and saltfish .

Become a blogger

Finally, relive your past travels by becoming a blogger. Whether writing simply aids your memories of past happy family holidays, provides an account to share with friends and family or encourages you to start a blog to share online, writing about your travels is an enjoyable and thought-provoking exercise that you now have the time to enjoy.

We hope we have shared some ideas that may be of interest and some activities to consider during lockdown – we would love to hear how you get on! In the meantime, stay home, stay safe and do call us if you want to chat through your future holiday plans.

The post The Armchair Traveller part 2 appeared first on Greenstar .

Get quizzing – test your travel knowledge

Mon, 06 Apr 2020 14:41:00 GMT

We’ve done some research and found some of the best, fun travel quizzes to keep the whole family’s cerebral activity on the move this Easter holiday. Have a go, we would love to hear how you get on!

The Lonely Planet Travel Quiz

In which country is Tenzing-Hillary airport? What is the third highest mountain on earth? In which country is the Gir Forest?

It’s hard to beat the Lonely Planet for astounding travel knowledge. In their online quiz, with questions taken from The Lonely Planet’s Ultimate Quiz Book , all the family can have a go at the 30 questions set to test your all round knowledge of world trivia. How close can you come to scoring a full house! Click here to access the quiz.

The Telegraph Lockdown Travel Quiz

Every Friday until the current lockdown comes to an end, The Telegraph is publishing an online travel quiz. Get together and huddle round the computer for your weekly geography lesson, bound to test even the more mature brains! Access the first lockdown quiz here .

Cond Nast Traveller Ultimate Travel Quiz

For a real bumper of a quiz, have a go at the 100 questions laid out into themed sections in the Cond Nast Traveller Ultimate Travel Quiz. Challenge your travel IQ and resist the temptation to scroll to the bottom to find the answers! Click here to find the quiz.

The Guardian Travel Quiz

Finally, this little quiz from The Guardian is worth a go. The Guardian loves a good quiz so if you can bare the fact it’s the one from Christmas 2019, have a go at these globetrotting questions by clicking here .

We hope you enjoy these fun quizzes whilst staying safe at home. Keep up to date with all Greenstar news by following us on Facebook and Instagram .

The post Get quizzing – test your travel knowledge appeared first on Greenstar .

The Armchair Traveller

Thu, 26 Mar 2020 18:04:00 GMT

We all find ourselves in strange times. It’s the first time for many of us that we are unable to hop on a plane, train, boat or even in the car to explore lands far away as well as closer to home. These anomalous times do however give us the time to travel from our armchairs, to take a virtual journey to previously unexplored lands and to dream of where we want to journey to once this is all over. In a series of blogs, we explore what to watch, read and listen to, to channel our inner traveller and take our imaginations out of the confines of our living rooms. This week, we’ve highlighted some travel documentaries that are worth tuning into.

Joanna Lumley’s Hidden Caribbean: Havana to Haiti

If you missed Joanna Lumley’s two part series on the Hidden Caribbean: Havana to Haiti, you can find it on the ITV Hub . It is well worth tuning in to watch Joanna Lumley, as an absolutely fabulous inquisitive tour guide, taking us on a charming yet insightful tour across these two fascinating islands.

With Simon Reeve

For fans of Simon Reeve, BBC iplayer lets us indulge in his many documentaries shot across the world from Colombia to Australia, immersing ourselves in his very human journey across the destinations he explores. In a repic quests to unknown land Simon Reeve gets to the heart of each destination when on so many holidays we take, we simply scratch the surface.

National Parks Adventure

Over on Netflix , narrated by Robert Redford, National Parks Adventure takes you on a wondrous journey of the National Parks across the United States of America. These immense areas of natural beauty were declared protected for eternity over 100 years ago. This documentary follows a team of modern day explorers through the parks showcasing the beauty of these parks at its best.

Sir David Attenborough

No digest, large or small, of travel documentaries would be complete without Sir David Attenborough. Fabulous viewing from ages 0-100, many of Sir David Attenborough’s documentaries are available in BBC iplayer . Seven Worlds One Planet ; 7 episodes revealing extraordinary wildlife stories and unseen wilderness across 7 individual and unique continents are breathtaking. Each episode of course carries an important environmental message.

Jack Whitehall’s Travels with my Father

For Jack Whitehall fans, an amusing watch is his Travels with my Father series on Netflix . Amusing and lighthearted, jovial Jack and his a stuffy father Michael air an interesting dynamic as they embark on several journeys around the world.

For movie night, there are many films to watch which transport us to amazing destinations. The Lord of the Rings trilogy was shot on location on both islands in New Zealand and showcases these incredible landscapes beautifully. We can always rely on a good Bond film too for incredible destinations, whether it be Siena, home of the Palio di Siena (Quantum of Solace), the Bahamas and the famous Pink Sands Hotel (Casino Royale) or the pyramids, Luxor and the Nile (The Spy Who Loved Me).

Wherever you want to go, you can journey there from the comfort of your armchair and make plans for the real thing sometime soon.

We are at the end of the phone and email for a chat about anywhere you would like to go in the future so do get in touch. Follow us and keep up to date on Instagram and Facebook for further inspiration.

Finally, stay home and keep well and keep travelling from the comfort of your armchair.

The post The Armchair Traveller appeared first on Greenstar .

Highlights of Sri Lanka

Mon, 03 Feb 2020 14:55:00 GMT

The tear drop shaped island of Sri Lanka is a diverse mix of white beaches, incredible cuisine, stunning rainforests, amazing wildlife and ancient history it is one of the most exciting places in the world to visit.

In March this year the England cricket team will play two championship test matches against Sri Lanka. Whether you are travelling to Sri Lanka to watch the cricket or just venturing to explore the island here are some highlights you may want to consider:

Explore Colombo

Over the last few years Colombo has emerged as a highlight of any trip to Sri Lanka due to its cosmopolitan feel, boutique hotels, bars and restaurants but it is also a city of historic colonial sites. Take a guided walking tour to discover this gem of a city.

Sigiriya Sri Lanka

Visit a rock fortress

Sigiriya is one of the most well known and iconic landmarks in Sri Lanka, in fact, locals refer to it as the a Eighth wonder of the world. It is an important archeological site displaying the feats of ancient engineering with the remains of the fortress offering spectacular views.

Tea plantations Sri Lanka

Take time out for tea

Sri Lanka is known worldwide for tea so take time to enjoy tea in the hills surrounded by tea plantations.

Explore the heritage of Sri Lanka

For history lovers, Sri Lanka is a treasure trove of extraordinary sites. Within the cultural triangle, between Kandy to the south and Polonnaruwa to the east, there are plenty of stunning monuments spanning a period of 1,700 years.

Immerse yourself in nature

Sri Lanka is home to an abundance of wildlife. Visit Wilpattu National Park, the 1085 square metre home to leopards, crocodiles, sloths bears, elephants, and spotted deer to name a few. A morning or afternoon safari is easily combinable with other sites within the Cultural Triangle.

Galle

Famous for it’s 17 ^th century Dutch fort, Galle has a cosmopolitan vibe. Whilst some of the surrounding towns are dominated by a package holiday resorts, there are some gorgeous accommodation spots to be found.

Wherever your journey takes you, whether you venture to the remote communities in the north of the island, the ancient cultural triangle, the tea plantations or the beautiful and laid back beaches in the south you will be assured of the warmest of welcomes and most incredible of experiences.

Whether you are looking for an intrepid adventure or to travel in luxury and whatever you want to see whether on or off the tourist trail, give is a ring in the office to start planning your Sri Lanka adventure.

The post Highlights of Sri Lanka appeared first on Greenstar .

The British Virgin Islands – the jewels in the Caribbean crown

Mon, 13 Jan 2020 12:13:00 GMT

This amazing destination is experiencing a well deserved come back following the devastating hurricanes of recent years. These jewels in the crown of the Caribbean are welcoming, incredibly cheery and offer a wealth of activities for couples, families and individual travellers. With four main islands and almost 50 smaller islands, they are also very beautiful. The lack of fussiness across the islands radiates a laid back vibe and accommodation is available to suit everyone. It is also a sailor’s mecca. Here’s a low down of some of our favourites and a insight into what you can do whilst you are here;

Rosewood Little Dix Bay

Recently reopened following a major refurbishment, Rosewood Little Dix Bay has kept it’s traditional charm which works in tandem with the resort’s amazing sophisticated updates. Dreamy beachfront accommodation, gourmet cuisine, a relaxing spa and of course that beautiful crescent shaped beach are what stand Little Dix out from the crowd. This iconic resort will surely see guests, past and new, making this gorgeous spot their destination of choice. Being located on Virgin Gorda offers plenty of opportunities for exploration too whether just on the island or venturing further afield by boat.

Guana Island

Simple and peaceful, guests love Gauna Island. Privately owned, Guana island has always retained a barefoot, natural charm which oozes rustic chic. Guests are accommodated in just 15 sea view rooms or, for that perfect Caribbean island experience, one of the island’s 4 villas. Tennis and hiking are available for more active guests. The gorgeous spa and the excellent cuisine created with locally sourced ingredients complete the island facilities. Guana island is a laid back gem.

Necker Island

Sir Richard Branson private paradise Necker Island is worth a mention and not necessarily as out of range as you may think. Although predominantly booked exclusively, Necker offers individual weeks and the opportunity to book an individual suite. The joy of this is that you can enjoy all the benefits of a private island a dedicated team and tailormade activities, as long as you are happy to share with a small number of like minded people looking for the same experience. Don think it’s all wild parties, it’s what you want it to be and that’s what you pay for. It is however utterly gorgeous and well worth considering perhaps for that special celebratory holiday.

Sailing

For real water babes, sailing is the ideal way to see the islands. Whether you are looking for a fully crewed experience with a captain to take the helm and a private chef or are a seasoned sailor and want to captain your own yacht, the British Virgin Islands offer an idyllic landscape to explore by boat. There is also the opportunity to just take a cabin on some yachts ensuring an intimate floating boutique hotel experience.

Anegada

Great for a day trip, the flat spit of sand that is Anegada looks very different from the other islands. Drop anchor on your own sailing holiday or join one of the daily boat trips that venture to the island. Whilst the rest of the BVIs were formed by volcanic eruptions, Anegada sits on a coral reef which results in the island flat formation. Anegada is the most distant of the British Virgin Islands but only an hour by boat from the main cluster making it an ideal spot to spend a day or even better, a gorgeous overnight stop. The island beaches are sublime see wild flamingos and pretty pink conch shells. Enjoy a lunch on the beach and the freshest lobster that has been plucked from the ocean that morning. Anegada is worth a visit to the BVI just on it’s own!

Diving

There are countless dive sites to explore in the British Virgin Islands, you are almost spoilt for choice. Underwater caves, massive boulders and healthy corals offer a spectacular diving experience. Of course, there are many shipwrecks too including the recently opened Kodiak Queen. Situated off the shore of Virgin Gorda, the Kodiak Queen is a former Navy fuel barge which survived the attack on Pearl Harbor and was then put into service as a local fishing boat. Just a couple of years ago it became an art installation and dive site following a restoration project by a local historian.

For those wanting to dip just below the surface, the snorkelling experience here is incredible. This is also the place to fish, kiteboard, windsurf and enjoy a range of exciting watersports.

Wherever you decide to stay and whatever you want to do whilst you are there, you will be contributing to the return of these incredible islands and will experience warmth, amazing hospitality and a fantastic holiday experience as a result.

Getting to the British Islands is easy these days with regular charters that time with international flights from and to the UK. Together with our expert partners, we can make the whole journey seamless and tailormake your ideal trip do give the team a ring or pop in and see us.

The post The British Virgin Islands – the jewels in the Caribbean crown appeared first on Greenstar .

Where to see the Northern Lights

Fri, 29 Nov 2019 09:24:00 GMT

Seeing the northern lights is for many a bucket list experience that has to be seen to be believed. The northern lights, or aurora borealis, occur when charged particles from the sun enter the atmosphere and collide with atoms and molecules. These create the bands of light, or photons, that you see – different collisions create different colours resulting in a majestic array of colour across the night sky.

Most auroras appear in the auroral zone giving many options of where to see them. Whilst seeing the northern lights is never guaranteed, travel between late September and early April, between the autumn and spring equinoxes in Iceland, Russia, Norway, Greenland, Sweden and Finland provides the best chance. Here is a low down of our favourite destination for experiencing the northern lights to help you decide which one is for you.

Iceland

As well as offering stunning landscapes, waterfalls, black sand beaches and friendly locals Iceland is a top spot for hunting the aurora. To maximise your chances head into the countryside away from the bright lights of the city or hop onto a boat and head out from Reykjavik harbour to see the lights dancing over the ocean. You may even be able to witness them from your hotel hot tub! Iceland is located in the northern light oval so there are many chances of seeing them here there are also lots of other things to do including whale watching, food tasting and sightseeing. Iceland is a country of natural beauty waiting to be explored with the northern lights at their best during late autumn to early Spring

Norway

Venture into the Arctic Circle to the far north of Norway or further to the Svalbard archipelago for the best chances of seeing the northern lights. The sun remains below the horizon during the dark nights between late November and late January giving the opportunity of seeing the aurora both day and night. The lights can however be seen from late autumn to early spring.

The Lofoten Islands provide fabulous opportunities to hike, snow mobile, husky sled or play golf under the northern lights however if you are looking for true wilderness with plenty of adventures and wildlife spotting opportunities then Svalbard is the destination for you. This remote part of northern Norway is a pristine arctic frontier with a blissful lack of crowds and an isolated position. With very little light pollution Svalbard is one of the best spots to see the northern lights. You may not experience true luxury or gourmet food experiences but whilst husky sledding or snowmobiling during the long winter polar night the sky above you may well be lit up by the stunning aurora.

Greenland

Greenland only inland town, Kangerlussuag, boasts 300 nights of clear sky a year making this an ideal spot to witness the stunning aurora. Icebergs as tall as skyscrapers bow to the northern lights overhead in UNESCO listed Ilulissat. Situated 200 miles north of the Arctic circle, chances of seeing the northern lights here are extremely high.

Finnish Lapland

The northern lights are usually visible here for 200 nights of the year; every clear night between September and April.

Explore Lapland resort towns and venture across the surrounding landscapes by reindeer sleigh or husky sled. Stay in a log cabin or for magical skyward views, a glass-ceilinged igloo. This is the ideal family destination at Christmas if seeing Santa is on your agenda.

Several of the Greenstar team have visited some of the destinations featured here so to chat about seeing the aurora borealis, exciting snowscape adventures or which spot is right for you, do give us a ring or pop into the office in Claygate.

The post Where to see the Northern Lights appeared first on Greenstar .

Family friendly Rome

Wed, 13 Nov 2019 14:12:00 GMT

As a nation, our desire to educate our children, to open them up to different cultures and experiences, to show them the world around us is huge. Travelling to a city with children is an ideal way to experience another culture however it can be daunting. The key is careful planning, a bit of downtime and plenty of ice cream breaks! One city we recommend visiting as a family is Rome – here the lowdown of one family experience:

Rome! The children chorused when we told them where we were going on our summer holiday. Brilliant, we finally get to see the Colosseum. At the tender ages of eleven and nine, our two were finally going to fulfil a lifelong ambition to visit the eternal city and one of the greatest archaeological and historical sites in the world. They did not know how lucky they were.

We stayed at the four star Ariston Hotel, located opposite it`s more traditional sister, Hotel Morgana, and near Rome`s main Termini railway station. The area is busy and vibrant and is ideally situated to walk to every main site in the city. Vatican City is a short taxi ride away across the river.

We wanted to cram in as much in as possible during our two days in Rome and the city did not disappoint as a cultural and fun family destination. We were lucky enough to have a week arranged by Lake Bracciano, just north of the city, after our city break so we made the most of our time in Rome knowing we had some downtime to come. First stop, Vatican City!

We knew the Vatican would be a lot to take in for our two children so we decided to book a private tour guide. We were recommended and recruited a fabulous native Roman, historian and archaeologist she was amazing. Not only did she pace the tour perfectly, gauging everyone`s interest and energy levels (on a searing hot day) she pulled out every interesting fact possible to engage and interest the children and even stopped for a drink and ice cream at exactly the right moment!

The Vatican is incredibly interesting a historic and archaeological masterpiece and you could spend hours there. Our cicerone guided us perfectly and enabled us to make the most of our Vatican experience. Did you know that Michelangelo had a little dog that he painted into many of his frescos, including the wall of Sistine Chapel?

The Vatican was enough for one day so we headed back to the hotel for some rest before heading out for that much coveted pizza!

Our prebooked visit to The Colosseum was a great success. Following a self guided tour with handy handsets and lots of discussion about some of the more gruesome historic facts followed by lunch we moved onto the Roman Forum. Rather than walking through the ruins at ground level, we achieved some perspective by looking at the layout of the old city from up above and tried to imagine the hustle and bustle that went on there years ago. For the first time, the children were able to visualise history and gauge some idea of the magnitude of the Roman civilisation- it encouraged some interesting chat!

Rome is a great walking city so we enjoyed wandering through the tiny, and larger, streets taking in the architecture, the buzz and of course, many gelatos! Our daughter`s favourite spot was the Trevi Fountain, in which we lost several euros, and we were all in awe of the Pantheon and the fact it is still standing a feat of ancient architecture indeed. We strolled through the Borghese Gardens but weren`t brave enough to let ourselves loose on a Segway! We peeked at the boutique Inn at the Spanish Steps and its enticing Via de Condotti location sadly there was no room for us but retreating back to the tranquillity of the Ariston was extremely welcome after a long, hot and exciting day of exploration.

Rome is a fabulous city for any age to explore. We did not cover everything – we could have arranged a gladiator experience or a tour through the Roman catacombs beneath the city however we tried our best with the time we had and it gave us all a hunger to return.

For more information on visiting Rome or any other city whether with or without children, do pop into the Greenstar Travel office or give us a ring on 01372 462226.

The post Family friendly Rome appeared first on Greenstar .

Europe’s best Christmas markets

Tue, 12 Nov 2019 19:36:00 GMT

Updated September 2022

It might be too early to go up to the loft in search of the Christmas box however it’s the right time to think about exploring a European Christmas market. Jump on a flight or hop onto the Eurostar to experience the European spirit of Christmas. Here’s a low down of some Greenstar favourites:

Munich

Munich is Germany’s most beautiful city, thriving with art and culture and home to a wonderful opera house. The beautiful gothic Marienplatz is the backdrop for the traditionally Bavarian Christmas market which takes place between 24th November and 23rd December.

Vienna

The Viennese Christmas Markets date back as far as 1294 and take place throughout the city from 18 November until 26 December. Visit the “Christkindlmarkt” at Rathausplatz with its elaborately decorated trees or the Schonbrunn Palace featuring festive concerts. Probably the most authentic market is in the historic Spittelberg quarter where you can buy traditional handicrafts in granite stoned alleyways.

Krakow

Krakow’s Christmas market takes place in Rynek Glowny, one of the largest mediaeval town squares in Europe. Colourful stalls are laden with traditional foods, such as the country’s famous honey cake, as well as local handicrafts including sculptures and embroidery.

Copenhagen

Traditional Danish yuletide is celebrated until 22nd December at the famous Tivoli Gardens and at Nyhavn. Thousands of lights decorate the ice-rinks, stalls groan under the most beautiful gifts and restaurants offering traditional Christmas fayre.

Budapest

The twin cities of Buda and Pest are worth a visit at any time of the year but from 18th November until 1st January they host great Christmas Markets too. The markets are centred around the shopping street of Vaci Utca and Heroes Square and feature traditional Hungarian dancing and folk music, carol singing and stalls selling local specialities such as hot sausages and warm glühwein.

Stockholm

The main Christmas market in Stockholm is held daily in the colourful mediaeval maze of the old town or Gamla Stan. The weekend market at the Skansen is the world oldest open air museum on Djurgrden island and has been running since 1903.

Need help deciding? We are always happy to hear from you so pop in and see us in Claygate or give us a ring on 01372 462226.

The post Europe’s best Christmas markets appeared first on Greenstar .

More to Mallorca than Magaluf

Mon, 14 Oct 2019 11:50:00 GMT

In October, Karen was fortunate to escape the UK weather and jet off to explore the beautiful island of Mallorca – she really enjoyed her time on the island and here recounts her experiences:

I spent the first 2 nights in the beautiful adult only Hospes Maricel & Spa, located on the seafront in Cala Mayor, just 10 minutes drive from Palma city. The hotel is well established with a grand feel and just 50 rooms, half of which are in the beautiful original building that was once a wealthy merchant home. The other half are located in the new Natura building with each enjoying its own zena pool and a contemporary minimalist style.

The spa is beautiful with open treatment areas overlooking the sparkling Mediterranean and the infinity pool.

One afternoon, we had a local guide who gave us a private tour of Palma city. With its beautiful cathedral, narrow back streets and local tapas bars it really is a fantastic destination, even for just a short break. We had a peek at some of the smaller boutique hotels too that are right in the heart of things. The Hotel Sant Francesc, an original manor house with its beautiful fade is located in the atmospheric centre of the city and dates from 1880. The highlight of this Small Luxury Hotel is the contemporary roof terrace with a sushi bar, pool and views across all the rooftops an oasis of calm looking over the bustle of everyday life. I also liked the Es Princep, another Small Luxury Hotel with the most amazing roof top pool, restaurant and views across the bay and right in the heart of the city.

The following day we said good bye to the lovely staff at the Hospes Maricel and headed up to Deia on the west coast of the island. Here we were invited to lunch at the beautiful Belmond La Residencia in the heart of the Serra de Tramuntana. Deia is a very pretty artists village just a mile from the coast and surrounded by olive groves. Belmond La Residencia is formed from two historic manor houses the result being a wonderful haven of simple, understated elegance. The hotel has 67 bedrooms with spectacular views of the village and mountains beyond as well as 2 outdoor pools, an indoor pool, spa and 2 tennis courts. Whilst the surrounding countryside can be explored by foot or bicycle, you may also join one of the guided art tours in the village or take a stroll along Poets Walk through the olive groves where you can rest on wooded benches dedicated to poets such as Robert Graves. Lunch was memorable as you would imagine!

Then it was onto the east coast and the small resort of beautiful Canyamel.

Opened just 3 years ago, nestling into the hillside the 5* Park Hyatt overlooks the tranquil Canyamel Valley with views towards the town of Arta and the sea. This luxurious hotel complex features spacious guest accommodation and terraces with sumptuous furniture, a serene spa for indulgent treatments and a fabulous pool landscape set over multiple levels. Canyamel beach is a five minute drive away and guests have use of the adjacent country club where I enjoyed my first ever yoga class!

This place is perfect for families and couples who love to relax in 5* luxury as well as those who are looking for extensive sports facilities.

We spent 2 glorious nights here and certainly enjoyed every minute of it.

Mallorca definitely did not disappoint. Away from the clubs and bars of the touristy areas you will discover quiet, sophisticated resorts and hotels with lush, green mountain landscapes and a welcome as warm as the weather. I was sorry to have to pack my bag and leave. Even in early October I could feel the warmth of the sun on my face as I climbed the aircraft steps and waved Bon Voyage I will be back.

For more information on Mallorca or any of the hotels that Karen visited during her stay do pop in and see her or give her a ring on 01372 462226.

The post More to Mallorca than Magaluf appeared first on Greenstar .

Down in Dubrovnik

Wed, 02 Oct 2019 10:59:00 GMT

Croatia has been a very popular choice for many clients this year and we can see why. Apart from having her own currency, a criteria that many took seriously this year, Croatia offers a wealth of beauty, culture and activities as well as 1256 islands to discover! Don’t be fooled, Dubrovnik is not a saving but it is thoroughly worth the visit.

Venturing further afield, take day tour of the Elaphiti islands or take the passenger ferry and spend a day exploring just one of them. Lopud for example is perfect for a day trip with a pretty village, botanical garden and beautiful beach on the quiet north side of the island. The larger island of Mljet, the southernmost island along the Dalmation coast, offers an unspoilt haven. Head past the tourist trap of Pomena and the island opens up into a tranquil wilderness, perfect for walkers, culminating in a national park at the western end of the island.

For more information on travelling to Croatia we would be delighted to chat to you. Do call into the Greenstar Travel office or give us a ring on 01372 462226.

The post Down in Dubrovnik appeared first on Greenstar .

Martyn’s stay at Six Senses Kaplankaya, Turkey

Thu, 04 Jul 2019 10:38:00 GMT

Our arrival into Turkey was via Bodrum International Airport. The airport surprised me as it was so modern. Our own airports are slipping behind other countries, this may be due to sheer weight of numbers. We were met efficiently by our Six Senses Representatives and shown to our transport for the 50 minute transfer to our home for 5 nights, Six Senses Kaplankaya. I would recommend the boat transfer and if you can afford the luxury, the helicopter transfer. I wouldn’t recommend driving yourself unless you knew exactly where you were going.

On arrival we were greeted by our GEM (Guest Experience Manager) who assisted with the check in and proceeded to give us a walking tour of the hotels many features that we would enjoy over the next few days.

Our bags were taken to our rooms and we soon found ourselves reunited with them via golf buggy transport. Our GEM gave us the low down on our Sea View Ridge Villa Room with Pool and then left us having promised to make a dinner reservation for that evening.

All the rooms at this resort are spectacular but the villa with pools are amazing and affordable. Transport around the resort can be arranged by buggy by asking a member of staff or you can borrow bikes for your own use.

The resort is easily walkable; there are two beaches close to reception, one a family beach. Water sports are available including kayaking and paddle boarding. The beach has a lovely beach bar for casual lunchtime dining and a staff member will bring drinks to your sunned. Sun beds and sun shades are complimentary.

The hotel run various daily activities, some complimentary, too numerous to list but we did yoga, used the huge gym, took a cooking class and took a tour of the organic gardens with the head gardener. The majority of the vegetables served during dinner are grown on resort and the hotel has eliminated single use plastic. Water is also produced onsite, both still and sparkling, thereby eliminating the carbon footprint associated with delivery.

Whilst at Six Senses we took a tour to Didyma-Miletus and Priene. Didyma Temple is the home of Apollo’s, twin brother of Artemis. We were out for 5 hours and had a guide organised through our GEM. It was one of the highlights of our 5 days.

Six Senses Kaplankaya will live long in our memories and I would recommend it to anyone looking for that relaxing break in order to reset the senses and clear the mind of unwanted stresses.

We cann’t wait to go back. If you would like to know more about this fabulous hotel please get in touch with me via the office.

The post Martyn’s stay at Six Senses Kaplankaya, Turkey appeared first on Greenstar .

Exploring Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia with Greenstar Travel – Part Two

Thu, 27 Jun 2019 13:55:00 GMT

Having spent time at the end of part one of our blog exploring Saigon (Ho Chi Minh City) we find ourselves in the hidden alleyways and street food heaven of the Old Quarter of Hanoi.

Hanoi

Enjoy a traditional Vietnamese coffee before starting a fascinating walking voyage of discovery through the hidden alleyways that intersperse the 36 streets of the Old Quarter of Hanoi. This is secret Hanoi, far from public view, where a dark slim passage opens to a secret pagoda or hidden historical gem. Once you have got lost (and found again) in this intriguing part of the city, your guide will take you to the bustling food markets of the Old Quarter. Experience the real taste of Vietnam come hungry with an open mind!

After your busy morning, enjoy a leisurely afternoon and get ready for your trip to Halong Bay the next day and 2 day cruise aboard Dragon Legend Junk.

Halong Bay and Bai Tu Long Bay

Transfer to Halong to join the Dragon Legend Junk and begin your cruise to Bai Tu Long Bay whilst enjoying lunch on deck. Enjoy a spot of swimming of kayaking before relaxing on deck. Enjoy dinner on board docked at Bai Tu Long.

After breakfast the next morning and perhaps a session of Tai Chi, you’ll arrive in Vung Viend fishing village where you can explore by rustic row boat. After a BBQ lunch on the beach spend another relaxing afternoon swimming, kayaking or in the spa before dinner on board.

The next morning you will cruise back to the harbour and back to Hanoi to catch your onward flight to Danang.

Danang and Hoi An

Enjoy a relaxing few days in Danang where you can take advantage of some of the best shopping in Vietnam. Take a morning tour of the UNESCO world Heritage listed Old Town of Hoi An before the crowds arrive.Try one of the best know cakes in Hoi An, Banh It La Gai, and visit the colourful waterfront and iconic 400 year old Japanese Bridge.

The next morning you can take a tour of Hoi An’s central market and begin your lesson in creating some of the city’s famous street food. Head for Ms Vy’s renowned cookery school following your market visit and learn about Vietnamese street food peculiarities and traditions and watch a cookery demonstration. And then it’s your turn to prepare tour lunch under the watchful and helpful gaze of Ms Vy or one of her assistants.

After a couple of days to really rejuvenate and soak up some Vietnamese hospitality it’s time to fly home via Danang and Bangkok.

For more information on travelling to Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia or anywhere in South East Asia, do get in touch with the Greenstar Travel team who will be delighted to help.

The post Exploring Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia with Greenstar Travel – Part Two appeared first on Greenstar .

Exploring Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia with Greenstar Travel – Part One

Thu, 13 Jun 2019 08:24:00 GMT

Waking up in a beautiful converted mansion house, exploring hidden alley ways with a guide, enjoying tea and the view on your balcony, helping a tea plucker – whatever you want to get out of your holiday to South East Asia, we are lucky enough to work with dedicated expert partners who help us create unique itineraries and make travel dreams become reality.

We particularly enjoyed creating this trip to Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia encompassing the very best experiences of the destination. Read on for part one of this fascinating adventure.

Bangkok

Thailand is a maze of unforgettable experiences. Starting at your hotel in Bangkok after with a morning of climatisation following a flight from London Heathrow, head out to the city. Sample some delicious street snacks and take a ride in a tuk tuk to the ferry across to Klongsan District and its local market. Enjoy a leisurely Thai dinner at the Jam Factory, an industrial design complex with cafes, furniture shops and restaurants.

Begin the next morning with a guided walk through the bustling flower market where many beautiful exotic flowers, especially orchids, are a sight to behold. Hop on a boat and head away from the tourists and into the Klongs (canals) for a chance to see temples and communities living alongside Bangkok’ss waterways. The Grand Palace and Wat Po are two of Thailand’s most renowned landmarks and are must sees during any visit to Bangkok. Spend 30 minutes having a foot massage at Wat Pho, considered the spiritual home of Thai massage.

After a few hours relaxation at your hotel, skip dinner and head out into the city again for a guided moonlit tour around Bangkok’s streets by tuk tuk. Taste a variety of savoury specialities en route and visit old town landmarks that take on a different visage by night. What could be better than a midnight feast at some if the best local eateries in the city that claims to never stop eating!
You will need some down time after experiencing the heady excitement of Bangkok so relax at your hotel for the day before departing the next day to Siem Reap.

Siem Reap

Start your time in Cambodia with an exploration of the temples of Angkor. One of the smaller temples, Banteay Kdei, is a 12 ^th century temple known locally as Citadel of Monks’ Cells and is a great introduction to Angkor architecture, with intricate carvings and crumbling towers.

Spend the next day exploring some of Angkor’s more remote temples. One of the most atmospheric is Beng Malea. Shrouded in jungle with crumbling towers and courtyards covered in vegetation, this magical location conjures up instant images of lost temples and mysterious adventure. There is a real Tomb Raider feel to this spot and it’s a photographer’s paradise too!

Head to Troav Kot Lake and snooze in a hammock whilst waiting for your lunch. Visit Chai Say Vibol Temple, a truly off the beaten track monument, and enjoy the tranquillity and spiritual peace and quiet before returning to your hotel.
Make an early start the next morning and catch the sunrise over Tonle Sap Lake or the paddy fields, depending on the water level. Situated on the floodplain of the lake, the village houses appear to float when the water levels are high but in the dry season, the stilts are exposed and the village appears to rise six metres above the ground. You may even spot a macaque catching a crab in the nearby flooded mangrove forest!

Visit Angkor Wat that afternoon. Angkor Wat remains one of the most spectacular and recognisable archaeological wonders in the world. It is the largest religious building ever constructed and by far the best preserved of all the Angkorian temples.

Ho Chi Minh City

The next day takes you to Ho Chi Minh City, or Saigon, as it is more commonly known. Take a tour through the bustling streets of Saigon riding pillion on the back of a Vespa and explore the nightlife of one of South East Asia’s most cosmopolitan cities.
No trip to Saigon is complete without a visit to the famous Cu Chi tunnels, a vast network of underground tunnels built as a defence against the French and later, the Americans. See secret trapdoors, underground kitchens, living areas and meeting rooms and for the more adventurous, explore some of the deeper tunnels. You can always survey the excavated areas from above if you prefer!

Enjoy delicious Vietnamese street food dishes for lunch at Quan An Ngon – one of the most popular restaurants in Ho Chi Minh – and spend the afternoon exploring city sights. The Chill Bar, on the rooftop of the AB Tower, is one of THE places to go for a drink in the city – relax and enjoy the view after a busy day exploring Ho Chi Minh.

The next leg of your adventure takes you to Halong Bay, Danang and Hoi An before heading home via Bangkok. Click here for part two of the journey!

The post Exploring Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia with Greenstar Travel – Part One appeared first on Greenstar .

Cambodia’s best beaches

Tue, 30 Apr 2019 12:40:00 GMT

The post Cambodia’s best beaches appeared first on Greenstar .

Casa Angelina – a jewel in the crown of the Amalfi Coast

Thu, 04 Apr 2019 12:08:00 GMT

The post Casa Angelina – a jewel in the crown of the Amalfi Coast appeared first on Greenstar .